Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Form 10-K

 

þ

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

OR

 

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934             

 

Commission File Number: 001-31918

 

PICTURE 1

 

IDERA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware

04-3072298

(State or other jurisdiction

(I.R.S. Employer

of incorporation or organization)

Identification No.)

 

 

167 Sidney Street

02139

Cambridge, Massachusetts

(Zip Code)

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

 

(617) 679-5500

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act

 

 

 

 

Title of Class:

    

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $.001 par value

 

Nasdaq Capital Market

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes       No  

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act.    Yes       No    

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to the filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes       No    

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes       No  

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.      

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

 

 

 

 

Large accelerated filer  

Accelerated filer  

Non-accelerated filer      (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company  

Emerging growth company  

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.)    Yes       No    

 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $203,037,675 based on the last sale price of the registrant’s common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Capital Market on June 30, 2017 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter).

 

As of February 15, 2018, the registrant had 195,635,196 shares of common stock outstanding.

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

IDERA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

FORM 10-K

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

PART I.  

 

 

 

Item 1.  

Business

1

 

 

 

Item 1A.  

Risk Factors

31

 

 

 

Item 1B.  

Unresolved Staff Comments

61

 

 

 

Item 2.  

Properties

61

 

 

 

Item 3.  

Legal Proceedings

61

 

 

 

Item 4.  

Mine Safety Disclosures

61

 

 

 

PART II.  

 

 

 

Item 5.  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

62

 

 

 

Item 6.  

Selected Financial Data

64

 

 

 

Item 7.  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

65

 

 

 

Item 7A.  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

79

 

 

 

Item 8.  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

80

 

 

 

Item 9.  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

81

 

 

 

Item 9A.  

Controls and Procedures

81

 

 

 

Item 9B.  

Other Information

83

 

 

 

PART III.  

 

 

 

Item 10.  

Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

84

 

 

 

Item 11.  

Executive Compensation

89

 

 

 

Item 12.  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

117

 

 

 

Item 13.  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

121

 

 

 

Item 14.  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

123

 

 

 

PART IV.  

 

 

 

Item 15.  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

125

 

 

 

Item 16.  

Form 10-K Summary

130

__________________________________

 

IMO ® and Idera ® are our trademarks. All other trademarks and service marks appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are the property of their respective owners.

i


 

Table of Contents

NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (this Form 10-K) and the documents we incorporate by reference contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, included or incorporated in this report regarding our strategy, future operations, collaborations, intellectual property, cash resources, financial position, future revenues, projected costs, prospects, plans, and objectives of management are forward-looking statements. The words “believes,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “plans,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “could,” “should,” “potential,” “likely,” “projects,” “continue,” “will,” “would” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. We cannot guarantee that we actually will achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements.

 

There are a number of important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated or implied by forward-looking statements. These important factors include those set forth below under Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors.” These factors and the other cautionary statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the documents we incorporate by reference should be read as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements whenever they appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the documents we incorporate by reference.

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K also contains statements about our proposed strategic combination with BioCryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc.  Many risks and uncertainties could cause actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements with respect to the pending transaction, and these risks, as well as other risks associated with the pending transaction, are more fully disclosed in the joint proxy statement/prospectus that is included in the registration statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-223255) that was filed by Nautilus Holdco, Inc. with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the pending merger.

 

In addition, any forward-looking statements , including any statements about the proposed transaction, represent our estimates only as of the date that this Annual Report on Form 10-K is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and should not be relied upon as representing our estimates as of any subsequent date. We do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements. We disclaim any intention or obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

 

 

ii


 

Table of Contents

PART I.

 

Item 1. Business.

 

Overview

 

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of novel oligonucleotide therapeutics for oncology and rare diseases. We use two distinct proprietary drug discovery technology platforms to design and develop drug candidates: our Toll-like receptor, or TLR, targeting technology and our nucleic acid chemistry technology (formerly referred to as our third generation antisense, or 3GA, technology). We developed these platforms based on our scientific expertise and pioneering work with synthetic oligonucleotides as therapeutic agents. Using our TLR targeting technology, we design synthetic oligonucleotide-based drug candidates to modulate the activity of specific TLRs. In addition, using our nucleic acid chemistry technology, we are developing drug candidates to turn off the messenger RNA, or mRNA, associated with disease causing genes. We believe our nucleic acid chemistry technology may potentially reduce the immunotoxicity and increase the potency of earlier generation antisense and RNA interference, or RNAi, technologies.

   

Our business strategy is focused on the clinical development of drug candidates for oncology and rare diseases characterized by small, well-defined patient populations with serious unmet medical needs. We believe we can develop and commercialize these targeted therapies on our own. To the extent we seek to develop drug candidates for broader disease indications, we have entered into and may explore additional collaborative alliances to support development and commercialization.

 

TLR Modulation Technology Platform

 

TLRs are key receptors of the immune system and play a role in innate and adaptive immunity. As a result, we believe TLRs are potential therapeutic targets for the treatment of a broad range of diseases. Using our chemistry-based platform, we have designed TLR agonists and antagonists to act by modulating the activity of targeted TLRs. A TLR agonist is a compound that stimulates an immune response through the targeted TLR. A TLR antagonist is a compound that inhibits an immune response by blocking the targeted TLR.

 

Our TLR agonist lead drug candidate IMO-2125 is an agonist of TLR9. Our TLR antagonist lead drug candidate is IMO-8400, which is an antagonist of TLR7, TLR8 and TLR9.

 

We are developing IMO-2125, via intra-tumoral injection, for the treatment of anti-PD1 refractory metastatic melanoma in combination with ipilimumab, an anti-CTLA4 antibody marketed as Yervoy® by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company. We are also investigating the combination of intra-tumoral IMO-2125 in combination with pembrolizumab for the treatment of anti-PD1 refractory metastatic melanoma and intratumoral IMO-2125 in various solid tumors as monotherapy. We are developing IMO-8400 for the treatment of dermatomyositis.

 

Nucleic Acid Chemistry Technology Platform  

   

We are developing our nucleic acid chemistry technology to “turn off” the mRNA associated with disease causing genes. We have designed gene silencing oligonucleotides to specifically address challenges associated with earlier generation antisense and RNAi technologies.

 

We have selected IDRA-008 as our first nucleic acid chemistry research program candidate that we plan to enter into clinical development. IDRA-008 targets the Apolipoprotein C-III (APOC-III) gene and is being developed for the treatment of Familial Chylomicronemia Syndrome (FCS) and Familial Partial Lipodystrophy (FPL) which have available pre-clinical animal models and well-known clinical endpoints. We expect our development decision to be made based on the totality of IND-enabling studies and our comparator pharmacology study with the competitive development asset Volanesorsen.

 

 

1


 

Table of Contents

Agreement and Plan of Merger

 

As further described in Note 17   to the financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K , on January 21, 2018, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, or the Merger Agreement, with BioCryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation , or BioCryst, Nautilus Holdco, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of BioCryst , or Holdco, Island Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco , or Merger Sub A, and Boat Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco , or Merger Sub B.  Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions specified therein, (a) Merger Sub A will be merged with and into us, or the Idera Merger, with us surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco, and (b) Merger Sub B will be merged with and into BioCryst , or the BioCryst Merger, which we refer to together with the Idera Merger as the Mergers, with BioCryst surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco. Holdco will be renamed prior to the closing of the Mergers.

 

At the effective time of the Mergers , which we refer to as the Effective Time, (i) each share of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than the shares that are owned by us, BioCryst, Holdco, Merger Sub A or Merger Sub B or any wholly owned subsidiary of ours, BioCryst, Holdco, Merger Sub A or Merger Sub B) will be converted into the right to receive 0.20 of a newly issued share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Holdco and (ii) each share of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than the shares that are owned by us, BioCryst, Holdco, Merger Sub A or Merger Sub B or any wholly owned subsidiary of ours, BioCryst, Holdco, Merger Sub A or Merger Sub B) will be converted into the right to receive an amount of Holdco common stock based on their liquidation preference .

 

We expect to consummate the Mergers in the second quarter of 2018 . However, we have prepared this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as if we were going to remain an independent company.

 

2


 

Table of Contents

Research and Development Programs

 

The following table summarizes certain information regarding our drug candidates and development programs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Drug Candidate(s)

    

Indication / Application

    

Development Status

 

 

 

 

 

Clinical Programs for the Modulation of Specific Toll-like Receptors

 

 

 

 

 

Immuno-oncology

 

 

 

 

IMO-2125

 

Anti-PD1 Refractory Metastatic Melanoma

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Phase 1/2 clinical trial in combination with ipilimumab and pembrolizumab ongoing.

 

Anticipated completion of enrollment in ipilimumab combination arm of the Phase 2 portion of the trial by the end of 2018.

 

Phase 3 clinical trial in combination with ipilimumab initiated in the first quarter of 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Refractory Solid Tumors

 

Phase 1b monotherapy trial in multiple tumor types ongoing.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rare Diseases

 

 

 

 

IMO-8400

 

Dermatomyositis

 

Phase 2 clinical trial—Enrollment complete. Data anticipated to be available in the second quarter of 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

Nucleic Acid Chemistry Research Programs

 

 

 

 

 

Rare Diseases

 

 

 

 

IDRA-008

 

Apolipoprotein C-III gene target for treatment of Familial Chylomicronemia Syndrome and Familial Partial Lipodystrophy

 

Research / IND-enabling activities underway—Development decision to be made based on the totality of IND-enabling studies and comparator study with Volanesorsen.

 

 

 

 

 

Nucleic Acid  Chemistry Compound

 

Renal Target

 

Collaboration with GSK for an undisclosed renal target entered into in 2015. Single candidate selection by GSK for the selected renal target anticipated in the second half of 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

IMO-9200

 

Non-malignant Gastrointestinal Disorders

 

Exclusive license and collaboration agreement with Vivelix entered into in 2016.

 

 

 

 

 

3


 

Table of Contents

PICTURE 6

 

Advancements in cancer immunotherapy have included the approval and late-stage development of multiple checkpoint inhibitors, which are therapies that target mechanisms by which tumor cells evade detection by the immune system. Despite these advancements, many patients fail to respond to these therapies. For instance, approximately 50% of patients with melanoma fail to respond to therapy with approved checkpoint inhibitors. Current published data suggests that the lack of response to checkpoint inhibition is related to a non-immunogenic tumor micro environment. Because TLR9 agonists stimulate the immune system, we believe there is a scientific rationale to evaluate the combination of intra-tumoral injection of our TLR9 agonists with checkpoint inhibitors. Specifically, we believe intra-tumoral injection of our TLR9 agonists activates a local immune response in the injected tumor, which may complement the effect of the systemically administered checkpoint inhibitors. In studies in preclinical cancer models conducted in our laboratories, intra-tumoral injection of TLR9 agonists has potentiated the anti-tumor activity of multiple checkpoint inhibitors in multiple tumor models. These data have been presented at several scientific and medical conferences from 2014 through 2018. We believe these data support evaluation of combination regimens including the combination of a TLR9 agonist and a checkpoint inhibitor for the treatment of cancer.

 

ONGOING CANCER CLINICAL RESEARCH PROGRAMS

 

ILLUMINATE (IMO-2125) Clinical Development

 

IMO-2125 is a synthetic phosphorothioate oligonucleotide that acts as a direct agonist of TLR9 to stimulate the innate and adaptive immune systems. We are developing IMO-2125 for administration via intra-tumoral injection, for the treatment of anti-PD1 refractory metastatic melanoma in combination with ipilimumab. We are also investigating the combination of intra-tumoral IMO-2125 in combination with pembrolizumab for the treatment of anti-PD1 refractory metastatic melanoma and intratumoral IMO-2125 in various solid tumors as monotherapy. We refer to our IMO-2125 development program as the Illuminate development program. 

 

PICTURE 8

 

We are currently developing IMO-2125 for use in combination with checkpoint inhibitors for the treatment of patients with anti-PD1 refractory metastatic melanoma. We believe, based on internally conducted commercial research, that in the United States, by 2025, approximately 20,000 people will have metastatic melanoma and over 50% will not have responded to first-line anti-PD1 therapy. We also believe TLR9 agonists may be useful in other solid tumor types that are refractory to anti-PD1 treatment due in part to low mutation load and low dendritic cell infiltration.   We believe, based on internally conducted commercial research, that in the United States, by 2025, approximately 160,000 people will have tumor types that are addressable with current immunotherapy and approximately 70,000 of those people will have tumor types that are anti-PD1 refractory.

 

In June 2017, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, granted Orphan Drug Designation for IMO-2125 for the treatment of melanoma Stages IIb to IV. 

 

In November 2017, the FDA granted Fast Track designation for IMO-2125 for the treatment of anti-PD1 refractory metastatic melanoma in combination with ipilimumab therapy.

 

 

PICTURE 11

 

Phase 1/2 Trial of IMO-2125 in Combination with Ipilimumab or Pembrolizumab in Patients with Anti-PD1 Refractory Metastatic Melanoma

 

In December 2015, we initiated a Phase 1/2 clinical trial to assess the safety and efficacy of IMO-2125, administered intra-tumorally, in combination with ipilimumab, in patients with metastatic melanoma (refractory to treatment with a PD1 inhibitor, also referred to as anti-PD1 refractory), which we refer to as Illuminate 204. We subsequently amended the trial protocol to enable an additional arm to study the combination of IMO-2125 with

4


 

Table of Contents

pembrolizumab, an anti-PD1 antibody marketed as Keytruda® by Merck & Co., in the same patient population. In this clinical trial, IMO-2125 is administered intra-tumorally into a selected tumor lesion at weeks 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 11, 17, 23 and 29 (total of 9 doses) together with the standard dosing regimen of ipilimumab or pembrolizumab, administered intravenously. For patients who lack superficially accessible disease for injection, IMO-2125 is administered via injection into deep lesions, such as liver metastases, using interventional radiology guidance.

 

The trial was initiated at the University of Texas, MD Anderson Cancer Center, or MD Anderson, under the strategic research alliance we entered into with MD Anderson in June 2015, and additional sites have been added through 2017. We anticipate that more sites will be added, to bring the total number of participating sites for the trial to ten. The primary objectives of the Phase 1 portion of the trial include characterizing the safety of the combinations and determining the recommended Phase 2 dose. A secondary objective of the Phase 1 portion of the trial is describing the anti-tumor activity of IMO-2125 when administered intra-tumorally in combination with ipilimumab or pembrolizumab. The primary objective of the Phase 2 portion of the trial is to determine the activity of the combinations utilizing immune-related response criteria.  The secondary objectives of the Phase 2 portion of the trial include the assessment of treatment response using RECIST v1.1 criteria and to continue to characterize the safety of the combinations. In the Phase 1 portion of the trial, serial biopsies are being taken of selected injected and non-injected tumor lesions pre- and post-24 hours of the first dose of IMO-2125, as well as at 8 and 13 weeks, to assess immune changes and response assessments. In the Phase 2 portion of the trial, biopsies are optional.

 

Phase 1/2 Trial of IMO-2125 in Patients with Anti-PD1 Refractory Metastatic Melanoma: Combination with Ipilimumab Arm

 

In the Phase 1 portion of the ipilimumab arm of our Phase 1/2 clinical trial of IMO-2125, escalating doses of IMO-2125 ranging from 4 mg through 32 mg were evaluated. In April 2017, we completed IMO-2125 dose escalation and based on the safety and efficacy data and data from translational immune parameters, selected the 8 mg dose level as the recommended dose level for the Phase 2 expansion phase of the IMO-2125–ipilimumab combination.

 

In September 2017, we disclosed at the 2017 European Society for Medical Oncology Congress, final results from the 18 patients that were evaluated with the IMO-2125–ipilimumab combination in the Phase 1 dose escalation portion of the trial.  Each of these patients but one had progressed on nivolumab or pembrolizumab prior to enrollment in the trial.  As of May 31, 2017, the safety data cutoff date for the presentation, the combination of IMO-2125 and ipilimumab had been well tolerated at all dose levels studied.  No dose-limiting toxicities had been observed and the maximum tolerated dose was not reached. 

 

In January 2018, we provided an update on our Phase 1/2 trial evaluating IMO-2125 in combination with ipilimumab at the recommended 8 mg dose level, noting that 21 patients had been dosed.  As of November 3, 2017, the data cut-off date for the presentation, of the 10 patients that had been treated at the 8 mg dose of IMO-2125 and who had at least one post-baseline disease assessment, four had a complete response or partial response under RECIST v.1.1 criteria, with the one patient who had a complete response continuing off active treatment for more than one year, and remaining disease free. One of the 10 patients had a response which had not been confirmed as of November 3, 2017 (as required by RECIST). Additionally, two other patients that were treated at the 8 mg dose experienced stable disease for at least 24 weeks, which is considered to represent meaningful clinical benefit.  Also, as of the response data cutoff date, one patient who was treated at the 4 mg dose had an ongoing partial response and had been off active treatment for more than one year.

 

In April 2017, we initiated enrollment in the Phase 2 portion of the ipilimumab arm of our Phase 1/2 clinical trial of IMO-2125 with the 8 mg dose of intra-tumoral IMO-2125. The Phase 2 portion of the trial utilizes a Simon two-stage design to evaluate the objective response rate of IMO-2125 in combination with ipilimumab, compared to historical data for ipilimumab alone in the anti-PD1 refractory metastatic melanoma population. With the responses noted above, the trial has met the pre-specified futility assessment and advanced into the second stage of the Phase 2 portion. We anticipate that the Phase 2 portion of the trial will include a total of up to 60 patients dosed at the 8 mg dose, including some patients from the Phase 1 dose escalation portion who meet the efficacy criteria for the Phase 2 population, and that these patients may be fully accrued by the end of 2018.

 

 

 

5


 

Table of Contents

Phase 1/2 Trial of IMO-2125 in Patients with Anti-PD1 Refractory Metastatic Melanoma: Combination with Pembrolizumab Arm

 

In the Phase 1 portion of the pembrolizumab arm of our Phase 1/2 clinical trial of IMO-2125, we are evaluating escalating doses of IMO-2125 ranging from 8 mg through 32 mg.

 

We have completed enrollment of a total of six patients in the 8 mg and 16 mg dosing cohorts in the Phase 1 dose escalation portion of the pembrolizumab arm of the trial and are continuing to enroll patients in the 32 mg dosing cohort. One patient who was treated at the 16 mg dose has an ongoing partial response by RECIST v1.1 criteria.

 

 

PICTURE 9  

 

Phase 3 Trial of IMO-2125 in Combination with Ipilimumab in Patients with Anti-PD1 Refractory Metastatic Melanoma

 

In the first quarter of 2018, we initiated a Phase 3 trial of the IMO-2125–ipilimumab combination in patients with anti-PD1 refractory metastatic melanoma, which we refer to as Illuminate 301.  We expect that this trial will compare the results of the IMO-2125–ipilimumab combination to those of ipilimumab alone in a 1:1 randomization, will have a sample size of approximately 300 patients and will be conducted at approximately 80 sites worldwide, which are selected to not overlap with the trial sites for Illuminate 204.  The primary endpoints of the trial are overall response rate (ORR) by RECIST v1.1 and median overall survival (OS).  Key secondary endpoints include ORR by irRECIST, durable response rate (DRR), time to response, progression free survival (PFS) and patient reported outcome (PRO) using a validated scale.

 

We have held discussions with and plan to continue to engage with regulatory authorities regarding the paths to registration for IMO-2125 in combination with ipilimumab in anti-PD1 refractory metastatic melanoma patients, including potentially through an accelerated approval process based on an interim analysis of the Phase 3 trial with the final analysis providing the confirmatory data for full approval.  

 

 

PICTURE 5

 

PICTURE 13

 

Phase 1b Trial of Intra-tumoral IMO-2125 Monotherapy in Patients with Refractory Solid Tumors

 

In March 2017, we initiated a Phase 1 dose escalation trial of IMO-2125 administered intra-tumorally as a monotherapy in multiple tumor types, which we refer to as Illuminate 101.  In this trial, IMO-2125 is administered intra-tumorally on days 1, 8 and 15 of cycle 1 and on day 1 of each subsequent 21-day cycle, up to 17 cycles (19 total doses).  We anticipate enrolling dose-escalation cohorts of approximately 8 patients at doses of 8mg (cohort 1), 16mg (cohort 2), 23mg (cohort 3) and 32mg (cohort 4).  A fifth cohort will be enrolled based on the recommended Phase 2 dose.  After the last patient in each cohort reaches day 21 of the 21-day dose-limiting toxicity period, the Cohort Review Committee will review safety and provide a recommendation regarding dose escalation to the next dose.

 

We have completed enrollment in the first and second cohorts and in February 2018, based on the recommendation by the Cohort Review Committee, have begun enrolling in the third cohort. Additionally, we are enrolling in the melanoma expansion cohort to assess the clinical activity of single agent intratumoral IMO-2125 (8mg dose) in patients with metastatic melanoma which has progressed on or after treatment with a PD-(L)1 inhibitor.  This cohort will enroll up to 22 subjects.  The melanoma expansion cohort will use a Simon’s Optimal Two-Stage design to test for clinically and statistically relevant clinical activity.  The melanoma expansion cohort will stop if an interim futility analysis shows there is insufficient evidence of a clinically relevant response rate after 8 subjects (Stage 1).

 

6


 

Table of Contents

 

PICTURE 7

 

A rare disease is defined by the Orphan Drug Act of 1983 as a disorder or condition that affects less than 200,000 persons in the United States.  However, most rare diseases, affect far fewer persons. There are numerous rare and ultra-rare diseases that currently have no approved drug therapy and for which no therapies are currently in development. Patients suffering from these diseases often have a high unmet medical need with significant morbidity and/or mortality.

 

ONGOING RARE DISEASE RESEARCH PROGRAMS

 

IMO-8400 in Rare Diseases

 

We have initiated clinical development of IMO-8400 for the treatment of rare diseases and have selected dermatomyositis as our lead clinical target for which we are developing IMO-8400. We selected this indication for development based on the reported increase in TLR expression in this disease state, expression of cytokines indicative of key TLR-mediated pathways and the presence of auto-antibodies that can induce TLR-mediated immune responses.

   

We considered that multiple independent research studies across a broad range of autoimmune diseases, including both dermatomyositis and psoriasis, have demonstrated that the over-activation of TLRs plays a critical role in disease maintenance and progression. In autoimmune diseases, endogenous nucleic acids released from damaged or dying cells initiate signaling cascades through TLRs, leading to the induction of multiple pro-inflammatory cytokines. This inflammation causes further damage to the body’s own tissues and organs and the release of more self-nucleic acids, creating a self-sustaining autoinflammatory cycle that contributes to chronic inflammation in the affected tissue, promoting disease progression.

   

We believe we demonstrated proof of concept for our approach of using TLRs to inhibit the over-activation of specific TLRs for the treatment of psoriasis and potentially other autoimmune diseases in a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 2 clinical trial of IMO-8400 that we conducted in patients with moderate to severe plaque psoriasis, a well-characterized autoimmune disease. In this trial, we evaluated IMO-8400 at four subcutaneous dose levels of 0.075 mg/kg, 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, and 0.6 mg/kg, versus placebo, administered once weekly for 12 weeks in 46 patients. The trial met its primary objective as IMO-8400 was well tolerated at all dose levels with no treatment-related discontinuations, treatment-related serious adverse events or dose reductions. The trial also met its secondary objective of demonstrating clinical activity in psoriasis patients, as assessed by the Psoriasis Area Severity Index.

 

 

PICTURE 10

   

Dermatomyositis is a rare, debilitating, inflammatory muscle and skin disease associated with significant morbidity, decreased quality of life and an increased risk of premature death. While the cause of dermatomyositis is not well understood, the disease process involves immune system attacks against muscle and skin that lead to inflammation and tissue damage. Major symptoms can include progressive muscle weakness, severe skin rash, calcium deposits under the skin (calcinosis), difficulty swallowing (dysphagia) and interstitial lung disease. We believe, based on internally conducted commercial research, that dermatomyositis affects approximately 25,000 people in the United States, and is about twice as common in women as men, with a typical age of onset between 45 and 65 years in adults. Dermatomyositis represents one form of myositis, a spectrum of inflammatory muscle diseases that also includes juvenile dermatomyositis, polymyositis and inclusion body myositis.

 

PIONEER  

Phase 2 Trial of IMO-8400 in Patients with Dermatomyositis

   

In December 2015, we initiated a Phase 2, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial designed to assess the safety, tolerability and treatment effect of IMO-8400 in adult patients with dermatomyositis.

7


 

Table of Contents

Eligibility criteria included evidence of active skin involvement. Patients enrolled in the trial were randomized to one of three groups to receive once weekly subcutaneous injections of: placebo, 0.6 mg/kg of IMO-8400 or 1.8 mg/kg of IMO-8400, in each case, for a period of 24 weeks. The trial is being conducted at 21 centers in the United States, the United Kingdom and Hungary. We concluded enrollment in the trial at 30 patients and expect full Phase 2 trial data in the second quarter of 2018 consisting of top-line primary and secondary endpoint analysis, complete tables and listings and translational medicine data. The primary efficacy endpoint is the change from baseline in the Cutaneous Dermatomyositis Disease Area and Severity Index (CDASI), a validated outcome measure of skin disease. Additional exploratory endpoints include muscle strength and function (which are among the International Myositis Assessment & Clinical Studies Group (IMACS) core set measures), patient-reported quality of life and biochemical markers of disease activity.

 

DISCOVERY PROGRAMS

 

Nucleic Acid Chemistry Research

 

We are developing our nucleic acid chemistry technology to “turn off” the mRNA associated with disease causing genes. We have designed gene-silencing oligonucleotides to specifically address challenges associated with earlier generation antisense and RNAi technologies.

   

Our focus is on creating candidates targeted to specific genes to treat cancer and rare diseases. Our key considerations in identifying disease indications and gene targets in our nucleic acid chemistry research program include: strong evidence that the disease is caused by a specific protein; clear criteria to identify a target patient population; biomarkers for early assessment of clinical proof of concept; a targeted therapeutic mechanism of action; unmet medical need to allow for a rapid development path to approval and commercial opportunity. To date, we have created 22 novel nucleic acid chemistry compounds for specific gene targets that are potentially applicable across a wide variety of therapeutic areas.  These areas include rare diseases, oncology, autoimmune disorders, metabolic conditions, single point mutations and others. Our current activities with respect to these compounds range from cell culture through investigational new drug, or IND, application-enabling toxicology.

   

IDRA-008 Development

 

In January 2017, we announced that we had selected IDRA-008 as our first nucleic acid chemistry research program candidate that we plan to enter into clinical development and that we were planning to develop IDRA-008 for a well-established liver target. In January 2018, we announced that IDRA-008 was targeted at Apolipoprotein C-III (APOC-III) and was being developed for the treatment of Familial Chylomicronemia Syndrome (FCS) and Familial Partial Lipodystrophy (FPL) which have available pre-clinical animal models and well-known clinical endpoints. 

Our development decision for IDRA-008 will be based on the totality of data from our pre-clinical toxicology and IND-enabling studies and data from our pre-clinical pharmacology study in a Cyno-model (non-human primates) comparing IDRA-008 to the competitive development asset Volanesorsen.

 

Nucleic Acid Chemistry Compound—Undisclosed Renal Target

 

In November 2015, we entered into a collaboration and license agreement with GlaxoSmithKline Intellectual Property Development Limited, or GSK, to license, research, develop and commercialize pharmaceutical compounds from our nucleic acid chemistry technology for the treatment of selected targets in renal disease, which agreement we refer to as the GSK Agreement. Under this collaboration, we are creating multiple development candidates to address the target designated by GSK in connection with entering into the GSK Agreement.  From the population of identified development candidates, GSK may designate one development candidate in its sole discretion to move forward into clinical development. We expect GSK to select a development candidate in the second half of 2018. Once GSK designates a development candidate, GSK would be solely responsible for the development and commercialization activities for that designated development candidate.

 

OTHER PROGRAMS

 

IMO-9200 for Autoimmune Disease

 

We have developed a second novel synthetic oligonucleotide antagonist of TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, IMO-9200, as a drug candidate for potential use in selected autoimmune disease indications. In 2015, we completed a

8


 

Table of Contents

Phase 1 clinical trial of IMO-9200 in healthy subjects as well as additional preclinical studies of IMO-9200 for autoimmune diseases. In 2015, we determined not to proceed with the development of IMO-9200 because the large autoimmune disease indications for which IMO-9200 had been developed did not fit within the strategic focus of our company. In November 2016, we entered into an exclusive license and collaboration agreement with Vivelix Pharmaceuticals, Ltd., or Vivelix, granting Vivelix worldwide rights to develop and market IMO-9200 for non-malignant gastrointestinal disorders, which agreement we refer to as the Vivelix Agreement.

 

Collaborative Alliances

 

In addition to our current alliances, we may explore potential collaborative alliances to support development and commercialization of our TLR agonists and antagonists. We may also seek to enter into additional collaborative alliances with pharmaceutical companies with respect to applications of our nucleic acid chemistry research program. Our current alliances include collaborations with Vivelix, GSK, and Abbott Molecular.

 

Vivelix

 

In November 2016, we entered into the Vivelix Agreement, granting Vivelix worldwide rights to develop and market IMO-9200, an antagonist of TLR 7, 8 and 9, for non-malignant gastrointestinal disorders (the GI Field or Field as defined in the Vivelix Agreement) and certain back-up compounds to IMO-9200. 

 

In accordance with the Vivelix Agreement, a Joint Research Committee, or JRC, was formed with equal representation from us and Vivelix. The responsibilities of the JRC, include, but are not limited to monitoring the progress of the research program, advising on the designation of back-up compounds, sharing information between the parties and dealing with disputes that may arise between the parties. If a dispute cannot be resolved by the JRC, Vivelix has final decision making authority.

 

In connection with the Vivelix Agreement, we transferred certain drug material to Vivelix for Vivelix’s use in its development activities.  Vivelix is solely responsible for the development and commercialization of IMO-9200 and any designated back-up compounds to IMO-9200.

 

If requested by Vivelix pursuant to the Vivelix Agreement, we will create, characterize and perform research on back-up compounds.  Such activity is to be mutually agreed upon and moderated by the JRC.  The research period commenced with the execution of the agreement and may last for up to three years.  During the research period, the parties will agree on the number of full time equivalents to work on the program.  Vivelix will reimburse us at an annual market rate for the services rendered.

 

Vivelix has certain rights under the agreement whereby it may (i) exercise the right of first refusal, (ii) the right of first negotiation to obtain an exclusive license for any compound controlled by us that has activity in the field of inflammatory bowel disease and (iii) the right to request an expanded Field beyond the GI Field.

 

Under the terms of the Vivelix Agreement, we received an upfront, non-refundable fee of $15 million.  In addition, we will be eligible for future IMO-9200 related development, regulatory and sales milestone payments totaling up to $140 million, including development and regulatory milestones totaling up to $65 million and sales milestones totaling up to $75 million, and escalating royalties ranging from the mid single-digits to low double-digits of global net sales, which percentages are subject to reduction under agreed upon circumstances. Additionally, under the terms of the agreement and if requested by and at Vivelix’s expense, we are responsible for developing potential back-up compounds to IMO-9200.  As it relates to back-up compounds, we will be eligible for related designation payments and development, regulatory sales and milestone payments totaling up to $52.5 million, including development and regulatory milestones totaling up to $35 million and sales milestones totaling up to $17.5 million, and escalating royalties ranging from the mid single-digits to low double-digits of global net sales, which percentages are subject to reduction under agreed upon circumstances.

 

GlaxoSmithKline Intellectual Property Development Limited

 

In November 2015, we entered into the GSK Agreement to license, research, develop and commercialize pharmaceutical compounds from our nucleic acid chemistry technology for the treatment of selected targets in renal disease. The initial collaboration term is currently anticipated to last between two and four years from signing. In connection with the GSK Agreement, GSK identified an initial target for us to attempt to identify a

9


 

Table of Contents

potential population of development candidates to address such target under a mutually agreed upon research plan, currently estimated to take 36 months to complete. From the population of identified development candidates, GSK may designate one development candidate in its sole discretion to move forward into clinical development. Once GSK designates a development candidate, GSK would be solely responsible for the development and commercialization activities for that designated development candidate.

 

The GSK Agreement also provided GSK with the option to select up to two additional targets at any time during the first two years of the agreement, for further research under mutually agreed upon research plans. Upon selecting additional targets, GSK then had the option to designate one development candidate for each additional target, at which time GSK would have sole responsibility to develop and commercialize each such designated development candidate. As of December 31, 2017, GSK had not selected any additional targets for research and the option period in which GSK could select additional targets had expired.

 

In accordance with the GSK Agreement, a Joint Steering Committee, or JSC, was formed with equal representation from us and GSK. The responsibilities of the JSC, include, but are not limited to monitoring the progress of the collaboration, reviewing research plans and dealing with disputes that may arise between the parties. If a dispute cannot be resolved by the JSC, GSK has final decision making authority.

 

Under the terms of the GSK Agreement, we received a $2.5 million upfront, non-refundable, non-creditable cash payment upon the execution of the GSK Agreement.  Additionally, we were eligible to receive a total of up to approximately $100 million in upfront, license, research, clinical development and commercialization milestone payments, of which $9 million of these milestone payments would have been payable by GSK upon the identification of the additional targets, the completion of current and future research plans and the designation of development candidates and $89 million would have been payable by GSK upon the achievement of clinical milestones and commercial milestones. As a result of GSK not selecting additional targets during the two-year option period, we are eligible to receive a total of up to approximately $20 million in upfront, license, research, clinical development and commercialization milestone payments, of which $1 million of these milestone payments would be payable by GSK upon the designation of a development candidate from the initial target and $17 million would be payable by GSK upon the achievement of clinical milestones and commercial milestones. In addition, we are eligible to receive royalty payments based on net sales of licensed products following commercialization at varying rates of up to five percent on annual net sales, as defined in the GSK Agreement.

 

Abbott Molecular

 

In May 2014, we entered into a development and commercialization agreement with Abbott Molecular for the development of an in vitro companion diagnostic for use in our clinical development programs to treat certain genetically defined forms of B-cell lymphoma with IMO-8400. The agreement provides for the development and subsequent commercialization by Abbott Molecular of a companion diagnostic test utilizing polymerase chain reaction technology to identify with high sensitivity and specificity the presence in tumor biopsy samples of the oncogenic mutation referred to scientifically as MYD88 L265P. Under the agreement, Abbott Molecular is primarily responsible for developing and obtaining regulatory approvals for the companion diagnostic in accordance with an agreed development plan and regulatory plan and for making the companion diagnostic test commercially available in accordance with an agreed commercialization plan. Abbott Molecular will retain all proceeds from commercialization of the companion diagnostic test. Subject to the terms of the agreement, we are required to pay Abbott Molecular fees and fund Abbott Molecular’s development of the companion diagnostic test in an approximate aggregate amount of $6.7 million over an approximately five year development period, which includes clinical trial site costs and Abbott Molecular’s costs of preparation and filing fees for regulatory submissions for the companion diagnostic with the FDA. This amount is subject to increase if Abbott Molecular incurs additional expenses in order to meet unexpected material requirements or obligations not included in the agreement or if we are required to conduct additional or different clinical trials which result in Abbott Molecular incurring additional costs.

 

The parties’ activities pursuant to the agreed development, regulatory and commercialization plans are governed by a joint steering committee, with Abbott Molecular retaining final decision making authority, subject to its obligations under the agreement, for development, manufacture and marketing of the companion diagnostic and our retaining final decision making authority, subject to our obligations under the agreement, for the development, manufacture and marketing of IMO-8400.

 

10


 

Table of Contents

Under the agreement, each party grants the other party specified intellectual property licenses to enable the other party to perform its obligations and exercise its rights under the agreement, including license grants enabling Abbott Molecular to develop and commercialize the companion diagnostic test for use with IMO-8400 and enabling us to develop and commercialize IMO-8400 with Abbott Molecular’s companion diagnostic test. The licenses granted by the parties to one another generally survive termination of the agreement. Abbott Molecular remains free to develop its companion diagnostic test for use with third party therapeutic products, and we remain free to engage third party diagnostics companies to develop other companion diagnostic tests for use with IMO-8400.

 

We are permitted to terminate the agreement upon 90 days written notice to Abbott Molecular and, under circumstances specified in the agreement, payment of a termination fee and wind-down costs. The parties also may terminate the agreement based on uncured material breaches by or the bankruptcy or insolvency of the other party, and each party has the right to terminate the agreement in the event of specified permanent injunctions based on infringement of third party intellectual property rights. In September 2016, we suspended clinical development of IMO-8400 for B-cell lymphomas. However, we have maintained our relationship with Abbott under the agreement as we may explore potential collaborative alliances to support the development of IMO-8400 for B-cell lymphomas.

 

Academic and Research Collaborations

 

We have entered into research collaborations with scientists at leading academic research institutions. These research collaborations allow us to augment our internal research capabilities and obtain access to specialized knowledge and expertise. In general, our research collaborations may require us to supply compounds and pay various amounts to support the research. Under these research agreements, if a collaborator, solely or jointly with us, creates any invention, we may own exclusively such invention, have an automatic paid-up, royalty-free non-exclusive license or have an option to negotiate an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing license to such invention. Inventions developed solely by our scientists in connection with research collaborations are owned exclusively by us. These collaborative agreements are non-exclusive and may be terminated with limited notice.

 

Research and Development Expenses

 

We are committed to redefining the treatment of certain cancers and rare diseases and have dedicated a significant portion of our resources to our efforts on the discovery and development of our drug candidates.  For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we spent approximately $50.7 million, $39.8 million, and $33.7 million, respectively, on research and development activities. We plan to continue to invest in research and development. Accordingly, we anticipate that a significant portion of our operating expenses will continue to be related to research and development in 2018 and beyond as we continue to advance our drug candidates into and through clinical development.

 

Patents, Proprietary Rights and Trade Secrets

 

Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our drug candidates, technology and know-how, to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others and to prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights. We use a variety of methods to seek to protect our proprietary position, including filing U.S. and foreign patent applications related to our proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development of our business. We also rely on trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation, and in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position.

 

We have devoted and continue to devote a substantial amount of our resources into establishing intellectual property protection for:

·

Novel chemical entities that function as agonists of TLR3, TLR7, TLR8 or TLR9;

·

Novel chemical entities that function as antagonists of TLR7, TLR8 or TLR9; and

·

Composition and use of our nucleic acid chemistry compounds to treat and prevent a variety of diseases.

 

As of February 15, 2018, we owned about 49 U.S. patents and patent applications and about 136 patents and patent applications throughout the rest of the world for our TLR-targeted immune modulation technologies.

11


 

Table of Contents

These patents and patent applications include claims covering the chemical compositions of matter and methods of use of our IMO compounds, such as IMO-8400, IMO-9200 and IMO-2125, as well as other compounds. These patents expire at various dates ranging from 2023 to 2037. With respect to IMO-8400, we have five issued U.S. patents that cover the chemical composition of matter of IMO-8400 and certain methods of its use that provide exclusivity for IMO-8400 until at least 2031. With respect to IMO-9200, we have six issued U.S. patents and two U.S. patent applications that cover the chemical composition for IMO-9200 and methods of its use that provide exclusivity for IMO-9200 until at least 2034. With respect to IMO-2125, we have an issued U.S. patent that covers the chemical composition of matter of IMO-2125 and methods of its use that will expire in 2025. We have pending applications in the United States and outside of the United States that cover methods of treatment or use with IMO-2125 with expiration dates of 2035 and 2037.

 

As of February 15, 2018, we owned three issued U.S. patents, 25 issued foreign patents, five pending U.S. patent applications and 12 foreign patent applications (including pending applications under the Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT) related to our nucleic acid chemistry compounds and methods of their use. The issued patents covering our nucleic acid chemistry technologies have an earliest statutory expiration date in 2030. One patent family relating to targets for our nucleic acid chemistry compounds is in-licensed.  

 

Because patent applications in the United States and many foreign jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all, and because publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind actual discoveries, neither we nor our licensors can be certain that we or they were the first to make the inventions claimed in issued patents or pending patent applications, or that we or they were the first to file for protection of the inventions set forth in these patent applications.

 

Litigation may be necessary to defend against or assert claims of infringement, to enforce patents issued to us, to protect trade secrets or know-how owned by us, or to determine the scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others or to determine the appropriate term for an issued patent. In addition, the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, may declare interference proceedings to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our patent applications or reexamination or reissue proceedings to determine if the scope of a patent should be narrowed. Litigation or any of these other proceedings could result in substantial costs to and diversion of effort by us, even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. These efforts by us may not be successful.

 

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term for patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries, including the United States, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest filing date of a non-provisional patent application. In the United States, a patent’s term may be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the USPTO in examining and granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over an earlier filed patent. The term of a patent that covers a drug, biological product or medical device approved pursuant to a pre-market approval may also be eligible for patent term extension when FDA approval is granted, provided statutory and regulatory requirements are met. The length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the drug is under regulatory review while the patent is in force. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Act, permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration date set for the patent. Patent extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent applicable to each regulatory review period may be granted an extension and only those claims reading on the approved drug are extended. Similar provisions are available in Europe and other foreign jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug.

 

We may rely, in some circumstances, on trade secrets and confidentiality agreements to protect our technology. Although trade secrets are difficult to protect, wherever possible, we use confidential disclosure agreements to protect the proprietary nature of our technology. We regularly implement confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors, and other contractors and collaborators. However, there can be no assurance that these agreements will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any breach, or that our trade secrets and/or proprietary information will not otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our employees, consultants or contractors use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may also arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions.

 

12


 

Table of Contents

Manufacturing

 

We do not currently own or operate manufacturing facilities for the production of clinical or commercial quantities of any of our drug candidates. We currently rely and expect to continue to rely on other companies for the manufacture of our drug candidates for preclinical and clinical development. We currently source our bulk drug manufacturing requirements from a limited number of contract manufacturers through the issuance of work orders on an as-needed basis. We depend and will continue to depend on our contract manufacturers to manufacture our drug candidates in accordance with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, regulations for use in clinical trials. We will ultimately depend on contract manufacturers for the manufacture of our products for commercial sale, if and when our drug candidates are approved. Contract manufacturers are subject to extensive governmental regulation.

 

Under our collaborative agreement with GSK, GSK is responsible for manufacturing clinical drug candidates. Under our collaborative agreement with Vivelix, Vivelix is responsible for manufacturing clinical drug candidates.

 

Competition

 

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. We are currently developing our TLR-targeted drug candidates for use in our immuno-oncology program and in the treatment of certain rare diseases. IMO-2125, our TLR agonist lead drug candidate, is being developed for the treatment by intra-tumoral injection of multiple oncology indications in combination with checkpoint inhibitors. IMO-8400, our TLR antagonist lead drug candidate, is being developed for the treatment of rare diseases with dermatomyositis as our lead clinical target. We are also in collaboration with GSK for an undisclosed renal target and expect to continue to seek to enter into additional collaborative alliances with pharmaceutical companies with respect to applications of our nucleic acid chemistry technology program. For all of these disease areas, there are many other companies, public and private, that are actively engaged in discovery, development, and commercializing products and technologies that may compete with our drug candidates and programs, including TLR-targeted compounds as well as non-TLR-targeted therapeutics.  

 

We are aware of other companies including Dynavax Technologies Corporation, Mologen AG, BioLineRx Ltd., Innate Immunotherapeutics Ltd., VentiRx Pharmaceuticals Inc., Telormedix S.A., Gilead Sciences Inc., GlaxoSmithKline plc, AstraZeneca plc, Checkmate Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd. and Nektar Therapeutics that are developing TLR agonists and antagonists for various indications, including oncology and rare diseases.

 

ILLUMINATE (IMO-2125) Clinical Development Program for Oncology Indications

 

Immuno-oncology, which utilizes a patient’s own immune system to combat cancer, is currently an active area of research for biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies. Interest in immuno-oncology is driven by efficacy data in cancers with historically bleak outcomes and the potential to achieve a cure or functional cure for some patients. As such, we expect that our efforts in this field will be competitive with a wide variety of different approaches. Any one of these competitive approaches may result in the development of novel technologies that are more effective, safer or less costly than any that we are developing. In addition, Dynavax is conducting a Phase 1/2 clinical trial of its proprietary investigational TLR9 agonist, intra-tumoral SD-101, in combination with checkpoint inhibitors, and OncoSec Medical Incorporated is conducting a Phase 2 clinical trial of intra-tumoral pIL-12 in metastatic melanoma in combination with checkpoint inhibitors.

 

PIONEER (IMO-8400) Trial in Dermatomyositis    

 

Many of the drug development programs in dermatomyositis are focusing on expanding the use of drugs approved in different indications through investigator sponsored studies such as the ongoing studies of the monoclonal antibodies, belimumab and tocilizumab. In addition, Pfizer is developing PF06823859 (interferon beta inhibitor) for the treatment of dermatomyositis which is in a Phase 2a trial and Corbus Pharmaceuticals has reported positive results with lenabasum (synthetic oral endocannabinoid-mimetic drug) for the treatment of dermatomyositis in a Phase 2b trial.  We are not aware of other new chemical or molecular entities being developed for the treatment of dermatomyositis.

 

13


 

Table of Contents

Nucleic Acid Chemistry Technology to Target RNA

 

We are developing nucleic acid chemistry drug candidates that we have created using our proprietary technology to inhibit the production of disease-associated proteins by targeting RNA. We also face competition from other companies working to develop novel drugs using technologies that may compete with our nucleic acid chemistry technology. We are aware of multiple companies that are developing technologies that use oligonucleotide-based compounds to inhibit the production of disease associated proteins. These technologies include, but are not limited to, antisense technology as well as RNAi. In the field of antisense technologies, we compete with multiple companies, including Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Ionis, and its strategic partners, as well as WAVE Life Sciences and its strategic partner. Ionis is currently marketing an antisense drug, Kynamro, and has submitted via Akcea both an NDA and marketing authorization application for Volanesorsen (targets APOC3) to the FDA and European regulatory agencies. Ionis has over two dozen antisense drug candidates in clinical trials. Biogen recently received FDA approval for its antisense drug Spinraza for spinal muscular atrophy.  In the field of RNAi, we compete with Alnylam, Dicerna, Miragen, and their respective partners. Any of the competing companies may develop gene-silencing technologies more rapidly and more effectively than us, and antisense technology and RNAi may become the preferred technology for drugs that target RNA in order to inhibit the production of disease-associated proteins.

 

Some of these potentially competitive products have been in development or commercialized for years, in some cases by large, well established pharmaceutical companies. Many of the marketed products have been accepted by the medical community, patients, and third-party payors. Our ability to compete may be affected by the previous adoption of such products by the medical community, patients, and third-party payors. Additionally, in some instances, insurers and other third-party payors seek to encourage the use of generic products, which makes branded products, such as is planned for our drug candidates upon commercialization, potentially less attractive, from a cost perspective, to buyers.

 

We recognize that other companies, including large pharmaceutical companies, may be developing or have plans to develop products and technologies that may compete with ours. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, and human resources than we have. In addition, many of our competitors have significantly greater experience than we have in undertaking preclinical studies and human clinical trials of new pharmaceutical products, obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals of products for use in health care and manufacturing, and marketing and selling approved products. Our competitors may discover, develop or commercialize products or other novel technologies that are more effective, safer or less costly than any that we are developing. Our competitors may also obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours.

 

We anticipate that the competition with our drug candidates and technologies will be based on a number of factors including product efficacy, safety, availability, and price. The timing of market introduction of our drug candidates and competitive products will also affect competition among products. We expect the relative speed with which we can develop products, complete the clinical trials and approval processes, and supply commercial quantities of the products to the market to be important competitive factors. Our competitive position will also depend upon our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, to obtain patent protection or otherwise develop proprietary products or processes, protect our intellectual property, and to secure sufficient capital resources for the period between technological conception and commercial sales.

 

14


 

Table of Contents

Government Regulation

 

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and in other countries and jurisdictions, including the European Union, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, packaging, storage, recordkeeping, labeling, advertising, promotion, distribution, marketing, pricing, post-approval monitoring and reporting, and import and export of pharmaceutical products. The processes for obtaining regulatory approvals in the United States and in foreign countries and jurisdictions, along with subsequent compliance with applicable statutes and regulations and other regulatory authorities, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

 

Review and Approval of Drugs in the United States

 

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and associated implementing regulations. The failure to comply with the FDCA and other applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval may subject an applicant and/or sponsor to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, including refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters and other types of letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement of profits, or civil or criminal investigations and penalties brought by the FDA and the Department of Justice, or DOJ, or other governmental entities, including state agencies.

 

An applicant seeking approval to market and distribute a new drug product in the United States must typically undertake the following:

 

·

completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in compliance with the FDA’s good laboratory practice, or GLP, regulations;

 

·

submission to the FDA of an IND, which must take effect before human clinical trials may begin in the United States;

 

·

approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, representing each clinical site before each clinical trial may be initiated;

 

·

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with good clinical practices, or GCP, to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug product for each indication;

 

·

preparation and submission to the FDA of a new drug application, or NDA;

 

·

review of the product candidate by an FDA advisory committee, where appropriate or if applicable;

 

·

satisfactory completion of one or more FDA inspections of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product, or components thereof, are produced to assess compliance with cGMP requirements and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

 

·

satisfactory completion of FDA audits of clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCPs and the integrity of the clinical data;

 

·

payment of user fees and securing FDA approval of the NDA; and

 

·

compliance with any post-approval requirements, including Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategies, or REMS, where applicable, and post-approval studies required by the FDA.

 

15


 

Table of Contents

Preclinical Studies

 

Before an applicant begins testing a product candidate with potential therapeutic value in humans, the product candidate enters the preclinical testing stage. Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of the purity and stability of the manufactured drug substance or active pharmaceutical ingredient and the formulated drug or drug product, as well as in vitro and animal studies to assess the safety and activity of the drug for initial testing in humans and to establish a rationale for therapeutic use. The conduct of preclinical studies is subject to federal regulations and requirements, including GLP regulations. The results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and plans for clinical studies, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND. Additional preclinical testing, such as animal tests of reproductive adverse events and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted.

 

Human Clinical Studies in Support of an NDA

 

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP requirements, which include, among other things, the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing before their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under written study protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, inclusion and exclusion criteria, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. An IND is an exemption from the FDCA that allows an unapproved product candidate to be shipped in interstate commerce for use in an investigational clinical trial and a request for FDA authorization to administer such investigational product to humans. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to a proposed clinical trial and places the trial on clinical hold or partial clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin.

 

Typically, the FDA will require one IND for early development studies where the sponsor is uncertain of the indication or dosage form of the proposed product, where the drug is being developed for closely related indications within a single review division at FDA, or where there are multiple closely-related routes of administration using the same dosage formulation. On the other hand, multiple INDs may be required where there are two or more unrelated conditions being developed or where multiple dosage forms are being extensively investigated or where multiple routes of administration are being evaluated.

 

In addition to the foregoing IND requirements, an IRB representing each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution, and the IRB must conduct continuing review and reapprove the study at least annually. The IRB must review and approve, among other things, the study protocol and informed consent information to be provided to study subjects. An IRB must operate in compliance with FDA regulations. Information about certain clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes to the National Institutes of Health for public dissemination on their ClinicalTrials.gov website.

 

Additionally, some trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the trial sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee, or DSMB. This group provides recommendations as to whether or not a trial should move forward at designated check points based on access that only the group maintains to available data from the study. Suspension or termination of development during any phase of clinical trials can occur if it is determined that the participants or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Other reasons for suspension or termination may be made by us based on evolving business objectives and/or competitive climate.

 

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined:

 

Phase 1:     The drug is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease (e.g. cancer) or condition and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness and to determine optimal dosage.

 

Phase 2:     The drug is administered to a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage.

16


 

Table of Contents

 

Phase 3:     The drug is administered to an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, in well-controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to statistically evaluate the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product, and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product.

 

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. In addition, IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA for any of the following: serious and unexpected suspected adverse reactions; findings from other studies or animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk in humans exposed to the drug; and any clinically important increase in the case of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. Furthermore, the FDA, the sponsor or the data monitoring committee for a clinical trial may suspend or terminate the clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution, or an institution it represents, if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. The FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP and the integrity of the clinical data submitted.

 

Section 505(b)(2) NDAs

 

NDAs for most new drug products are based on two full clinical studies which must contain substantial evidence of the safety and efficacy of the proposed new product. These applications are submitted under Section 505(b)(1) of the FDCA. The FDA is, however, authorized to approve an alternative type of NDA under Section 505(b)(2) of the FDCA. This type of application allows the applicant to rely, in part, on the FDA’s previous findings of safety and efficacy for a similar product, or published literature. Specifically, Section 505(b)(2) applies to NDAs for a drug for which the investigations made to show whether or not the drug is safe for use and effective in use and relied upon by the applicant for approval of the application “were not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference or use from the person by or for whom the investigations were conducted.”

 

Thus, Section 505(b)(2) authorizes the FDA to approve an NDA based on safety and effectiveness data that were not developed by the applicant. NDAs filed under Section 505(b)(2) may provide an alternate and potentially more expeditious pathway to FDA approval for new or improved formulations or new uses of previously approved products. If the Section 505(b)(2) applicant can establish that reliance on the FDA’s previous approval is scientifically appropriate, the applicant may eliminate the need to conduct certain preclinical or clinical studies of the new product. The FDA may also require companies to perform additional studies or measurements to support the change from the approved product. The FDA may then approve the new drug candidate for all or some of the label indications for which the referenced product has been approved, as well as for any new indication sought by the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.

 

Submission of an NDA to the FDA

 

Assuming successful completion of required clinical testing and other requirements, the results of the preclinical and clinical studies, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the drug product for one or more indications. Under federal law, the submission of most NDAs is subject to an application user fee, which for federal fiscal year 2018 is $2,421,495 for an application requiring clinical data. The sponsor of an approved NDA is also subject to an annual program fee, which for fiscal year 2018 is $304,162. Exceptions or waivers for these fees exist for a small company (fewer than 500 employees, including employees and affiliates) satisfying certain requirements and products with orphan drug designation for a particular indication are not subject to a fee provided there are no other intended uses in the NDA.

 

The FDA conducts a preliminary review of an NDA within 60 calendar days of its receipt and strives to inform the sponsor by the 74th day after the FDA’s receipt of the submission to determine whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information. The

17


 

Table of Contents

resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review.  

 

The FDA has agreed to specified performance goals in the review process of NDAs. Under the agreement, 90% of applications seeking approval of New Molecular Entities, or NMEs, are meant to be reviewed within ten months from the date on which the FDA accepts the NDA for filing, and 90% of applications for NMEs that have been designated for “priority review” are meant to be reviewed within six months of the filing date. For applications seeking approval of drugs that are not NMEs, the ten-month and six-month review periods run from the date that the FDA receives the application.  The review process may be extended by the FDA for three additional months to consider new information or clarification provided by the applicant to address an outstanding deficiency identified by the FDA following the original submission.

 

Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is or will be manufactured. These pre-approval inspections cover all facilities associated with an NDA submission, including drug component manufacturing (such as active pharmaceutical ingredients), finished drug product manufacturing, and control testing laboratories. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP.

 

In addition, as a condition of approval, the FDA may require an applicant to develop a REMS. REMS use risk minimization strategies beyond the professional labeling to ensure that the benefits of the product outweigh the potential risks. To determine whether a REMS is needed, the FDA will consider the size of the population likely to use the product, seriousness of the disease, expected benefit of the product, expected duration of treatment, seriousness of known or potential adverse events, and whether the product is a new molecular entity. REMS can include medication guides, physician communication plans for healthcare professionals, and elements to assure safe use, or ETASU. ETASU may include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring, and the use of patient registries. The FDA may require a REMS before approval or post-approval if it becomes aware of a serious risk associated with use of the product. The requirement for a REMS can materially affect the potential market and profitability of a product.

 

The FDA is required to refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee or explain why such referral was not made. Typically, an advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

 

Fast Track, Breakthrough Therapy and Priority Review Designations

 

The FDA is authorized to designate certain products for expedited review if they are intended to address an unmet medical need in the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition. These programs are fast track designation, breakthrough therapy designation and priority review designation.

 

Specifically, the FDA may designate a product for fast track review if it is intended, whether alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and it demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for such a disease or condition. For fast track products, sponsors may have greater interactions with the FDA and the FDA may initiate review of sections of a fast track product’s NDA before the application is complete. This rolling review may be available if the FDA determines, after preliminary evaluation of clinical data submitted by the sponsor, that a fast track product may be effective. The sponsor must also provide, and the FDA must approve, a schedule for the submission of the remaining information and the sponsor must pay applicable user fees. However, the FDA’s time period goal for reviewing a fast track application does not begin until the last section of the NDA is submitted. In addition, the fast track designation may be withdrawn by the FDA if the FDA believes that the designation is no longer supported by data emerging in the clinical trial process.

 

Second, in 2012, Congress enacted the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA. This law established a new regulatory scheme allowing for expedited review of products designated as “breakthrough therapies.” A product may be designated as a breakthrough therapy if it is intended, either alone or

18


 

Table of Contents

in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. The FDA may take certain actions with respect to breakthrough therapies, including holding meetings with the sponsor throughout the development process; providing timely advice to the product sponsor regarding development and approval; involving more senior staff in the review process; assigning a cross-disciplinary project lead for the review team; and taking other steps to design the clinical trials in an efficient manner.

 

Third, the FDA may designate a product for priority review if it is a drug that treats a serious condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness. The FDA determines, on a case-by-case basis, whether the proposed drug represents a significant improvement when compared with other available therapies. Significant improvement may be illustrated by evidence of increased effectiveness in the treatment of a condition, elimination or substantial reduction of a treatment-limiting drug reaction, documented enhancement of patient compliance that may lead to improvement in serious outcomes, and evidence of safety and effectiveness in a new subpopulation. A priority designation is intended to direct overall attention and resources to the evaluation of such applications, and to shorten the FDA’s goal for taking action on a marketing application from ten months to six months.

 

Accelerated Approval Pathway

 

The FDA may grant accelerated approval to a drug for a serious or life-threatening condition that provides meaningful therapeutic advantage to patients over existing treatments based upon a determination that the drug has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit. The FDA may also grant accelerated approval for such a condition when the product has an effect on an intermediate clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality, or IMM, and that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. Drugs granted accelerated approval must meet the same statutory standards for safety and effectiveness as those granted traditional approval.

 

For the purposes of accelerated approval, a surrogate endpoint is a marker, such as a laboratory measurement, radiographic image, physical sign, or other measure that is thought to predict clinical benefit, but is not itself a measure of clinical benefit. Surrogate endpoints can often be measured more easily or more rapidly than clinical endpoints. An intermediate clinical endpoint is a measurement of a therapeutic effect that is considered reasonably likely to predict the clinical benefit of a drug, such as an effect on IMM. The FDA has limited experience with accelerated approvals based on intermediate clinical endpoints, but has indicated that such endpoints generally may support accelerated approval where the therapeutic effect measured by the endpoint is not itself a clinical benefit and basis for traditional approval, if there is a basis for concluding that the therapeutic effect is reasonably likely to predict the ultimate clinical benefit of a drug.

 

The accelerated approval pathway is most often used in settings in which the course of a disease is long and an extended period of time is required to measure the intended clinical benefit of a drug, even if the effect on the surrogate or intermediate clinical endpoint occurs rapidly. Thus, accelerated approval has been used extensively in the development and approval of drugs for treatment of a variety of cancers in which the goal of therapy is generally to improve survival or decrease morbidity and the duration of the typical disease course requires lengthy and sometimes large trials to demonstrate a clinical or survival benefit.

 

The accelerated approval pathway is usually contingent on a sponsor’s agreement to conduct, in a diligent manner, additional post-approval confirmatory studies to verify and describe the drug’s clinical benefit. As a result, a drug candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post-marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of Phase 4 or post-approval clinical trials to confirm the effect on the clinical endpoint. Failure to conduct required post-approval studies, or confirm a clinical benefit during post-marketing studies, would allow the FDA to withdraw the drug from the market on an expedited basis. All promotional materials for drug candidates approved under accelerated regulations are subject to prior review by the FDA.

 

19


 

Table of Contents

The FDA’s Decision on an NDA

 

On the basis of the FDA’s evaluation of the NDA and accompanying information, including the results of the inspection of the manufacturing facilities, the FDA may issue an approval letter or a complete response letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the product with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing or information in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. If and when those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

 

If the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use for the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess the drug’s safety after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution restrictions or other risk management mechanisms, including REMS, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-market studies or surveillance programs. After approval, many types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.

 

FDA Regulation of Companion Diagnostics

 

If safe and effective use of a therapeutic depends on an in vitro diagnostic, then the FDA generally will require approval or clearance of that diagnostic, known as a companion diagnostic, at the same time that the FDA approves the therapeutic product. In August 2014, the FDA issued final guidance clarifying the requirements that will apply to approval of therapeutic products and in vitro companion diagnostics. According to the guidance, for novel drugs, a companion diagnostic device and its corresponding therapeutic should be approved or cleared contemporaneously by the FDA for the use indicated in the therapeutic product’s labeling. In July 2016, the FDA issued a draft guidance intended to assist sponsors of the drug therapeutic and in vitro companion diagnostic device on issues related to co-development of the products.

 

The FDA previously has required in vitro companion diagnostics intended to select the patients who will respond to the drug candidate to obtain pre-market approval, or PMA, simultaneously with approval of the drug. The PMA process, including the gathering of clinical and preclinical data and the submission to and review by the FDA, can take several years or longer. It involves a rigorous premarket review during which the applicant must prepare and provide the FDA with reasonable assurance of the device’s safety and effectiveness and information about the device and its components regarding, among other things, device design, manufacturing and labeling.  PMA applications are subject to fees for medical device product review; for federal fiscal year 2018, the standard fee for review of a PMA is $310,764 and the small business fee is $77,691.

 

After a device is placed on the market, it remains subject to significant regulatory requirements. Medical devices may be marketed only for the uses and indications for which they are cleared or approved. Device manufacturers must also establish registration and device listings with the FDA. A medical device manufacturer’s manufacturing processes and those of its suppliers are required to comply with the applicable portions of the QSR, which cover the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, processes, controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging and shipping of medical devices. Domestic facility records and manufacturing processes are subject to periodic unscheduled inspections by the FDA. The FDA also may inspect foreign facilities that export products to the U.S.

 

Post-Approval Requirements

 

Drugs manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims, are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing, annual user fee requirements for

20


 

Table of Contents

any marketed products and the establishments at which such products are manufactured, as well as new application fees for supplemental applications with clinical data.

 

In addition, drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.

 

Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

·

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, suspension of the approval, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

·

fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

·

refusal of the FDA to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

 

·

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

 

·

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

 

The FDA strictly regulates the marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of prescription drug products placed on the market. This regulation includes, among other things, standards and regulations for direct-to-consumer advertising, communications regarding unapproved uses, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities, and promotional activities involving the Internet and social media. Promotional claims about a drug’s safety or effectiveness are prohibited before the drug is approved. After approval, a drug product generally may not be promoted for uses that are not approved by the FDA, as reflected in the product’s prescribing information. In the United States, health care professionals are generally permitted to prescribe drugs for such uses not described in the drug’s labeling, known as off-label uses, because the FDA does not regulate the practice of medicine. However, FDA regulations impose rigorous restrictions on manufacturers’ communications, prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. It may be permissible, under very specific, narrow conditions, for a manufacturer to engage in nonpromotional, non-misleading communication regarding off-label information, such as distributing scientific or medical journal information.

 

If a company is found to have promoted off-label uses, it may become subject to adverse public relations and administrative and judicial enforcement by the FDA, the Department of Justice, or the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, as well as state authorities. This could subject a company to a range of penalties that could have a significant commercial impact, including civil and criminal fines and agreements that materially restrict the manner in which a company promotes or distributes drug products. The federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion, and has also requested that companies enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed.

 

In addition, the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical products is subject to the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, or PDMA, and its implementing regulations, as well as the Drug Supply Chain Security Act, or DSCA, which regulate the distribution and tracing of prescription drug samples at the federal level, and set minimum standards for the regulation of drug distributors by the states. The PDMA, its implementing regulations and state

21


 

Table of Contents

laws limit the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical product samples and the DSCA imposes requirements to ensure accountability in distribution and to identify and remove counterfeit and other illegitimate products from the market.

 

Abbreviated New Drug Applications for Generic Drugs

 

In 1984, with passage of the Hatch-Waxman Amendments to the FDCA, Congress authorized the FDA to approve generic drugs that are the same as drugs previously approved by the FDA under the NDA provisions of the statute. To obtain approval of a generic drug, an applicant must submit an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, to the agency. In support of such applications, a generic manufacturer may rely on the preclinical and clinical testing previously conducted for a drug product previously approved under an NDA, known as the reference listed drug, or RLD.

 

Specifically, in order for an ANDA to be approved, the FDA must find that the generic version is identical to the RLD with respect to the active ingredients, the route of administration, the dosage form, and the strength of the drug. At the same time, the FDA must also determine that the generic drug is “bioequivalent” to the innovator drug. Under the statute, a generic drug is bioequivalent to a RLD if “the rate and extent of absorption of the drug do not show a significant difference from the rate and extent of absorption of the listed drug.”

 

Upon approval of an ANDA, the FDA indicates whether the generic product is “therapeutically equivalent” to the RLD in its publication “Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations,” also referred to as the “Orange Book.” Physicians and pharmacists consider a therapeutic equivalent generic drug to be fully substitutable for the RLD. In addition, by operation of certain state laws and numerous health insurance programs, the FDA’s designation of therapeutic equivalence often results in substitution of the generic drug without the knowledge or consent of either the prescribing physician or patient.

 

Under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, the FDA may not approve an ANDA until any applicable period of non-patent exclusivity for the RLD has expired. The FDCA provides a period of five years of non-patent data exclusivity for a new drug containing a new chemical entity. For the purposes of this provision, a new chemical entity, or NCE, is a drug that contains no active moiety that has previously been approved by the FDA in any other NDA. An active moiety is the molecule or ion responsible for the physiological or pharmacological action of the drug substance. In cases where such exclusivity has been granted, an ANDA may not be filed with the FDA until the expiration of five years unless the submission is accompanied by a Paragraph IV certification, in which case the applicant may submit its application four years following the original product approval. The FDCA also provides for a period of three years of exclusivity if the NDA includes reports of one or more new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability or bioequivalence studies, that were conducted by or for the applicant and are essential to the approval of the application. This three-year exclusivity period often protects changes to a previously approved drug product, such as a new dosage form, route of administration, combination or indication.

 

The FDA must establish a priority review track for certain generic drugs, requiring the FDA to review a drug application within eight (8) months for a drug that has three (3) or fewer approved drugs listed in the Orange Book and is no longer protected by any patent or regulatory exclusivities, or is on the FDA’s drug shortage list. The new legislation also authorizes FDA to expedite review of ‘‘competitor generic therapies’’ or drugs with inadequate generic competition, including holding meetings with or providing advice to the drug sponsor prior to submission of the application.

 

Hatch-Waxman Patent Certification and the 30-Month Stay

 

Upon approval of an NDA or a supplement thereto, NDA sponsors are required to list with the FDA each patent with claims that cover the applicant’s product or an approved method of using the product. Each of the patents listed by the NDA sponsor is published in the Orange Book. When an Abbreviated New Drug Application, or ANDA, or 505(b)(2) applicant files its application with the FDA, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the reference product in the Orange Book, except for patents covering methods of use for which the ANDA applicant is not seeking approval. 

 

22


 

Table of Contents

Specifically, the applicant must certify with respect to each patent that:

 

·

the required patent information has not been filed;

 

·

the listed patent has expired;

 

·

the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or

 

·

the listed patent is invalid, unenforceable or will not be infringed by the new product.

 

A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product’s listed patents or that such patents are invalid or unenforceable is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents or indicates that it is not seeking approval of a patented method of use, the  application will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired (other than method of use patents involving indications for which the ANDA applicant is not seeking approval).

 

If the ANDA or 505(b)(2) applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA or 505(b)(2) application has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days after the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA or 505(b)(2) application until the earlier of 30 months after the receipt of the Paragraph IV notice, expiration of the patent, or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant.

 

Pediatric Studies and Exclusivity

 

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, an NDA or supplement thereto must contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations, and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. With enactment of the FDASIA in 2012, sponsors must also submit pediatric study plans prior to the assessment data. Those plans must contain an outline of the proposed pediatric study or studies the applicant plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, any deferral or waiver requests, and other information required by regulation. The applicant, the FDA, and the FDA’s internal review committee must then review the information submitted, consult with each other, and agree upon a final plan. The FDA or the applicant may request an amendment to the plan at any time.

 

For drugs intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, the FDA must, upon the request of an applicant, meet to discuss preparation of the initial pediatric study plan or to discuss deferral or waiver of pediatric assessments. In addition, FDA will meet early in the development process to discuss pediatric study plans with sponsors and FDA must meet with sponsors by no later than the end-of-phase 1 meeting for serious or life-threatening diseases and by no later than ninety (90) days after FDA’s receipt of the study plan.

 

The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements. Additional requirements and procedures relating to deferral requests and requests for extension of deferrals are contained in the FDASIA. Unless otherwise required by regulation, the pediatric data requirements do not apply to products with orphan designation.

 

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of non-patent marketing exclusivity in the United States and, if granted, provides for the attachment of an additional six months of marketing protection to the term of any existing regulatory exclusivity, including the non-patent and orphan exclusivity. This six-month exclusivity may be granted if an NDA sponsor submits pediatric data that fairly respond to a written request from the FDA for such data. The data do not need to show the product to be effective in the pediatric population studied; rather, if the clinical trial is deemed to fairly respond to the FDA’s request, the additional protection is granted. If reports of requested pediatric studies are submitted to and accepted by the FDA within the statutory time limits, whatever statutory or regulatory periods of exclusivity or patent protection cover the product are extended by six months. This is not a patent term extension, but it effectively extends the regulatory period during which the FDA cannot approve another application.

23


 

Table of Contents

 

Orphan Drug Designation and Exclusivity

 

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a drug product as an “orphan drug” if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition (generally meaning that it affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more in cases in which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a drug product available in the United States for treatment of the disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product). A company must request orphan product designation before submitting an NDA. If the request is granted, the FDA will disclose the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential use. Orphan product designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process, although it does convey certain advantages such as tax benefits and exemption from PDUFA fees.

 

If a product with orphan status receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation or for a select indication or use within the rare disease or condition for which it was designated, the product generally will receive orphan product exclusivity. Orphan product exclusivity means that the FDA may not approve any other applications for the same product for the same indication for seven years, except in certain limited circumstances. Competitors may receive approval of different products for the indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity and may obtain approval for the same product but for a different indication. If a drug or drug product designated as an orphan product ultimately receives marketing approval for an indication broader than what was designated in its orphan product application, it may not be entitled to exclusivity.

 

Orphan drug exclusivity will not bar approval of another product under certain circumstances, including if a subsequent product with the same drug for the same condition is shown to be clinically superior to the approved product on the basis of greater efficacy or safety, or providing a major contribution to patient care, or if the company with orphan drug exclusivity is not able to meet market demand. This is the case despite an earlier court opinion holding that the Orphan Drug Act unambiguously required the FDA to recognize orphan exclusivity regardless of a showing of clinical superiority.

 

Patent Term Restoration and Extension

 

A patent claiming a new drug product may be eligible for a limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, which permits a patent restoration of up to five years for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review. The restoration period granted is typically one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of an NDA, plus the time between the submission date of an NDA and the ultimate approval date. Patent term restoration cannot be used to extend the remaining term of a patent past a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug product is eligible for the extension, and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent in question. A patent that covers multiple drugs for which approval is sought can only be extended in connection with one of the approvals. The USPTO reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration in consultation with the FDA.

 

The 21 st  Century Cures Act

 

On December 13, 2016, President Obama signed the 21st Century Cures Act, or the Cures Act, into law.  The Cures Act is designed to modernize and personalize healthcare, spur innovation and research, and streamline the discovery and development of new therapies through increased federal funding of particular programs.  It authorizes increasing funding for FDA to spend on innovation projects.  The new law also amends the Public Health Service Act to reauthorize and expand funding for the National Institutes of Health.  The Act establishes the NIH Innovation Fund to pay for the cost of development and implementation of a strategic plan, early stage investigators and research.  It also charges NIH with leading and coordinating expanded pediatric research.  Further, the Cures Act directs the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention to expand surveillance of neurological diseases.

 

With amendments to the FDCA and the Public Health Service Act, Title III of the Cures Act seeks to accelerate the discovery, development, and delivery of new medicines and medical technologies.  To that end, and among other provisions, the Cures Act reauthorizes the priority review voucher program for certain drugs intended to treat rare pediatric diseases; creates a new priority review voucher program for drug applications determined to be material threat medical countermeasure applications; revises the FDCA to streamline review of combination

24


 

Table of Contents

product applications; requires FDA to evaluate the potential use of “real world evidence” to help support approval of new indications for approved drugs; provides a new “limited population” approval pathway for antibiotic and antifungal drugs intended to treat serious or life-threatening infections; and authorizes FDA to designate a drug as a “regenerative advanced therapy,” thereby making it eligible for certain expedited review and approval designations.

 

Review and Approval of Drug Products in the European Union

 

In order to market any product outside of the United States, a company must also comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries and jurisdictions regarding quality, safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of drug products. Whether or not it obtains FDA approval for a product, the company would need to obtain the necessary approvals by the comparable foreign regulatory authorities before it can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries or jurisdictions. The approval process ultimately varies between countries and jurisdictions and can involve additional product testing and additional administrative review periods. The time required to obtain approval in other countries and jurisdictions might differ from and be longer than that required to obtain FDA approval. Regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction does not ensure regulatory approval in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction may negatively impact the regulatory process in others.

 

Clinical Trial Approval in the EU

 

Pursuant to the European Clinical Trials Directive, a system for the approval of clinical trials in the European Union has been implemented through national legislation of the member states. Under this system, an applicant must obtain approval from the competent national authority of a European Union member state in which the clinical trial is to be conducted. Furthermore, the applicant may only start a clinical trial after a competent ethics committee has issued a favorable opinion. Clinical trial application must be accompanied by an investigational medicinal product dossier with supporting information prescribed by the European Clinical Trials Directive and corresponding national laws of the member states and further detailed in applicable guidance documents.  In April 2014, the EU adopted a new Clinical Trials Regulation, which will be directly applicable to and binding without the need for any national implementing legislation.  Under the new coordinated procedure for the approval of clinical trials, the sponsor of a clinical trial will be required to submit a single application for approval of a clinical trial to a reporting EU Member State (RMS) through an EU Portal. The submission procedure will be the same irrespective of whether the clinical trial is to be conducted in a single EU Member State or in more than one EU Member State.  The Clinical Trials Regulation also aims to streamline and simplify the rules on safety reporting for clinical trials. The Regulation was published on June 16, 2014 but is not expected to apply until 2019.   

 

Orphan Drug Designation and Exclusivity

 

Regulation 141/2000 provides that a drug shall be designated as an orphan drug if its sponsor can establish: that the product is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition affecting not more than five in ten thousand persons in the European Community when the application is made, or that the product is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition in the European Community and that without incentives it is unlikely that the marketing of the drug in the European Community would generate sufficient return to justify the necessary investment. For either of these conditions, the applicant must demonstrate that there exists no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention or treatment of the condition in question that has been authorized in the European Community or, if such method exists, the drug will be of significant benefit to those affected by that condition.

 

Regulation 847/2000 sets out criteria and procedures governing designation of orphan drugs in the EU. Specifically, an application for designation as an orphan product can be made any time prior to the filing of an application for approval to market the product. Marketing authorization for an orphan drug leads to a ten-year period of market exclusivity. This period may, however, be reduced to six years if, at the end of the fifth year, it is established that the product no longer meets the criteria for orphan drug designation, for example because the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify market exclusivity. Market exclusivity can be revoked only in very selected cases, such as consent from the marketing authorization holder, inability to supply sufficient quantities of the product, demonstration of “clinically relevant superiority” by a similar medicinal product, or, after a review by

25


 

Table of Contents

the Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products, requested by a member state in the fifth year of the marketing exclusivity period (if the designation criteria are believed to no longer apply). Medicinal products designated as orphan drugs pursuant to Regulation 141/2000 shall be eligible for incentives made available by the European Community and by the member states to support research into, and the development and availability of, orphan drugs.

 

Pharmaceutical Coverage, Pricing and Reimbursement

 

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of products approved by the FDA and other government authorities. Sales of products will depend, in part, on the extent to which the costs of the products will be covered by third-party payors, including government health programs in the United States such as Medicare and Medicaid, commercial health insurers and managed care organizations. The process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for setting the price or reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged, examining the medical necessity, and reviewing the cost-effectiveness of medical products and services and imposing controls to manage costs.  Third-party payors may also limit coverage to specific products on an approved list, or formulary, which might not include all of the approved products for a particular indication.

 

In order to secure coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, a company may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of the product, in addition to the costs required to obtain FDA or other comparable regulatory approvals. A payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Third-party reimbursement may not be sufficient to maintain price levels high enough to realize an appropriate return on investment in product development.

 

The containment of healthcare costs also has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments and the prices of drugs have been a focus in this effort. Governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit a company’s revenue generated from the sale of any approved products. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which a company or its collaborators receive marketing approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future. In the European Union, pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that drug products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been agreed. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular drug candidate to currently available therapies, or so called health technology assessments, in order to obtain reimbursement or pricing approval. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of drug products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. European Union member states may approve a specific price for a drug product or may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the drug product on the market. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for drug products, but monitor and control company profits. The downward pressure on health care costs in general, particularly prescription drugs, has become intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. In addition, in some countries, cross-border imports from low-priced markets exert competitive pressure that may reduce pricing within a country. Any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for drug products may not allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements.

 

26


 

Table of Contents

Healthcare Law and Regulation

 

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of drug products that are granted marketing approval. Arrangements with providers, consultants, third-party payors and customers are subject to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. Such restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, include the following:

 

·

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

·

the federal False Claims Act imposes civil penalties, and provides for civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government, with potential liability including mandatory treble damages and significant per-claim penalties, currently set at $5,500 to $11,000 per false claim;

 

·

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

·

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and their respective  implementing regulations, including the Final Omnibus Rule published in January 2013, also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

·

the federal false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services;

 

·

the federal transparency requirements under the Health Care Reform Law, known as the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act,  require manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, within the Department of Health and Human Services information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals and physician ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members; and

 

·

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers.

 

Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government in addition to requiring drug manufacturers to report information related to payments to physicians and other health care providers or marketing expenditures. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

 

Healthcare Reform in the United States

 

A primary trend in the United States healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. There have been a number of federal and state proposals during the last several years regarding the pricing of pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical products, limiting coverage and reimbursement for drugs and other medical products, government control and other changes to the healthcare system in the United States.

27


 

Table of Contents

 

By way of example, the United States and state governments continue to propose and pass legislation designed to reduce the cost of healthcare. In March 2010, the United States Congress enacted the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or the PPACA, which, among other things, includes changes to the coverage and payment for products under government health care programs. Among the provisions of the PPACA of importance to potential drug candidates are:

an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs, although this fee would not apply to sales of certain products approved exclusively for orphan indications;

expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs by, among other things, allowing states to offer Medicaid coverage to certain individuals with income at or below 133% of the federal poverty level, thereby potentially increasing a manufacturer’s Medicaid rebate liability;

expanded manufacturers’ rebate liability under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program by increasing the minimum rebate for both branded and generic drugs and revising the definition of “average manufacturer price,” or AMP, for calculating and reporting Medicaid drug rebates on outpatient prescription drug prices and extending rebate liability to prescriptions for individuals enrolled in Medicare Advantage plans;

addressed a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected;

expanded the types of entities eligible for the 340B drug discount program;

established the Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program by requiring manufacturers to provide a 50% point‑of‑sale‑discount off the negotiated price of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period as a condition for the manufacturers’ outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D;

established a new Patient‑Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research;

established the Independent Payment Advisory Board, or IPAB, which has authority to recommend certain changes to the Medicare program to reduce expenditures by the program that could result in reduced payments for prescription drugs. However, the IPAB implementation has been not been clearly defined. The PPACA provided that under certain circumstances, IPAB recommendations will become law unless Congress enacts legislation that will achieve the same or greater Medicare cost savings; and

established the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation within CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending, potentially including prescription drug spending. Funding has been allocated to support the mission of the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation from 2011 to 2019. Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted. These changes include the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, led to aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year that started in 2013 and will stay in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is taken, and the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These new laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any of our product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product candidate is prescribed or used. Further, there have been several recent U.S. congressional inquiries and proposed state and federal legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, review the

28


 

Table of Contents

relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, reduce the costs of drugs under Medicare and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products.

 

These healthcare reforms, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, more rigorous coverage criteria, new payment methodologies and additional downward pressure on the price for any approved product and/or the level of reimbursement physicians receive for administering any approved product. Reductions in reimbursement levels may negatively impact the prices or the frequency with which products are prescribed or administered.  Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.  Since enactment of the PPACA, there have been numerous legal challenges and Congressional actions to repeal and replace provisions of the law.  In May 2017, the U.S. House of Representatives passed legislation known as the American Health Care Act of 2017.  Thereafter, the Senate Republicans introduced and then updated a bill to replace the PPACA known as the Better Care Reconciliation Act of 2017. The Senate Republicans also introduced legislation to repeal the PPACA without companion legislation to replace it, and a “skinny” version of the Better Care Reconciliation Act of 2017.  In addition, the Senate considered proposed healthcare reform legislation known as the Graham-Cassidy bill.  None of these measures was passed by the U.S. Senate.

 

The Trump Administration has also taken executive actions to undermine or delay implementation of the PPACA.  In January 2017, President Trump signed an Executive Order directing federal agencies with authorities and responsibilities under the PPACA to waive, defer, grant exemptions from, or delay the implementation of any provision of the PPACA that would impose a fiscal or regulatory burden on states, individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers, or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices.  In October 2017, the President signed a second Executive Order allowing for the use of association health plans and short-term health insurance, which may provide fewer health benefits than the plans sold through the PPACA exchanges.  At the same time, the Administration announced that it will discontinue the payment of cost-sharing reduction, or CSR, payments to insurance companies until Congress approves the appropriation of funds for such CSR payments. The loss of the CSR payments is expected to increase premiums on certain policies issued by qualified health plans under the PPACA.  A bipartisan bill to appropriate funds for CSR payments was introduced in the Senate, but the future of that bill is uncertain.

 

More recently, with enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, which was signed by the President on December 22, 2017, Congress repealed the “individual mandate.”  The repeal of this provision, which requires most Americans to carry a minimal level of health insurance, will become effective in 2019.  According to the Congressional Budget Office, the repeal of the individual mandate will cause 13 million fewer Americans to be insured in 2027 and premiums in insurance markets may rise.  Additionally, on January 22, 2018, President Trump signed a continuing resolution on appropriations for fiscal year 2018 that delayed the implementation of certain PPACA-mandated fees, including the so-called “Cadillac” tax on certain high cost employer-sponsored insurance plans, the annual fee imposed on certain health insurance providers based on market share, and the medical device excise tax on non-exempt medical devices.  The Congress will likely consider other legislation to replace elements of the PPACA, during the next Congressional session.

 

Further, there have been several recent U.S. congressional inquiries and proposed federal and proposed and enacted state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, reduce the costs of drugs under Medicare and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. At the federal level, Congress and the Trump administration have each indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs. At the state level, individual states are increasingly aggressive in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. In addition, regional health care authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other health care programs. These measures could reduce the ultimate demand for our products, once approved, or put pressure on our product pricing.

 

29


 

Table of Contents

Segment and Geographical Information

 

We operate in a single operating segment. For segment and geographical financial information, see Note 2 to the financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Employees

 

As of February 15, 2018, we employed 62 individuals, 41 of whom are engaged in research and development and 21 of whom hold a Ph.D., M.D., or equivalent degree. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement, and we consider relations with our employees to be good.

 

Corporate Information

 

We were incorporated in Delaware in 1989 and our offices are located at 167 Sidney Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139 and 505 Eagleview Boulevard, Suite 212, Exton, Pennsylvania 19341.

 

Information Available on the Internet

 

Our internet address is www.iderapharma.com. The contents of our website are not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and our internet address is included in this document as an inactive textual reference. We make available free of charge through our web site our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to these reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such materials to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC.

30


 

Table of Contents

 

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS.

 

RISK FACTORS

 

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below in addition to the other information included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K before purchasing our common stock. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected by any of these and currently unknown risks or uncertainties. In that case, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment in our securities.

 

Risks Relating to the Mergers

 

Completion of the proposed BioCryst merger is subject to conditions and if these conditions are not satisfied or waived, the merger will not be completed.

 

On January 21, 2018, we announced that we had entered into the Merger Agreement with BioCryst, Holdco, Merger Sub A and Merger Sub B, pursuant to which (i) Merger Sub A will be merged with and into us, with us surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco, and (ii) Merger Sub B will be merged with and into BioCryst, with BioCryst surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco.   The consummation of the Mergers is subject to customary closing conditions, including (i) the adoption of the Merger Agreement by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of all outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote thereon, (ii) the adoption of the Merger Agreement by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of all outstanding shares of BioCryst common stock entitled to vote thereon, (iii) the absence of any adverse law or order promulgated, entered, enforced, enacted or issued by any governmental entity that prohibits, restrains or makes illegal the consummation of the Mergers, (iv) the shares of Holdco common stock to be issued in the Mergers being approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, (v) the expiration or termination of the waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 and other material government approvals, (vi) the SEC having declared effective the Form S-4 Registration Statement of Holdco which will contain the joint proxy statement/prospectus of the parties in connection with the Mergers, (vii) subject to certain materiality exceptions, the accuracy of certain representations and warranties of us and BioCryst, respectively, contained in the Merger Agreement and the compliance by each party with the covenants contained in the Merger Agreement, (viii) the receipt of certain opinions from legal counsel regarding the intended tax treatment of the Mergers and (ix) the absence of a material adverse effect with respect to us and BioCryst, respectively.

 

The failure to satisfy all of the required conditions could delay the completion of the Mergers by a significant period of time or prevent it from occurring. Any delay in completing the Mergers could cause us to not realize some or all of the benefits that we expect to achieve if the Mergers are successfully completed within the expected timeframe.

 

If we are unable to complete the proposed Mergers, we may have incurred substantial expense and diverted significant management time and resources from our ongoing business . In addition, if the Merger Agreement is terminated under certain circumstances specified in the Merger Agreement, we may be required to pay BioCryst a termination fee of $25 million or a fixed expense reimbursement amount of $6 million.

 

There can be no assurance that the conditions to closing of the Mergers will be satisfied or waived or that the Mergers will be completed.

 

Combining Idera and BioCryst may be more difficult, costly or time consuming than expected and the anticipated benefits and cost savings of the proposed Mergers may not be realized.

 

We are operating and, until the completion of the Mergers, will continue to operate independently of BioCryst. The success of the Mergers, including anticipated benefits and cost savings, will depend, in part, on our ability to successfully combine and integrate the businesses. It is possible that the pendency of the Mergers and/or the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, higher than expected costs, diversion of management attention, the disruption of our ongoing businesses or inconsistencies in standards, controls,

31


 

Table of Contents

procedures and policies that adversely affect the combined company’s ability to maintain relationships with customers, vendors and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits and cost savings of the Mergers.

 

We will incur transaction fees, including legal, regulatory and other costs associated with closing the transaction, as well as expenses relating to formulating and implementing integration plans, including facilities and systems consolidation costs and employment-related costs. We continue to assess the magnitude of these costs, and additional unanticipated costs may be incurred in the Mergers and the integration of the two companies’ businesses. While we expect that the elimination of duplicative costs as well as the realization of other efficiencies related to the integration of the businesses should allow us to offset integration-related costs over time, this net benefit may not be achieved in the near term or at all. As part of the integration process, we may also attempt to divest certain assets of the combined company, which may not be possible on favorable terms, or at all, or if successful, may change the profile of the combined company. If we experience difficulties with the integration process, the anticipated benefits of the Mergers may not be realized fully or at all, or may take longer to realize than anticipated.

 

Risks Relating to Our Financial Results and Need for Financing

 

We will need additional financing, which may be difficult to obtain. Our failure to obtain necessary financing or doing so on unattractive terms could result in the termination of our operations and the sale and license of our assets or otherwise adversely affect our research and development programs and other operations.

 

We had cash, cash equivalents and investments of approximately $ 112.6 million at December 31, 201 7. We believe that, based on our current operating plan, our existing cash, cash equivalents and investments ,  will enable us to fund our operations into the second quarter of 2019. Specifically, we believe that our available funds will be sufficient to enable us to:

·

complete the dose-finding portion of our ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial of IMO-2125 in combination with pembrolizumab in anti-PD1 refractory metastatic melanoma and complete enrollment in the Phase 2 portion of this trial in combination with iplilimumab;

·

initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial of IMO-2125 in combination with iplilimumab for the treatment of anti-PD1 refractory metastatic melanoma;

·

continue to enroll patients in our Phase 1b intra-tumoral monotherapy clinical trial of IMO-2125 in multiple refractory tumor types; and

·

complete our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial of IMO-8400 in patients with dermatomyositis.

 

We expect that we will need to raise additional funds in order to complete these trials, conduct any other clinical development of our TLR drug candidates or to conduct any other development of our nucleic acid chemistry technology, and to fund our operations. We are seeking and expect to continue to seek additional funding through collaborations, the sale or license of assets or financings of equity or debt securities. We believe that the key factors that will affect our ability to obtain funding are:

·

the results of our clinical and preclinical development activities in our rare disease program, our immuno-oncology program and our nucleic acid chemistry research program, and our ability to advance our drug candidates and nucleic acid chemistry technology on the timelines anticipated;

·

the cost, timing, and outcome of regulatory reviews;

·

competitive and potentially competitive products and technologies and investors' receptivity to our drug candidates and the technology underlying them in light of competitive products and technologies;

·

the receptivity of the capital markets to financings by biotechnology companies generally and companies with drug candidates and technologies such as ours specifically; and

·

our ability to enter into additional collaborations with biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies and the success of such collaborations.

In addition, increases in expenses or delays in clinical development may adversely impact our cash position and require additional funds or cost reductions.

32


 

Table of Contents

 

Financing may not be available to us when we need it or may not be available to us on favorable or acceptable terms or at all. We could be required to seek funds through collaborative alliances or through other means that may require us to relinquish rights to some of our technologies, drug candidates or drugs that we would otherwise pursue on our own. In addition, if we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our then existing stockholders will experience dilution. The terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of existing stockholders. An equity financing that involves existing stockholders may cause a concentration of ownership. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends, and are likely to include rights that are senior to the holders of our common stock. Any additional debt or equity financing may contain terms which are not favorable to us or to our stockholders, such as liquidation and other preferences, or liens or other restrictions on our assets. As discussed in Note 12 to the financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, additional equity financings may also result in cumulative changes in ownership over a three-year period in excess of 50% which would limit the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards that we may utilize in any one year.

 

If we are unable to obtain adequate funding on a timely basis or at all, we will be required to terminate, modify or delay preclinical or clinical trials of one or more of our drug candidates, significantly curtail or terminate discovery or development programs for new drug candidates or relinquish rights to portions of our technology, drug candidates and/or products.

 

We have incurred substantial losses and expect to continue to incur losses. We will not be successful unless we reverse this trend.

 

We have incurred losses in every year since our inception, except for 2002, 2008, and 2009 when our recognition of revenues under license and collaboration agreements resulted in our reporting net income for those years. As of December 31, 2017, we had an accumulated deficit of $ 604.5 million. Since January 1, 2001, we have primarily been involved in the development of our TLR pipeline. From January 1, 2001 to December 31, 2017, we incurred losses of $ 344.3 million. We incurred losses of $260.2 million prior to December 31, 2000, during which time we were primarily involved in the development of earlier generation antisense technology. These losses, among other things, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders' equity, total assets, and working capital.

 

We have never had any products of our own available for commercial sale and have received no revenues from the sale of drugs. As of December 31, 2017, substantially all of our revenues have been from collaborative and license agreements. We have devoted substantially all of our efforts to research and development, including clinical trials, and have not completed development of any drug candidates. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing drugs, we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses, whether or when any of our drug candidates will become commercially available, or when we will become profitable, if at all. We expect to incur substantial operating losses in future periods.

 

Risks Relating to Our Business, Strategy and Industry

 

We are depending heavily on the development of TLR-targeted drug candidates in our immuno-oncology program and for the treatment of certain rare diseases and on the development of drug candidates using our nucleic acid chemistry technology. If we terminate the development of any of our programs or any of our drug candidates in such programs, are unable to successfully develop and commercialize any of our drug candidates, or experience significant delays in doing so, our business may be materially harmed.

 

We have invested a significant portion of our time and financial resources in the development of TLR-targeted clinical-stage drug candidates as part of our immuno-oncology and rare disease programs. In the future, we intend to invest a significant portion of our time and financial resources in the development of our TLR-targeted candidates in our immuno-oncology program and for the treatment of certain rare diseases. We also may invest substantial time and resources to further advance the development of drug candidates under our nucleic acid chemistry research program. For instance:

·

we are conducting a Phase 1/2 clinical trial of IMO-2125, administered intra-tumorally, in combination with ipilimumab or pembrolizumab in patients with anti-PD1 refractory metastatic melanoma , a Phase 3

33


 

Table of Contents

clinical trial of IMO-2125, administered intra-tumorally, in combination with ipilimumab in patients with anti-PD1 refractory metastatic melanoma, and a Phase 1b trial of IMO-2125, administered intra-tumorally, as a monotherapy in patients with refractory solid tumors;  

·

we may conduct additional clinical trials of IMO-2125 in our immuno-oncology program in combination with checkpoint inhibitors for the treatment of multiple tumor types;

·

we are conducting a Phase 2 clinical trial of IMO-8400 in patients with dermatomyositis; and

·

we are developing compounds in our nucleic acid chemistry research program and plan to make a development decision for IDRA-008 based upon the totality of IND-enabling studies and our comparator pharmacology study with Volanesorsen.

 

We anticipate that our ability to generate product revenues will depend heavily on the successful development and commercialization of our TLR drug candidates in our rare disease and immuno-oncology programs, and the successful identification, development and commercialization of drug candidates in our nucleic acid chemistry research program.

 

Our ability to generate milestone and royalty revenues under any of our current collaborations, including our collaborations with Vivelix and GSK, and under any other collaboration that we enter into with respect to our other programs, will depend on the development and commercialization of the drug candidates being developed under the collaborations.

 

Our efforts and the efforts of our collaborators, including Vivelix and GSK, to develop and commercialize compounds, are at an early stage and are subject to many challenges. For instance, we previously experienced a setback with respect to our program for IMO-2125 for hepatitis C. In April 2011, we chose to delay initiation of our planned 12-week Phase 2 randomized clinical trial of IMO-2125 plus ribavirin in treatment-naïve, genotype 1 hepatitis C virus, or HCV, patients based on observations of lymphoproliferative malignancies in an ongoing 26-week chronic nonclinical toxicology study of IMO-2125 in rodents. We subsequently completed a 39-week chronic nonclinical toxicology study of IMO-2125 in non-human primates in which there were no similar observations. Also, in September 2016, we suspended our development program of IMO-8400 for the treatment of B-cell lymphomas and suspended our ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trials of IMO-8400 in patients with Waldenström's macroglobulinemia and in patients with diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, or DLBCL, harboring the MYD88 L265P oncogenic mutation due to several factors, including the lack of a strong clinical signal for Waldenström's macroglobulinemia patients and the inability to adequately enroll patients with DLBCL.

 

We have entered into and expect to continue to seek to enter into collaborative alliances with pharmaceutical companies to advance our TLR agonists and antagonist candidates and with respect to additional applications of our nucleic acid chemistry technology program. Our previous setbacks with respect to our program for IMO-2125 in patients with chronic hepatitis C virus and our program for IMO-8400 in patients with B-cell lymphomas could negatively impact our ability to license any of such compounds, or any of our other compounds, to a third party.

 

Our ability to successfully develop and commercialize these drug candidates, or other potential drug candidates, will depend on our ability to overcome these recent challenges and on several factors, including the following:

·

the drug candidates demonstrating activity in clinical trials;

·

the drug candidates demonstrating an acceptable safety profile in nonclinical toxicology studies and during clinical trials;

·

timely enrollment in clinical trials of IMO-8400, IMO-2125 and other drug candidates, which may be slower than anticipated, potentially resulting in significant delays;

·

satisfying conditions imposed on us and/or our collaborators by the FDA or equivalent foreign regulatory authorities regarding the scope or design of clinical trials;

·

the ability to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA, or equivalent foreign regulatory authorities, the safety and efficacy of the drug candidates through current and future clinical trials;

·

timely receipt of necessary marketing approvals from the FDA and equivalent foreign regulatory authorities;

34


 

Table of Contents

·

the ability to combine our drug candidates and the drug candidates being developed by our collaborators and any other collaborators safely and successfully with other therapeutic agents;

·

achieving and maintaining compliance with all regulatory requirements applicable to the products;

·

establishment of commercial manufacturing arrangements with third-party manufacturers;

·

the ability to secure orphan drug exclusivity for our drug candidates either alone or in combination with other products;

·

the successful commercial launch of the drug candidates, assuming FDA approval is obtained, whether alone or in combination with other products;

·

acceptance of the products as safe and effective by patients, the medical community, and third-party payors;

·

competition from other companies and their therapies;

·

changes in treatment regimens;

·

favorable market conditions in which to raise additional capital;

·

the strength of our intellectual property portfolio in the United States and abroad; and

·

a continued acceptable safety and efficacy profile of the drug candidates following marketing approval.

 

We are in the early stages of developing our TLR9 agonists in combination with checkpoint inhibitors, which is a novel technology, and our efforts may not be successful or result in any approved and marketable products.

 

In June 2015, we entered into a strategic clinical research alliance with MD Anderson to advance clinical development of TLR9 agonists in combination with checkpoint inhibitors. We initiated the first trial from the research alliance, a Phase 1/2 clinical trial to assess the safety and efficacy of IMO-2125, administered intra-tumorally in combination with ipilimumab, a CTLA4 antibody, in patients with metastatic melanoma (anti-PD1 refractory) in the fourth quarter of 2015. While we have evaluated the safety profile of IMO-2125 in previous trials, in those trials we evaluated the safety profile of IMO-2125 by subcutaneous injection and not by intra-tumoral injection. In addition, while, as a marketed product, the safety profile of ipilimumab is known, the safety profile of the combination of IMO-2125 and ipilimumab has not been evaluated in previous trials. These factors may result in participating subjects experiencing serious adverse events or undesirable side effects or exposure to unacceptable health risks requiring us to suspend or terminate any clinical trials that we may conduct of IMO-2125 in combination with ipilimumab, or any other checkpoint inhibitor. Furthermore, we have expanded the Phase 1/2 clinical trial to include the assessment of safety and efficacy of IMO-2125, administered intra-tumorally in combination with pembrolizumab, an anti-PD1 antibody in patients with metastatic melanoma (anti-PD1 refractory). While, as a marketed product, the safety profile of pembrolizumab is known, the safety profile of the combination of IMO-2125 and pembrolizumab has not been evaluated in previous trials and may result in participating subjects experiencing serious adverse events or undesirable side effects or exposure to unacceptable health risks requiring us to suspend or terminate any clinical trials that we may conduct of IMO-2125 in combination with pembrolizumab, or any other checkpoint inhibitor.

 

We are in the early stages of developing our nucleic acid chemistry program, which is a novel technology, and our efforts may not be successful or result in any approved and marketable products.

 

We are in the early stages of developing our nucleic acid chemistry technology program, and the scientific evidence to support the feasibility of developing drugs based on this technology is limited.  In addition, the FDA has relatively limited experience with nucleic acid therapeutics, which may increase the complexity, uncertainty and length of the regulatory review process for our drug candidates. To date, the FDA has approved only five nucleic acid-based therapeutics for marketing and commercialization, and the FDA and its foreign counterparts have not yet established any definitive policies, practices or guidelines specifically in relation to these drugs.

 

The future success of our nucleic acid chemistry technology program depends on our success in identifying and developing marketable products based on such technology and the effectiveness of our platform. Although the results of our preclinical studies to date have been supportive of the viability of this technology, it is unknown whether these results are indicative of results that may be obtained in any future clinical trials that we may

35


 

Table of Contents

conduct. We are currently undertaking an analysis of priority oncology and rare disease indications for development of drug candidates generated from our nucleic acid chemistry technology. We are also conducting preliminary analysis of nucleic acid chemistry compounds for an undisclosed renal gene target.

 

However, many steps must be successfully achieved prior to the declaration of a nucleic acid chemistry drug candidate and the initiation of clinical development. Given the level of uncertainty of our ability to successfully achieve these many steps and the uncertainty of the drug discovery and clinical development processes in general, there can be no assurance that we will succeed in developing any marketable products as a result of our efforts with respect to our nucleic acid chemistry technology program.  

 

If we experience delays or difficulties in the enrollment of patients in clinical trials, our receipt of necessary regulatory approvals could be delayed or prevented.

 

We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials for our drug candidates if we are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these trials as required by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States. For example, in September 2016, we suspended our clinical trial of IMO-8400 in patients with DLBCL harboring the MYD88 L265P oncogenic mutation due to difficulty in enrolling patients. Additionally, because there are a limited number of patients with dermatomyositis, or other rare diseases having indications for which we may determine to develop our TLR antagonists, our ability to enroll eligible patients in any clinical trials for these indications may be limited or may result in slower enrollment than we anticipated. In addition, some of our competitors have ongoing clinical trials for drug candidates that treat the same indications as our drug candidates, and patients who would otherwise be eligible for our clinical trials may instead enroll in clinical trials of our competitors' drug candidates.

 

Patient enrollment is affected by other factors including the:

·

severity of the disease under investigation;

·

eligibility criteria for the trial in question;

·

perceived risks and benefits of the TLR-targeted drug candidates under study;

·

efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials;

·

availability of competing clinical trials or other therapies;

·

patient referral practices of physicians;

·

ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment; and

·

proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective patients.

Our inability to enroll a sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials would result in significant delays and could require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether. Enrollment delays in our clinical trials may result in increased development costs for our drug candidates, which would cause the value of our company to decline and limit our ability to obtain additional financing.

 

If our clinical trials are unsuccessful, or if they are delayed or terminated, we may not be able to develop and commercialize our drug candidates.

 

In order to obtain regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of our drug candidates, we are required to complete extensive clinical trials in humans to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our drug candidates. Clinical trials are lengthy, complex, and expensive processes with uncertain results. We may not be able to complete any clinical trial of a potential product within any specified time period. Moreover, clinical trials may not show our potential products to be both safe and efficacious. The FDA or other equivalent foreign regulatory agencies may not allow us to complete these trials or commence and complete any other clinical trials.

 

The results from preclinical testing of a drug candidate that is under development may not be predictive of results that will be obtained in human clinical trials. In addition, the results of early human clinical trials may not be predictive of results that will be obtained in larger scale, advanced stage clinical trials. 

 

36


 

Table of Contents

Furthermore, interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results, and failure of any of our clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing. Companies in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, including companies with greater experience in preclinical testing and clinical trials than we have, have suffered significant setbacks in clinical trials, even after demonstrating promising results in earlier trials. Moreover, effects seen in nonclinical studies, even if not observed in clinical trials, may result in limitations or restrictions on clinical trials. Numerous unforeseen events may occur during, or as a result of, preclinical testing, nonclinical testing or the clinical trial process that could delay or inhibit the ability to receive regulatory approval or to commercialize drug products.

 

Other companies developing drugs targeted to TLRs have experienced setbacks in clinical trials. These setbacks may result in enhanced scrutiny by regulators or institutional review boards, or IRBs, of clinical trials of our drug candidates, including our TLR-targeted drug candidates, which could result in regulators or IRBs prohibiting the commencement of clinical trials, requiring additional nonclinical studies as a precondition to commencing clinical trials or imposing restrictions on the design or scope of clinical trials that could slow enrollment of trials, increase the costs of trials or limit the significance of the results of trials. Such setbacks could also adversely impact the desire of investigators to enroll patients in, and the desire of patients to enroll in, clinical trials of our drug candidates.

 

Other events that could delay or inhibit conduct of our clinical trials include:

·

regulators or IRBs may not authorize us to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site;

·

nonclinical or clinical data may not be readily interpreted, which may lead to delays and/or misinterpretation;

·

our nonclinical tests, including toxicology studies, or clinical trials may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional nonclinical testing or clinical trials or we may abandon projects that we expect may not be promising;

·

the rate of enrollment or retention of patients in our clinical trials may be lower than we expect;

·

we might have to suspend or terminate our clinical trials if the participating subjects experience serious adverse events or undesirable side effects or are exposed to unacceptable health risks;

·

regulators or IRBs may hold, suspend or terminate clinical research for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements, issues identified through inspections of manufacturing or clinical trial operations or clinical trial sites, or if, in their opinion, the participating subjects are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;

·

regulators may hold or suspend our clinical trials while collecting supplemental information on, or clarification of, our clinical trials or other clinical trials, including trials conducted in other countries or trials conducted by other companies;

·

we, along with our collaborators and subcontractors, may not employ, in any capacity, persons who have been debarred under the FDA's Application Integrity Policy, or similar policy under foreign regulatory authorities. Employment of such debarred persons, even if inadvertent, may result in delays in the FDA's or foreign equivalent's review or approval of our drug candidates, or the rejection of data developed with the involvement of such person(s);

·

we or our contract manufacturers may be unable to manufacture sufficient quantities of our drug candidates for use in clinical trials;

·

the cost of our clinical trials may be greater than we currently anticipate making continuation and/or completion improbable; and

·

our drug candidates may not cause the desired effects or may cause undesirable side effects or our drug candidates may have other unexpected characteristics.

 

We do not know whether clinical trials will begin as planned, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, if at all. Significant clinical trial delays also could allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do and impair our ability to commercialize our drug candidates.

37


 

Table of Contents

 

Delays in commencing clinical trials of potential products could increase our costs, delay any potential revenues, and reduce the probability that a potential product will receive regulatory approval.

 

Our drug candidates and our collaborators' drug candidates will require preclinical and other nonclinical testing and extensive clinical trials prior to submission of any regulatory application for commercial sales. In conducting clinical trials, we cannot be certain that any planned clinical trial will begin on time, if at all. Delays in commencing clinical trials of potential products could increase our drug candidate development costs, delay any potential revenues, reduce the potential length of patent exclusivity and reduce the probability that a potential product will receive regulatory approval.

 

Commencing clinical trials may be delayed for a number of reasons, including delays in:

·

manufacturing sufficient quantities of drug candidate that satisfy the required quality standards for use in clinical trials;

·

demonstrating sufficient safety to obtain regulatory approval for conducting a clinical trial;

·

reaching an agreement with any collaborators on all aspects of the clinical trial;

·

reaching agreement with contract research organizations, if any, and clinical trial sites on all aspects of the clinical trial;

·

resolving any objections from the FDA or any regulatory authority on an IND or proposed clinical trial design;  

·

obtaining additional financing;

·

obtaining IRB approval for conducting a clinical trial at a prospective site; and

·

enrolling patients in order to commence the clinical trial.

 

The technologies on which we rely are unproven and may not result in any approved and marketable products.

 

Our technologies or therapeutic approaches are relatively new and unproven. We have focused our efforts on the research and development of RNA- and DNA-based compounds, or oligonucleotides, targeted to TLRs and on drug candidates using our nucleic acid technology. Neither we nor any other company have obtained regulatory approval to market such TLR-targeted drug candidates or drug candidates using our nucleic acid technology as therapeutic drugs, and no such products currently are being marketed. The results of preclinical studies with TLR-targeted compounds may not be indicative of results that may be obtained in clinical trials, and results we have obtained in the clinical trials we have conducted to date may not be predictive of results in subsequent large-scale clinical trials. Further, the chemical and pharmacological properties of RNA- and DNA-based compounds targeted to TLRs or of drug candidates using our nucleic acid technology may not be fully recognized in preclinical studies and small-scale clinical trials, and such compounds may interact with human biological systems in unforeseen, ineffective or harmful ways that we have not yet identified.

 

Moreover, only five nucleic acid-based therapeutics have been approved by the FDA for marketing in the United States since 1998 and are currently being marketed.

 

As such, oligonucleotides as a chemical class of drug candidates have limited precedence for successful late-stage development and regulatory approval. As we progress our oligonucleotide drug candidates into Phase 2 clinical trials involving patients with severe disease and as we conduct long-term nonclinical toxicology studies, we expect to encounter an increased risk of generating clinical adverse events and nonclinical toxicology study results that will require careful interpretation. In animal toxicology studies, we have observed adverse treatment-related effects on serum complement as well as evidence of adverse kidney, vascular, and heart pathology in longer term dosing of animals with our oligonucleotide compounds, which we believe are consistent with data previously generated with other third party oligonucleotides. Given the limited experience in assessing the relevance of oligonucleotide-related adverse animal toxicology findings to humans, the clinical and regulatory context for interpreting the significance of such events and results is not well established.

 

38


 

Table of Contents

As a result of these factors, we may never succeed in obtaining regulatory approval to market any product. Furthermore, the commercial success of any of our drug candidates for which we may obtain marketing approval from the FDA or other regulatory authorities will depend upon their acceptance by patients, the medical community, and third-party payors as clinically useful, safe, and cost-effective. In addition, if products being developed by our competitors have negative clinical trial results or otherwise are viewed negatively, the perception of our technologies and market acceptance of our drug candidates could be impacted negatively.

 

Our setbacks with respect to our TLR-targeted compounds, together with the setbacks experienced by other companies developing oligonucleotides-based compounds and TLR-targeted compounds, may result in a negative perception of our technology and our TLR-targeted compounds, impact our ability to obtain marketing approval of these drug candidates and adversely affect acceptance of our technology and our TLR-targeted compounds by patients, the medical community and third-party payors.

 

Our efforts to educate the medical community on our potentially unique approaches may require greater resources than would be typically required for products based on conventional technologies or therapeutic approaches. The safety, efficacy, convenience, and cost-effectiveness of our drug candidates as compared to competitive products will also affect market acceptance.

 

We face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing drugs before or more successfully than us.

 

We are developing our TLR-targeted drug candidates for use in our immuno-oncology program and in the treatment of certain rare diseases . We are conducting a Phase 1/2 clinical trial of IMO-2125, administered intra-tumorally, in combination with ipilimumab, a CTLA4 antibody, or pembrolizumab in patients with metastatic melanoma and plan to initiate additional clinical trials of IMO-2125 in our immuno-oncology program both as a monotherapy and in combination with checkpoint inhibitors for the treatment of multiple tumor types. We are conducting a Phase 2 clinical trial of IMO-8400 in patients with dermatomyositis . We also entered into a collaborative alliance agreement with GSK, and expect to seek to enter into additional collaborative alliances with pharmaceutical companies with respect to applications of our nucleic acid chemistry technology research program. For all of these disease areas, there are many other companies, public and private, that are actively engaged in discovery, development, and commercializing products and technologies that may compete with our drug candidates and programs, including TLR-targeted compounds as well as non-TLR-targeted therapeutics.  

 

We are aware of other companies including Dynavax Technologies Corporation, Mologen AG, BioLineRx Ltd., Innate Immunotherapeutics Ltd., VentiRx Pharmaceuticals Inc., Telormedix S.A., Gilead Sciences Inc., GlaxoSmithKline plc, AstraZeneca plc, Checkmate Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd. that are developing TLR agonists and antagonists for various indications, including oncology and rare diseases.

 

Immuno-oncology, which utilizes a patient's own immune system to combat cancer, is currently an active area of research for biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies. Interest in immuno-oncology is driven by recent efficacy data in cancers with historically bleak outcomes and the potential to achieve a cure or functional cure for some patients. As such, our efforts in this field will be competitive with a wide variety of different approaches. Any one of these competitive approaches may result in the development of novel technologies that are more effective, safer or less costly than any that we are developing. In addition, Dynavax is conducting a Phase 1/2 clinical trial of an investigational TLR9 agonist in combination with checkpoint inhibitors and Checkmate is conducting a Phase 1b clinical trial of an investigational TLR9 agonist in combination with a checkpoint inhibitor.

 

Many of the drug development programs in dermatomyositis are focusing on expanding the use of drugs approved in different indications through investigator sponsored studies such as the ongoing studies of the monoclonal antibodies, belimumab and tocilizumab. We are not aware of other new chemical or molecular entities being developed for the treatment of dermatomyositis.

 

We are also developing nucleic acid chemistry drug candidates that we have created using our proprietary technology to inhibit the production of disease-associated proteins by targeting RNA. We also face competition from other companies working to develop novel drugs using technologies that may compete with our nucleic acid chemistry technology. We are aware of multiple companies that are developing technologies that use oligonucleotide-based compounds to inhibit the production of disease associated proteins. These technologies include, but are not limited to, antisense technology as well as RNAi. In the field of antisense technologies, we

39


 

Table of Contents

compete with multiple companies, including Ionis and its partners, as well as WAVE Life Sciences and its partner. Ionis is currently marketing an antisense drug, Kynamro, and Biogen recently received FDA approval for its antisense drug Spinraza for spinal muscular atrophy.  Ionis has over two dozen antisense drug candidates in clinical trials. In the field of RNAi, our primary competition is with Alnylam, Dicerna, Miragen, and their respective partners. For example, Alnylam is developing multiple RNAi-based technologies and has six drug candidates in clinical trials. Any of the competing companies may develop gene-silencing technologies more rapidly and more effectively than us, and antisense technology and RNAi may become the preferred technology for drugs that target RNA in order to inhibit the production of disease-associated proteins.

 

Some of these potentially competitive products have been in development or commercialized for years, in some cases by large, well established pharmaceutical companies. Many of the marketed products have been accepted by the medical community, patients, and third-party payors. Our ability to compete may be affected by the previous adoption of such products by the medical community, patients, and third-party payors. Additionally, in some instances, insurers and other third-party payors seek to encourage the use of generic products, which makes branded products, such as is planned for our drug candidates upon commercialization, potentially less attractive, from a cost perspective, to buyers.

 

We recognize that other companies, including large pharmaceutical companies, may be developing or have plans to develop products and technologies that may compete with ours. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, and human resources than we have. In addition, many of our competitors have significantly greater experience than we have in undertaking preclinical studies and human clinical trials of new pharmaceutical products, obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals of products for use in health care and manufacturing, and marketing and selling approved products. Our competitors may discover, develop or commercialize products or other novel technologies that are more effective, safer or less costly than any that we are developing. Our competitors may also obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours.

 

We anticipate that the competition with our drug candidates and technologies will be based on a number of factors including product efficacy, safety, availability, and price. The timing of market introduction of our drug candidates and competitive products will also affect competition among products. We expect the relative speed with which we can develop products, complete the clinical trials and approval processes, and supply commercial quantities of the products to the market to be important competitive factors. Our competitive position will also depend upon our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, to obtain patent protection or otherwise develop proprietary products or processes, protect our intellectual property, and to secure sufficient capital resources for the period between technological conception and commercial sales.

 

Competition for technical and management personnel is intense in our industry, and we may not be able to sustain our operations or grow if we are unable to attract and retain key personnel.

 

Our success is highly dependent on the retention of principal members of our technical and management staff, including our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Vincent Milano.

 

We are a party to an employment agreement with Mr. Milano , which is terminable upon 15 days prior written notice at the election of either party and immediately in the event of a termination for cause (as defined therein). We do not carry key man life insurance for Mr. Milano.

 

Furthermore, our future growth will require hiring a number of qualified technical and management personnel. Accordingly, recruiting and retaining such personnel in the future will be critical to our success. There is intense competition from other companies and research and academic institutions for qualified personnel in the areas of our activities. If we are not able to continue to attract and retain, on acceptable terms, the qualified personnel necessary for the continued development of our business, we may not be able to sustain our operations or growth.

 

 

40


 

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Regulatory Approval and Marketing of Our Drug Candidates and Other

Legal Compliance Matters

 

Even if we complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials, the marketing approval process is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain and may prevent us from obtaining approvals for the commercialization of some or all of our drug candidates. As a result, we cannot predict when or if we, or any future collaborators, will obtain marketing approval to commercialize a drug candidate.

 

Our drug candidates and the activities associated with their development and commercialization, including their design, testing, manufacture, safety, efficacy, recordkeeping, labeling, storage, approval, marketing, promotion, sale and distribution, export and import are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, whose laws and regulations may differ from country to country. We are not permitted to market our drug candidates in the United States or in other countries until we, or any future collaborators, receive approval of an NDA from the FDA or marketing approval from applicable regulatory authorities outside of the United States.

 

All of the drug candidates that we are developing, or may develop in the future, will require additional research and development, extensive preclinical studies, nonclinical testing, clinical trials, and regulatory approval prior to any commercial sales. This process is lengthy, often taking a number of years, is uncertain, and is expensive. Securing marketing approval requires the submission of extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the drug candidate's safety and purity. Securing marketing approval also requires the submission of information about the product manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the regulatory authorities.

 

Since our inception, we have conducted clinical trials of a number of compounds and are planning to initiate clinical trials for a number of additional disease indications. Specifically:

·

we are conducting a Phase 1/2 clinical trial of IMO-2125, administered intra-tumorally, in combination with ipilimumab or pembrolizumab in patients with anti-PD1 refractory metastatic melanoma , a Phase 3 clinical trial of IMO-2125, administered intra-tumorally, in combination with ipilimumab in patients with anti-PD1 refractory metastatic melanoma, and a Phase 1b trial of IMO-2125 administered intra-tumorally, as a monotherapy in patients with refractory solid tumors;  

·

we may conduct additional clinical trials of IMO-2125 in our immuno-oncology program and in combination with checkpoint inhibitors for the treatment of multiple tumor types;

·

we are conducting a Phase 2 clinical trial of IMO-8400 in patients with dermatomyositis; and

·

we are developing compounds in our nucleic acid chemistry research program and plan to make a development decision for IDRA-008 based upon the totality of IND-enabling studies and our comparator pharmacology study with Volanesorsen.

 

The FDA and other regulatory authorities may not approve any of our potential products for any indication.

 

We may need to address a number of technological challenges in order to complete development of our drug candidates. Moreover, these products may not be effective in treating any disease or may prove to have undesirable or unintended side effects, unintended alteration of the immune system over time, toxicities or other characteristics that may preclude our obtaining regulatory approval or prevent or limit commercial use. In addition, changes in marketing approval policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations, or changes in regulatory review for each submitted product application, may cause delays in the approval or rejection of an application. The FDA and comparable authorities in other countries have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data is insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies. In addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from preclinical and clinical testing could delay, limit or prevent marketing approval of a drug candidate.

Any delay in obtaining or failure to obtain required approvals could materially adversely affect our ability or that of any collaborators we may have to generate revenue from the particular drug candidate, which likely would result in significant harm to our financial position and adversely impact our stock price.

 

41


 

Table of Contents

Our failure to obtain marketing approval in foreign jurisdictions would prevent our drug candidates from being marketed abroad, and any approval we are granted for our drug candidates in the United States would not assure approval of drug candidates in foreign jurisdictions.

 

In order to market and sell our drugs in the European Union and many other jurisdictions, we, and any future collaborators, must obtain separate marketing approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The approval procedure varies among countries and can involve additional testing. The time required to obtain approval may differ substantially from that required to obtain FDA approval. The marketing approval process outside of the United States generally includes all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. In addition, in many countries outside of the United States, it is required that the drug be approved for reimbursement before the drug can be approved for sale in that country. We, and any future collaborators, may not obtain approvals from regulatory authorities outside of the United States on a timely basis, if at all. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval by one regulatory authority outside of the United States does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions or by the FDA.

 

Additionally, on June 23, 2016, the electorate in the United Kingdom voted in favor of leaving the European Union, commonly referred to as Brexit. On March 29, 2017, the country formally notified the European Union of its intention to withdraw pursuant to Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty. Since a significant proportion of the regulatory framework in the United Kingdom is derived from European Union directives and regulations, the referendum could materially impact the regulatory regime with respect to the approval of our drug candidates in the United Kingdom or the European Union. Any delay in obtaining, or an inability to obtain, any marketing approvals, as a result of Brexit or otherwise, would prevent us from commercializing our drug candidates in the United Kingdom and/or the European Union and restrict our ability to generate revenue and achieve and sustain profitability. If any of these outcomes occur, we may be forced to restrict or delay efforts to seek regulatory approval in the United Kingdom and/or European Union for our drug candidates, which could significantly and materially harm our business.

 

Even if we, or any future collaborators, obtain marketing approvals for our drug candidates, the terms of approvals and ongoing regulation of our drugs may limit how we, or they, manufacture and market our drugs, which could materially impair our ability to generate revenue.

 

Once marketing approval has been granted, an approved drug and its manufacturer and marketer are subject to ongoing review and extensive regulation. We, and any future collaborators, must therefore comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotion for any of our drug candidates for which we or they obtain marketing approval. Promotional communications with respect to prescription drugs are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the drug’s approved labeling. Thus, we, and any future collaborators, may not be able to promote any drugs we develop for indications or uses for which they are not approved.

In addition, manufacturers of approved drugs and those manufacturers’ facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMPs, which include requirements relating to quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation and reporting requirements. We, our contract manufacturers, our future collaborators and their contract manufacturers could be subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA to monitor and ensure compliance with cGMPs.

Accordingly, assuming we, or our future collaborators, receive marketing approval for one or more of our drug candidates, we, and our future collaborators, and our and their contract manufacturers will continue to expend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production, product surveillance and quality control.

If we, and our future collaborators, are not able to comply with post-approval regulatory requirements, we, and our future collaborators, could have the marketing approvals for our drugs withdrawn by regulatory authorities and our, or our future collaborators’, ability to market any future drugs could be limited, which could adversely affect our ability to achieve or sustain profitability. Further, the cost of compliance with post-approval regulations may have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition.

 

42


 

Table of Contents

Moreover, legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our drug candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by the United States Congress of the FDA's approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us and any collaborators to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.

 

Any of our drug candidates for which we, or our future collaborators, obtain marketing approval in the future could be subject to post-marketing restrictions or withdrawal from the market and we, and our future collaborators, may be subject to substantial penalties if we, or they, fail to comply with regulatory requirements or if we, or they, experience unanticipated problems with our drugs following approval.

Any of our drug candidates for which we, or our future collaborators, obtain marketing approval in the future, as well as the manufacturing processes, post-approval studies and measures, labeling, advertising and promotional activities for such drug, among other things, will be subject to continual requirements of and review by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration and listing requirements, requirements relating to manufacturing, quality control, quality assurance and corresponding maintenance of records and documents, requirements regarding the distribution of samples to physicians and recordkeeping. Even if marketing approval of a drug candidate is granted, the approval may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the drug may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, including the requirement to implement a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, which could include requirements for a restricted distribution system.

The FDA may also impose requirements for costly post-marketing studies or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of a drug. The FDA and other agencies, including the Department of Justice, or the DOJ, closely regulate and monitor the post-approval marketing and promotion of drugs to ensure that they are manufactured, marketed and distributed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling. The FDA imposes stringent restrictions on manufacturers’ communications regarding off-label use and if we, or our future collaborators, do not market any of our drug candidates for which we, or they, receive marketing approval for only their approved indications, we, or they, may be subject to warnings or enforcement action for off-label marketing. Violation of the FDCA and other statutes, including the False Claims Act, relating to the promotion and advertising of prescription drugs may lead to investigations or allegations of violations of federal and state health care fraud and abuse laws and state consumer protection laws.

In addition, later discovery of previously unknown adverse events or other problems with our drugs or their manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may yield various results, including:

litigation involving patients taking our drug;

•   restrictions on such drugs, manufacturers or manufacturing processes;

•   restrictions on the labeling or marketing of a drug;

restrictions on drug distribution or use;

•   requirements to conduct post-marketing studies or clinical trials;

•   warning letters or untitled letters;

withdrawal of the drugs from the market;

•   refusal to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications that we submit;

•   recall of drugs;

fines, restitution or disgorgement of profits or revenues;

•   suspension or withdrawal of marketing approvals;

damage to relationships with any potential collaborators;

•   unfavorable press coverage and damage to our reputation;

43


 

Table of Contents

refusal to permit the import or export of drugs;

•   drug seizure; or

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

 

Under the CURES Act and the Trump Administration’s regulatory reform initiatives, the FDA’s policies, regulations and guidance may be revised or revoked and that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our drug candidates, which would impact our ability to generate revenue.

In December 2016, the 21st Century Cures Act, or Cures Act, was signed into law. The Cures Act, among other things, is intended to modernize the regulation of drugs and spur innovation, but its ultimate implementation is unclear. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability, which would adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We also cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive action, either in the United States or abroad. For example, certain policies of the Trump administration may impact our business and industry. Namely, the Trump administration has taken several executive actions, including the issuance of a number of Executive Orders, that could impose significant burdens on, or otherwise materially delay, the FDA’s ability to engage in routine regulatory and oversight activities such as implementing statutes through rulemaking, issuance of guidance, and review and approval of marketing applications. An under-staffed FDA could result in delays in the FDA’s responsiveness or in its ability to review submissions or applications, issue regulations or guidance, or implement or enforce regulatory requirements in a timely fashion or at all. Moreover, on January 30, 2017, President Trump issued an Executive Order, applicable to all executive agencies, including the FDA, which requires that for each notice of proposed rulemaking or final regulation to be issued in fiscal year 2017, the agency shall identify at least two existing regulations to be repealed, unless prohibited by law. These requirements are referred to as the “two-for-one” provisions. This Executive Order includes a budget neutrality provision that requires the total incremental cost of all new regulations in the 2017 fiscal year, including repealed regulations, to be no greater than zero, except in limited circumstances. For fiscal years 2018 and beyond, the Executive Order requires agencies to identify regulations to offset any incremental cost of a new regulation and approximate the total costs or savings associated with each new regulation or repealed regulation. In interim guidance issued by the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs within OMB on February 2, 2017, the administration indicates that the “two-for-one” provisions may apply not only to agency regulations, but also to significant agency guidance documents. In addition, on February 24, 2017, President Trump issued an executive order directing each affected agency to designate an agency official as a “Regulatory Reform Officer” and establish a “Regulatory Reform Task Force” to implement the two-for-one provisions and other previously issued executive orders relating to the review of federal regulations, however it is difficult to predict how these requirements will be implemented, and the extent to which they will impact the FDA’s ability to exercise its regulatory authority. If these executive actions impose constraints on the FDA’s ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, our business may be negatively impacted.

 

We may not be able to obtain orphan drug exclusivity for applications of our TLR drug candidates.

 

Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and Europe, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a product as an orphan drug if it is a drug intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States.

 

Generally, if a product with an orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to a period of marketing exclusivity, which precludes the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, or the FDA from approving another marketing application for the same drug for the same indication for that exclusivity period. The applicable period is seven years in the United States and ten years in Europe. The European exclusivity period can be reduced to six years if a drug no longer meets the criteria for orphan drug designation or if the drug is sufficiently profitable such that market exclusivity is no longer justified. Orphan drug exclusivity may be lost if the FDA or EMA determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the drug to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition.

44


 

Table of Contents

 

In June 2017, the FDA granted us orphan drug designation for IMO-2125 for the treatment of melanoma Stages IIb to IV. However, there can be no assurance that we will obtain orphan drug designation or exclusivity for any other disease indications for which we develop IMO-2125, or for our other drug candidates. Even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for a product, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product from competition because different drugs can be approved for the same condition. Even after an orphan drug is approved, the FDA can subsequently approve the same drug for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the later drug is clinically superior in that it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care.

 

On August 3, 2017, Congress passed the FDA Reauthorization Act of 2017, or FDARA. FDARA, among other things, codified the FDA’s pre-existing regulatory interpretation, to require that a drug sponsor demonstrate the clinical superiority of an orphan drug that is otherwise the same as a previously approved drug for the same rare disease in order to receive orphan drug exclusivity. The new legislation reverses prior precedent holding that the Orphan Drug Act unambiguously requires that the FDA recognize the orphan exclusivity period regardless of a showing of clinical superiority. The FDA may further reevaluate the Orphan Drug Act and its regulations and policies. We do not know if, when, or how the FDA may change the orphan drug regulations and policies in the future, and it is uncertain how any changes might affect our business. Depending on what changes the FDA may make to its orphan drug regulations and policies, our business could be adversely impacted.

 

A fast track designation by the FDA may not actually lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process, and does not increase the likelihood that drug candidates will receive marketing approval.

 

We intend to seek fast track designation for some applications of our drug candidates. If a drug is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and the drug demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for this condition, the drug sponsor may apply for FDA fast track designation. The FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant this designation, so even if we believe a particular drug candidate is eligible for this designation, we cannot assure you that the FDA would decide to grant it.

 

In November 2017, the FDA granted us fast track designation for IMO-2125 for the treatment of anti-PD1 refractory metastatic melanoma in combination with ipilimumab therapy.  However, even with fast track designation, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. The FDA may withdraw fast track designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program.

 

A breakthrough therapy designation by the FDA for any application of our drug candidates may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process, and it does not increase the likelihood that those drug candidates will receive marketing approval.

 

We may seek a breakthrough therapy designation for some applications of our drug candidates. A breakthrough therapy is defined as a drug that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. For drugs and biologics that have been designated as breakthrough therapies, interaction and communication between the FDA and the sponsor of the trial can help to identify the most efficient path for clinical development while minimizing the number of patients placed in ineffective control regimens. Drugs designated as breakthrough therapies by the FDA are also eligible for accelerated approval.

 

Designation as a breakthrough therapy is within the discretion of the FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe an application of one of our drug candidates meets the criteria for designation as a breakthrough therapy, the FDA may disagree and instead determine not to make such designation. In any event, the receipt of a breakthrough therapy designation for a drug candidate may not result in a faster development process, review or approval compared to drugs considered for approval under conventional FDA procedures and does not assure ultimate approval by the FDA. In addition, even if one or more of our drug candidates qualify as breakthrough therapies, the FDA may later decide that the products no longer meet the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened.

 

45


 

Table of Contents

If we are required by the FDA to obtain approval of a companion diagnostic in connection with and as a condition to approval of a drug candidate, and we do not obtain or we experience delays in obtaining FDA approval of a diagnostic device, we will not be able to commercialize the drug candidate and our ability to generate revenue will be materially impaired.

 

According to FDA guidance, if the FDA determines that a companion diagnostic device is essential to the safe and effective use of a novel therapeutic product or indication, the FDA generally will not approve the therapeutic product or new therapeutic product indication if the companion diagnostic is not also approved or cleared for that indication. Under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, companion diagnostics are regulated as medical devices and the FDA has generally required companion diagnostics intended to select the patients who will respond to cancer treatment to obtain Premarket Approval, or a PMA. The PMA process, including the gathering of clinical and preclinical data and the submission to and review by the FDA, involves a rigorous premarket review during which the applicant must prepare and provide the FDA with reasonable assurance of the device's safety and effectiveness and information about the device and its components regarding, among other things, device design, manufacturing and labeling. PMA approval is not guaranteed and may take considerable time, and the FDA may ultimately respond to a PMA submission with a not approvable determination based on deficiencies in the application and require additional clinical trial or other data that may be expensive and time-consuming to generate and that can substantially delay approval.

 

We do not have experience or capabilities in developing or commercializing diagnostics and plan to rely on third parties or collaborators to perform these functions. Companion diagnostics are subject to regulation by the FDA and similar regulatory authorities outside the United States as medical devices and require separate regulatory approval prior to commercialization.

 

If we, or any third parties that we engage to assist us or any of our collaborators, are unable to successfully develop companion diagnostics for our TLR antagonist drug candidates that require a companion diagnostic, or experience delays in doing so:

·

the development of such TLR antagonist drug candidates may be adversely affected if we are unable to appropriately select patients for enrollment in our clinical trials;

·

such TLR antagonist drug candidates may not receive marketing approval if their safe and effective use depends on a companion diagnostic; and

·

we may not realize the full commercial potential of any TLR antagonist drug candidate that receives marketing approval if, among other reasons, we are unable to appropriately identify patients with the specific oncogenic mutation targeted by such TLR antagonist drug candidate.

If any of these events were to occur, our business would be harmed, possibly materially.

 

We have only limited experience in regulatory affairs and our drug candidates are based on new technologies; these factors may affect our ability or the time we require to obtain necessary regulatory approvals.

 

We have only limited experience in filing the applications necessary to obtain regulatory approvals. Moreover, the products that result from our research and development programs will likely be based on new technologies and new therapeutic approaches that have not been extensively tested in humans. The regulatory requirements governing these types of products may be more rigorous than for conventional drugs. As a result, we may experience a longer regulatory process in connection with obtaining regulatory approvals of any product that we develop.

 

Our relationships with healthcare providers and physicians and third-party payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any drugs for which we obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with third party payors, healthcare providers and physicians may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare

46


 

Table of Contents

laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute any drugs for which we obtain marketing approval. These include the following:

•   Anti-Kickback Statute—the federal healthcare anti-kickback statute prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation or arranging of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid;  

False Claims Act—the federal False Claims Act imposes criminal and civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented false or fraudulent claims for payment by a federal healthcare program or making a false statement or record material to payment of a false claim or avoiding, decreasing or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government, with potential liability including mandatory treble damages and significant per-claim penalties, currently set at $5,500 to $11,000 per false claim;

HIPAA—the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters, and, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and its implementing regulations, also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms and technical safeguards, with respect to maintaining the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

•   Transparency Requirements—federal laws require applicable manufacturers of covered drugs to report payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals; and

Analogous State and Foreign Laws—analogous state and foreign fraud and abuse laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, can apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services and are generally broad and are enforced by many different federal and state agencies as well as through private actions.

Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government and require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not pre-empted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

 

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, exclusion of products from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

 

Current and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us and any collaborators to obtain marketing approval of our drug candidates and may affect the prices we, or they, may obtain.

 

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could, among other things, prevent or delay marketing approval of our drug candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability, or the ability of any collaborators, to profitably sell any products for which we, or they, obtain marketing approval. We expect that current laws, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we, or any collaborators, may receive for any approved products.

47


 

Table of Contents

 

For example, in March 2010, President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively the PPACA. Among the provisions of the PPACA of potential importance to our business and our drug candidates are the following:

an annual, non-deductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents;

an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program;

expansion of healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including the civil False Claims Act and the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, new government investigative powers and enhanced penalties for noncompliance;

a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices;

extension of manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability;

expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs;

expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program;

new requirements to report certain financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals;

a new requirement to annually report drug samples that manufacturers and distributors provide to physicians; and

a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research.

 

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted. These changes include the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, led to aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year that started in 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will stay in effect through 2025 unless additional congressional action is taken, and the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These new laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any of our drug candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such drug candidate is prescribed or used. Further, there have been several recent U.S. congressional inquiries and proposed state and federal legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, reduce the costs of drugs under Medicare and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products.

 

We expect that these healthcare reforms, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, more rigorous coverage criteria, new payment methodologies and additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product and/or the level of reimbursement physicians receive for administering any approved product we might bring to market. Reductions in reimbursement levels may negatively impact the prices we receive or the frequency with which our products are prescribed or administered.  Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.  Since enactment of the PPACA, there have been numerous legal challenges and Congressional actions to repeal and replace provisions of the law.  In May 2017, the House of Representatives passed legislation known as the American Health Care Act of 2017.  Thereafter, the Senate Republicans introduced and then updated a bill to replace the PPACA known as the Better Care Reconciliation Act of 2017. The Senate Republicans also introduced legislation to repeal the PPACA without companion legislation to replace it, and a “skinny” version of the Better Care Reconciliation Act of 2017.  In addition, the Senate considered proposed healthcare reform legislation known as the Graham-Cassidy bill.  None of these measures was passed by the Senate.

 

 

48


 

Table of Contents

The Trump Administration has also taken executive actions to undermine or delay implementation of the PPACA.  In January 2017, President Trump signed an Executive Order directing federal agencies with authorities and responsibilities under the PPACA to waive, defer, grant exemptions from, or delay the implementation of any provision of the PPACA that would impose a fiscal or regulatory burden on states, individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers, or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices.  In October 2017, the President signed a second Executive Order allowing for the use of association health plans and short-term health insurance, which may provide fewer health benefits than the plans sold through the PPACA exchanges.  At the same time, the Administration announced that it will discontinue the payment of cost-sharing reduction, or CSR, payments to insurance companies until Congress approves the appropriation of funds for such CSR payments. The loss of the CSR payments is expected to increase premiums on certain policies issued by qualified health plans under the PPACA.  A bipartisan bill to appropriate funds for CSR payments was introduced in the Senate, but the future of that bill is uncertain.

 

More recently, with enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, which was signed by the President on December 22, 2017, Congress repealed the “individual mandate.”  The repeal of this provision, which requires most Americans to carry a minimal level of health insurance, will become effective in 2019.  According to the Congressional Budget Office, the repeal of the individual mandate will cause 13 million fewer Americans to be insured in 2027 and premiums in insurance markets may rise.  Further, each chamber of the Congress has put forth multiple bills designed to repeal or repeal and replace portions of the PPACA. Although none of these measures has been enacted by Congress to date, Congress may consider other legislation to repeal and replace elements of the PPACA. Congress will likely consider other legislation to replace elements of the PPACA, during the next Congressional session.

 

We will continue to evaluate the effect that the PPACA and its possible repeal and replacement could have on our business.  It is possible that repeal and replacement initiatives, if enacted into law, could ultimately result in fewer individuals having health insurance coverage or in individuals having insurance coverage with less generous benefits.  While the timing and scope of any potential future legislation to repeal and replace PPACA provisions is highly uncertain in many respects, it is also possible that some of the PPACA provisions that generally are not favorable for the research-based pharmaceutical industry could also be repealed along with PPACA coverage expansion provisions Accordingly, such reforms, if enacted, could have an adverse effect on anticipated revenue from drug candidates that we may successfully develop and for which we may obtain marketing approval and may affect our overall financial condition and ability to develop commercialize drug candidates. 

 

The costs of prescription pharmaceuticals in the United States has also been the subject of considerable discussion in the United States, and members of Congress and the Administration have stated that they will address such costs through new legislative and administrative measures.  The pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is also subject to governmental control outside the United States.  In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost effectiveness of our drug candidates to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our ability to generate revenues and become profitable could be impaired.  In the European Union, similar political, economic and regulatory developments may affect our ability to profitably commercialize our products. In addition to continuing pressure on prices and cost containment measures, legislative developments at the European Union or member state level may result in significant additional requirements or obstacles that may increase our operating costs.

 

Moreover, legislative and regulatory proposals have also been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical drugs. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our drug candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by Congress of the FDA’s approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us and any future collaborators to more stringent drug labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.

 

49


 

Table of Contents

Laws and regulations governing any international operations we may have in the future may preclude us from developing, manufacturing and selling certain drug candidates outside of the United States and require us to develop and implement costly compliance programs.

 

We are subject to numerous laws and regulations in each jurisdiction outside the United States in which we operate. The creation, implementation and maintenance of international business practices compliance programs is costly and such programs are difficult to enforce, particularly where reliance on third parties is required.

 

The FCPA prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations. The anti-bribery provisions of the FCPA are enforced primarily by the DOJ. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, is involved with enforcement of the books and records provisions of the FCPA.

 

Compliance with the FCPA is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the pharmaceutical industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.

 

Various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-U.S. nationals, of information classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products and technical data relating to those products. Our expansion outside of the United States, has required, and will continue to require, us to dedicate additional resources to comply with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing, or selling certain drugs and drug candidates outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our development costs. The failure to comply with laws governing international business practices may result in substantial penalties, including suspension or debarment from government contracting. Violation of the FCPA can result in significant civil and criminal penalties. Indictment alone under the FCPA can lead to suspension of the right to do business with the U.S. government until the pending claims are resolved. Conviction of a violation of the FCPA can result in long-term disqualification as a government contractor. The termination of a government contract or relationship as a result of our failure to satisfy any of our obligations under laws governing international business practices would have a negative impact on our operations and harm our reputation and ability to procure government contracts. The SEC also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on U.S. exchanges for violations of the FCPA’s accounting provisions.

 

Governments outside of the United States tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our revenues from the sales of drugs, if any.

 

In some countries, particularly the countries of the European Union, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a drug. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we, or our future collaborators, may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our drug to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our drugs is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be materially harmed.

 

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological and radioactive materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or

50


 

Table of Contents

injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties.

 

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of biological, hazardous or radioactive materials.

 

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or commercialization efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

 

Our employees may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements, which could cause significant liability for us and harm our reputation.

 

We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other misconduct, including intentional failures to comply with FDA regulations or similar regulations of comparable foreign regulatory authorities, provide accurate information to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, comply with manufacturing standards we have established, comply with federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations and similar laws and regulations established and enforced by comparable foreign regulatory authorities, report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. Employee misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws, standards or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

 

Risks Relating to Collaborators

 

Our existing collaborations and any collaborations we enter into in the future may not be successful.

 

Historically, an important element of our business strategy has included entering into collaborative alliances with corporate collaborators, primarily large pharmaceutical companies, for the development, commercialization, marketing, and distribution of some of our drug candidates. In December 2006, we entered into an exclusive license and research collaboration with Merck & Co. to research, develop, and commercialize vaccine products containing our TLR7, TLR8 and TLR9 agonists in the fields of cancer, infectious diseases, and Alzheimer's disease. In November 2015, we entered into a collaboration and license agreement with GSK for the development of our nucleic acid chemistry technology for certain renal indications and in November 2016, we entered into a license agreement with Vivelix granting them exclusive rights for the development of IMO-9200 for non-malignant indication of the GI Field.

 

Any collaboration we enter into may not be successful. The success of our collaborative alliances, if any, will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our collaborators. Our existing collaborations and any potential future collaborations have risks, including the following:

 

·

our collaborators may control the development of the drug candidates being developed with our technologies and compounds including the timing of development;

·

our collaborators may control the development of the companion diagnostic to be developed for use in conjunction with our drug candidates including the timing of development;

·

our collaborators may control the public release of information regarding the developments, and we may not be able to make announcements or data presentations on a schedule favorable to us;

51


 

Table of Contents

·

disputes may arise in the future with respect to the ownership of or right to use technology and intellectual property developed with our collaborators;

·

disagreements with our collaborators could delay or terminate the research, development or commercialization of products, or result in litigation or arbitration;

·

we may have difficulty enforcing the contracts if any of our collaborators fail to perform;

·

our collaborators may terminate their collaborations with us, which could make it difficult for us to attract new collaborators or adversely affect the perception of us in the business or financial communities;

·

our collaboration agreements are likely to be for fixed terms and subject to termination by our collaborators in the event of a material breach or lack of scientific progress by us;

·

our collaborators may have the first right to maintain or defend our intellectual property rights and, although we would likely have the right to assume the maintenance and defense of our intellectual property rights if our collaborators do not, our ability to do so may be compromised by our collaborators' acts or omissions;

·

our collaborators may challenge our intellectual property rights or utilize our intellectual property rights in such a way as to invite litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property rights or expose us to potential liability;

·

our collaborators may not comply with all applicable regulatory requirements, or may fail to report safety data in accordance with all applicable regulatory requirements;

·

our collaborators may change the focus of their development and commercialization efforts. Pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies historically have re-evaluated their priorities following mergers and consolidations, which have been common in recent years in these industries. The ability of our drug candidates to reach their potential could be limited if our collaborators decrease or fail to increase spending relating to such drug candidates;

·

our collaborators may under fund or not commit sufficient resources to the testing, marketing, distribution or development of our drug candidates; and

·

our collaborators may develop alternative products either on their own or in collaboration with others, or encounter conflicts of interest or changes in business strategy or other business issues, which could adversely affect their willingness or ability to fulfill their obligations to us.

 

Given these risks, it is possible that any collaborative alliance into which we enter may not be successful. Collaborations with pharmaceutical companies and other third parties often are terminated or allowed to expire by the other party. The termination or expiration of our current collaboration agreements or any other collaboration agreement that we enter into in the future may adversely affect us financially and could harm our business reputation.  

 

If we are unable to establish additional collaborative alliances, our business may be materially harmed.

 

Collaborators provide the necessary resources and drug development experience to advance our compounds in their programs. We have entered into and expect to continue to seek to enter into collaborative alliances with pharmaceutical companies to advance our TLR agonist and antagonist candidates and with respect to additional applications of our nucleic acid chemistry technology research program. Upfront payments and milestone payments received from collaborations help to provide us with the financial resources for our internal research and development programs. Our internal programs are focused on developing TLR-targeted drug candidates for the potential treatment of certain rare diseases and in our immuno-oncology program and on nucleic acid chemistry drug candidates. We believe that additional resources will be required to advance compounds in all of these areas. If we do not reach agreements with additional collaborators in the future, we may not be able to obtain the expertise and resources necessary to achieve our business objectives, our ability to advance our compounds will be jeopardized and we may fail to meet our business objectives.

 

We may have difficulty establishing additional collaborative alliances, particularly with respect to our TLR-targeted drug candidates and technology and our nucleic acid chemistry technology. For example, potential

52


 

Table of Contents

collaborators may note that our prior TLR collaborations with Novartis and with Merck KGaA have been terminated. Potential collaborators may also be reluctant to establish collaborations with respect to IMO-2125 or IMO-8400, given our prior setbacks with respect to these drug candidates. We also face, and expect to continue to face, significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. 

 

Even if a potential partner were willing to enter into a collaborative alliance with respect to our TLR-targeted compounds or technology or our nucleic acid chemistry technology, the terms of such a collaborative alliance may not be on terms that are favorable to us. Moreover, collaborations are complex and time consuming to negotiate, document, and implement. We may not be successful in our efforts to establish and implement collaborations on a timely basis.

 

Risks Relating to Intellectual Property

 

If we are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for our discoveries, the value of our technology and products will be adversely affected.

 

Our patent positions, and those of other drug discovery companies, are generally uncertain and involve complex legal, scientific, and factual questions. Our ability to develop and commercialize drugs depends in significant part on our ability to:

·

obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents;

·

obtain licenses to the proprietary rights of others on commercially reasonable terms;

·

operate without infringing upon the proprietary rights of others;

·

prevent others from infringing on our proprietary rights; and

·

protect our trade secrets.

 

We do not know whether any of our currently pending patent applications or those patent applications that we license will result in the issuance of any patents. Our issued patents and those that may be issued in the future, or those licensed to us, may be challenged, invalidated, held unenforceable, narrowed in the course of a post-issuance proceeding or circumvented, and the rights granted thereunder may not provide us proprietary protection or competitive advantages against competitors with similar technology. Moreover, intellectual property laws may change and negatively impact our ability to obtain issued patents covering our technologies or to enforce any patents that issue. Because of the extensive time required for development, testing, and regulatory review of a potential product, it is possible that, before any of our products can be commercialized, any related patent may expire or remain in force for only a short period following commercialization, thus reducing any advantage provided by the patent.

 

Because patent applications in the United States and many foreign jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all, and because publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind actual discoveries, neither we nor our licensors can be certain that we or they were the first to make the inventions claimed in issued patents or pending patent applications, or that we or they were the first to file for protection of the inventions set forth in these patent applications.

 

As of February 15, 2018, we owned about 49 U.S. patents and patent applications and about 136 patents and patent applications throughout the rest of the world for our TLR-targeted immune modulation technologies. These patents and patent applications include claims covering the chemical compositions of matter and methods of use of our IMO compounds, such as IMO-8400, IMO-9200 and IMO-2125, as well as other compounds. These patents expire at various dates ranging from 2023 to 2037. With respect to IMO-8400, we have five issued U.S. patents that cover the chemical composition of matter of IMO-8400 and certain methods of its use that provide exclusivity for IMO-8400 until at least 2031. With respect to IMO-9200, we have six issued U.S. patents and two U.S. patent applications that cover the chemical composition for IMO-9200 and methods of its use that provide exclusivity for IMO-9200 until at least 2034. With respect to IMO-2125, we have an issued U.S. patent that covers the chemical composition of matter of IMO-2125 and methods of its use that will expire in 2025. We have pending applications in the U.S. and outside of the U.S. that cover methods of treatment or use with IMO-2125 with expiration dates of 2035 and 2037.

 

53


 

Table of Contents

As of February 15, 2018, we owned three issued U.S. patents, 25 issued foreign patents, five pending U.S. patent applications and 12 foreign patent applications (including pending applications under the Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT) related to our nucleic acid chemistry compounds and methods of their use. The issued patents covering our nucleic acid chemistry technologies have an earliest statutory expiration date in 2030. One patent family relating to targets for our nucleic acid chemistry compounds is in-licensed.  

 

Third parties may own or control patents or patent applications and require us to seek licenses, which could increase our development and commercialization costs, or prevent us from developing or marketing products.

 

Although we have many issued patents and pending patent applications in the United States and other countries, we may not have rights under certain third-party patents or patent applications related to our compounds under development. Third parties may own or control these patents and patent applications in the United States and abroad. In particular, we are aware of certain third-party U.S. patents that contain claims related to immunostimulatory polynucleotides and their use to stimulate an immune response, as well as to antisense technology. Although we do not believe any of our TLR or antisense compounds under development infringe any valid claim of these patents, we cannot be assured that the holder of such patents would not seek to assert such patents against us or, if the holder did, that the courts would not interpret the claims of such patents more broadly than we believe appropriate and determine that we are in infringement of such patents. In addition, there may be other patents and patent applications related to our current or future drug candidates of which we are not aware. Therefore, in some cases, in order to develop, manufacture, sell or import some of our drug candidates, we or our collaborators may choose to seek, or be required to seek, licenses under third-party patents issued in the United States and abroad or under third-party patents that might issue from U.S. and foreign patent applications. In such an event, we would be required to pay license fees or royalties or both to the licensor. If licenses are not available to us on acceptable terms, we or our collaborators may not be able to develop, manufacture, sell or import these products, or may be delayed in doing so. Either of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We may become involved in expensive patent litigation or other proceedings, which could result in our incurring substantial costs and expenses or substantial liability for damages, require us to stop our development and commercialization efforts or result in our patents being invalidated, interpreted narrowly or limited.

 

There has been substantial litigation and other proceedings regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology industry. We may become a party to various types of patent litigation or other proceedings regarding intellectual property rights from time to time even under circumstances where we are not practicing and do not intend to practice any of the intellectual property involved in the proceedings.

 

In addition to litigation, we may become involved in patent office proceedings, including oppositions, reexaminations, supplemental examinations and inter partes reviews involving our patents or the patents of third parties. We may initiate such proceedings or have such proceedings brought against us. An adverse determination in any such proceeding, or in litigation, could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future drug candidates. An adverse determination in a proceeding involving a patent in our portfolio could result in the loss of protection or a narrowing in the scope of protection provided by that patent.

 

The cost to us of any patent litigation or other proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the cost of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their substantially greater financial resources. If any patent litigation or other proceeding is resolved against us, we or our collaborators may be enjoined from developing, manufacturing, selling or importing our drugs without a license from the other party and we may be held liable for significant damages. We may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially acceptable terms or at all. In a patent office proceeding, such as an opposition, reexamination or inter partes review, our patents may be narrowed or invalidated.

 

Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace. Patent litigation and other proceedings may also absorb significant management time.

54


 

Table of Contents

 

Risks Relating to Product Manufacturing, Marketing and Sales, and Reliance on Third Parties

 

Because we have limited manufacturing experience, and no manufacturing facilities or infrastructure, we are dependent on third-party manufacturers to manufacture drug candidates for us. If we cannot rely on third-party manufacturers, we will be required to incur significant costs and devote significant efforts to establish our own manufacturing facilities and capabilities.

 

We have limited manufacturing experience and no manufacturing facilities, infrastructure or clinical or commercial scale manufacturing capabilities. In order to continue to develop our drug candidates, apply for regulatory approvals, and ultimately commercialize products, we need to develop, contract for or otherwise arrange for the necessary manufacturing capabilities.

 

We currently rely upon third parties to produce material for nonclinical and clinical testing purposes and expect to continue to do so in the future. We also expect to rely upon third parties to produce materials that may be required for the commercial production of our drug candidates, if approved. Our current and anticipated future dependence upon others for the manufacture of our drug candidates may adversely affect our future profit margins and our ability to develop drug candidates and commercialize any drug candidates on a timely and competitive basis. We currently do not have any long term supply contracts.

 

There are a limited number of manufacturers that operate under the FDA's cGMP regulations capable of manufacturing our drug candidates. As a result, we may have difficulty finding manufacturers for our drug candidates with adequate capacity for our needs. If we are unable to arrange for third-party manufacturing of our drug candidates on a timely basis, or to do so on commercially reasonable terms, we may not be able to complete development of our drug candidates or market them.

 

Reliance on third-party manufacturers entails risks to which we would not be subject if we manufactured drug candidates ourselves, including:

·

reliance on the third party for regulatory compliance and quality assurance;

·

the possibility of breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party because of factors beyond our control;

·

the possibility of termination or nonrenewal of the agreement by the third party, based on its own business priorities or otherwise, at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us;

·

the potential that third-party manufacturers will develop know-how owned by such third party in connection with the production of our drug candidates that becomes necessary for the manufacture of our drug candidates; and

·

reliance upon third-party manufacturers to assist us in preventing inadvertent disclosure or theft of our proprietary knowledge.

 

Any contract manufacturers with which we enter into manufacturing arrangements will be subject to ongoing periodic, unannounced inspections by the FDA, or foreign equivalent, and corresponding state and foreign agencies or their designees to ensure compliance with cGMP requirements and other governmental regulations and corresponding foreign standards. Any failure by our third-party manufacturers to comply with such requirements, regulations or standards could lead to a delay in the conduct of our clinical trials, or a delay in, or failure to obtain, regulatory approval of any of our drug candidates. Such failure could also result in sanctions being imposed, including fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, product seizures or recalls, imposition of operating restrictions, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, or criminal prosecution.

 

Additionally, contract manufacturers may not be able to manufacture our drug candidates at a cost or in quantities necessary to make them commercially viable. As of February 15, 2018, our third-party manufacturers have met our manufacturing requirements, but we cannot be assured that they will continue to do so. Furthermore, changes in the manufacturing process or procedure, including a change in the location where the drug substance or drug product is manufactured or a change of a third-party manufacturer, may require prior FDA review and approval in accordance with the FDA's cGMP and New Drug Application/biologics license application regulations.

55


 

Table of Contents

Contract manufacturers may also be subject to comparable foreign requirements. This review may be costly and time-consuming and could delay or prevent the launch of a drug candidate. The FDA or similar foreign regulatory agencies at any time may also implement new standards, or change their interpretation and enforcement of existing standards for manufacture, packaging or testing of products. If we or our contract manufacturers are unable to comply, we or they may be subject to regulatory action, civil actions or penalties.

 

We have no experience selling, marketing or distributing products and no internal capability to do so.

 

If we receive regulatory approval to commence commercial sales of any of our drug candidates, we will face competition with respect to commercial sales, marketing, and distribution. These are areas in which we have no experience. To market any of our drug candidates directly, we would need to develop a marketing and sales force with technical expertise and with supporting distribution capability. In particular, we would need to recruit experienced marketing and sales personnel. Alternatively, we could engage a pharmaceutical or other healthcare company with an existing distribution system and direct sales force to assist us. However, to the extent we entered into such arrangements, we would be dependent on the efforts of third parties. If we are unable to establish sales and distribution capabilities, whether internally or in reliance on third parties, our business would suffer materially.

 

If third parties on whom we rely for clinical trials do not perform as contractually required or as we expect, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our drug candidates and our business may suffer.

 

We do not have the ability to independently conduct the clinical trials required to obtain regulatory approval for our drug candidates. We depend on independent clinical investigators, contract research organizations, and other third-party service providers in the conduct of the clinical trials of our drug candidates and expect to continue to do so. We have contracted with contract research organizations to manage our ongoing clinical trials of IMO-2125 and IMO-8400 and expect to contract with such organizations for future clinical trials. We rely heavily on these parties for successful execution of our clinical trials, but do not control many aspects of their activities. We are responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and protocols for the trial. Moreover, the FDA and foreign regulatory agencies require us to comply with certain standards, commonly referred to as good clinical practices, and applicable regulatory requirements, for conducting, recording, and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity, and confidentiality of clinical trial participants are protected. Our reliance on third parties that we do not control does not relieve us of these responsibilities and requirements. Third parties may not complete activities on schedule, or at all, or may not conduct our clinical trials in accordance with regulatory requirements or our stated protocols. If these third parties fail to carry out their obligations, we may need to enter into new arrangements with alternative third parties. This could be difficult, costly or impossible, and our preclinical studies or clinical trials may need to be extended, delayed, terminated or repeated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval in a timely fashion, or at all, for the applicable drug candidate, or to commercialize such drug candidate being tested in such studies or trials. If we seek to conduct any of these activities ourselves in the future, we will need to recruit appropriately trained personnel and add to our research, clinical, quality and corporate infrastructure.

 

The commercial success of any drug candidates that we may develop will depend upon the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors, and others in the medical community.

 

Any products that we ultimately bring to the market, if they receive marketing approval, may not gain market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors or others in the medical community. For example, current cancer treatments like chemotherapy and radiation therapy are well established in the medical community, and doctors may continue to rely on these treatments. If our products do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate product revenue and we may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of our products, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:

·

the prevalence and severity of any side effects, including any limitations or warnings contained in the product's approved labeling;

·

the efficacy and potential advantages over alternative treatments;

·

the ability to offer our drug candidates for sale at competitive prices;

·

relative convenience and ease of administration;

56


 

Table of Contents

·

the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;

·

the strength of marketing and distribution support and the timing of market introduction of competitive products; and

·

publicity concerning our products or competing products and treatments.

 

Even if a potential product displays a favorable efficacy and safety profile, market acceptance of the product will not be known until after it is launched. Our efforts to educate patients, the medical community, and third-party payors on the benefits of our drug candidates may require significant resources and may never be successful. Such efforts to educate the marketplace may require more resources than are required by conventional technologies marketed by our competitors.

 

If we are unable to obtain adequate reimbursement from third-party payors for any products that we may develop or acceptable prices for those products, our revenues and prospects for profitability will suffer.

 

Most patients rely on Medicare, Medicaid, private health insurers, and other third-party payors to pay for their medical needs, including any drugs we may market. If third-party payors do not provide adequate coverage or reimbursement for any products that we may develop, our revenues and prospects for profitability will suffer. Congress enacted a limited prescription drug benefit for Medicare recipients in the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003. While the program established by this statute may increase demand for our products if we were to participate in this program, our prices will be negotiated with drug procurement organizations for Medicare beneficiaries and are likely to be lower than we might otherwise obtain. Non-Medicare third-party drug procurement organizations may also base the price they are willing to pay on the rate paid by drug procurement organizations for Medicare beneficiaries or may otherwise negotiate the price they are willing to pay.

 

A primary trend in the United States healthcare industry is toward cost containment. In addition, in some foreign countries, particularly the countries of the European Union, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take six months or longer after the receipt of regulatory marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost effectiveness of our drug candidates or products to other available therapies. The conduct of such a clinical trial could be expensive and result in delays in commercialization of our drug candidates. These further clinical trials would require additional time, resources, and expenses. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our prospects for generating revenue, if any, could be adversely affected and our business may suffer.

 

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act became law. These health care reform laws are intended to broaden access to health insurance; reduce or constrain the growth of health care spending, especially Medicare spending; enhance remedies against fraud and abuse; add new transparency requirements for health care and health insurance industries; impose new taxes and fees on certain sectors of the health industry; and impose additional health policy reforms. Among the new fees is an annual assessment on makers of branded pharmaceuticals and biologics, under which a company's assessment is based primarily on its share of branded drug sales to federal health care programs. Such fees could affect our future prospects for profitability. Although it is too early to determine the effect of the health care legislation on our future prospects for profitability and financial condition, the law appears likely to continue the pressure on pharmaceutical pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs.

 

Third-party payors are challenging the prices charged for medical products and services, and many third-party payors limit reimbursement for newly-approved health care products. These third-party payors may base their coverage and reimbursement on the coverage and reimbursement rate paid by carriers for Medicare beneficiaries. Furthermore, many such payors are investigating or implementing methods for reducing health care costs, such as the establishment of capitated or prospective payment systems. Cost containment pressures have led to an increased emphasis on the use of cost-effective products by health care providers. In particular, third-party payors may limit the indications for which they will reimburse patients who use any products that we may develop. Cost control initiatives could limit the price we might establish for products that we or our current or future collaborators may develop or sell, which would result in lower product revenues or royalties payable to us.

57


 

Table of Contents

 

We face a risk of product liability claims and may not be able to obtain insurance.

 

Our business exposes us to the risk of product liability claims that is inherent in the manufacturing, testing, and marketing of human therapeutic drugs. We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of our drug candidates in human clinical trials and will face an even greater risk if we commercially sell any products. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims and product recalls may result in:

·

decreased demand for our drug candidates and products;

·

damage to our reputation;

·

regulatory investigations that could require costly recalls or product modifications;

·

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

·

costs to defend related litigation;

·

substantial monetary awards to clinical trial participants or patients, including awards that substantially exceed our product liability insurance, which we would then have to pay using other sources, if available, and would damage our ability to obtain liability insurance at reasonable costs, or at all, in the future;

·

loss of revenue;

·

the diversion of management's attention away from managing our business; and

·

the inability to commercialize any products that we may develop.

 

Although we have product liability and clinical trial liability insurance that we believe is adequate, this insurance is subject to deductibles and coverage limitations. We may not be able to obtain or maintain adequate protection against potential liabilities. If we are unable to obtain insurance at acceptable cost or otherwise protect against potential product liability claims, we will be exposed to significant liabilities, which may materially and adversely affect our business and financial position. These liabilities could prevent or interfere with our commercialization efforts.

 

Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock

 

Our corporate governance structure, including provisions in our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and Delaware law, may prevent a change in control or management that stockholders may consider desirable.

 

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and our certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain provisions that might enable our management to resist a takeover of our company or discourage a third party from attempting to take over our company. These provisions include:

·

a classified board of directors;

·

limitations on the removal of directors;

·

limitations on stockholder proposals at meetings of stockholders;

·

the inability of stockholders to act by written consent or to call special meetings; and

·

the ability of our board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock without stockholder approval.

 

In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law imposes restrictions on our ability to engage in business combinations and other specified transactions with significant stockholders. These provisions could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us or a change in our management that stockholders may consider favorable or beneficial. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

 

58


 

Table of Contents

We have two significant securityholders. If these securityholders choose to act together, they could exert substantial influence over our business. In addition, in connection with any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, they would be entitled to receive consideration in excess of their reported beneficial ownership of our common stock.

 

As of February 15, 2018, Baker Bros. Advisors LP, and certain of its affiliated funds, which we refer to collectively as Baker Brothers, held 18,325,135 shares of our common stock, warrants to purchase up to 20,316,327 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.47 per share and pre-funded warrants to purchase up to 22,151,052 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. In addition, two members of our board of directors are affiliates of Baker Brothers. Under the terms of the warrants and pre-funded warrants issued to Baker Brothers, Baker Brothers is not permitted to exercise such warrants to the extent that such exercise would result in Baker Brothers (and its affiliates) beneficially owning more than 4.999% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants. Baker Brothers has the right to increase this beneficial ownership limitation in its discretion on 61 days' prior written notice to us, provided that in no event is Baker Brothers permitted to exercise such warrants to the extent that such exercise would result in Baker Brothers (and its affiliates) beneficially owning more than 19.99% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding or the combined voting power of our securities outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants. On March 5, 2018, Baker Brothers provided us such 61 days’ notice in regards to the above mentioned warrants to purchase up to 20,316,327 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.47 per share. After giving effect to the 4.999% beneficial ownership limitation currently in effect with respect to the warrants and pre-funded warrants held by Baker Brothers, as of February 15, 2018, Baker Brothers beneficially owned 9.5% of our outstanding common stock. If the warrants and pre-funded warrants held by Baker Brothers could be exercised without this limitation, then as of February 15, 2018, Baker Brothers would have beneficially owned 25.6% of our common stock. The information in this paragraph is based on a Schedule 13D/A filed with the SEC on October 30, 2017; a Form 4 filed with the SEC on January 4, 2018; and on information provided to us by Baker Brothers. On February 9, 2015, we entered into a registration rights agreement with Baker Brothers, pursuant to which we agreed to file registration statements to register for resale the shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants, held by Baker Brothers

 

As of February 15, 2018, entities affiliated with Pillar Invest Corporation, which we refer to collectively as the Pillar Investment Entities, held 25,413,574 shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase up to 1,200,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.47 per share. As of February 15, 2018, the Pillar Investment Entities beneficially owned 13.6% of our outstanding common stock.  The Pillar Investment Entities are subject to contractual limitations that limit their ability to exercise any securities held by them that are exercisable into shares of our common stock to the extent that such exercise would result in the Pillar Investment Entities and their affiliates beneficially owning more than 19.99% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding or the combined voting power of our securities outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such securities.  The information in this paragraph is based on a Schedule 13D/A filed with the SEC on October 17, 2016; Form 4s filed with the SEC on May 3, 2017, October 17, 2017, December 15, 2017 and January 19, 2018; and on information provided to us by Pillar Invest Corporation.

 

Although there are contractual limitations on the beneficial ownership of Baker Brothers and the Pillar Investment Entities, which we refer to collectively as our significant securityholders, if our significant securityholders were to exercise their warrants for common stock and were to choose to act together, they could be able to exert substantial influence over our business. This concentration of voting power could delay, defer or prevent a change of control, entrench our management and the board of directors or delay or prevent a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us on terms that other stockholders may desire. In addition, conflicts of interest could arise in the future between us, on the one hand, and either or both of our significant securityholders on the other hand, concerning potential competitive business activities, business opportunities, the issuance of additional securities and other matters. Furthermore in the event of a sale of our company, whether by merger, sale of all or substantially all of our assets or otherwise, our significant securityholders would be entitled to receive, with respect to each share of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants then held by them and without regard to the beneficial ownership limitations imposed on the conversion or exercise of such securities, the same amount and kind of securities, cash or property as they would have been entitled to receive if such securities had been converted into or exercised for shares of our common stock immediately prior to such sale of our company. Because the significant securityholders would receive this sale consideration with respect to warrants not included in their reported beneficial ownership of our common

59


 

Table of Contents

stock, in the event of a sale of our company, they would be entitled to receive a significantly larger portion of the total proceeds distributable to the holders of our securities than is represented by their reported beneficial ownership of our common stock.

 

Our stock price has been and may in the future be extremely volatile. In addition, because our common stock has historically been traded at low volume levels, our investors' ability to trade our common stock may be limited. As a result, investors may lose all or a significant portion of their investment.

 

Our stock price has been and may in the future be volatile. During the period from January 1, 2017 to February 15, 2018, the closing sales price of our common stock ranged from a high of $2.87 per share to a low of $1.30 per share. The stock market has also experienced periods of significant price and volume fluctuations and the market prices  of biotechnology companies in particular have been highly volatile, often for reasons that have been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

·

our cash resources;

·

timing and results of nonclinical studies and clinical trials of our drug candidates or those of our competitors;

·

the regulatory status of our drug candidates;

·

failure of any of our drug candidates, if approved, to achieve commercial success;

·

the success of competitive products or technologies;

·

regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;

·

our success in entering into collaborative agreements;

·

developments or disputes concerning patents or other proprietary rights;

·

the departure of key personnel;

·

our ability to maintain the listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market or an alternative national securities exchange;

·

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

·

the terms of any financing consummated by us;

·

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

·

market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors and issuance of new or changed securities analysts' reports or recommendations; and

·

general economic, industry, and market conditions.

 

In addition, our common stock has historically been traded at low volume levels and may continue to trade at low volume levels. As a result, any large purchase or sale of our common stock could have a significant impact on the price of our common stock and it may be difficult for investors to sell our common stock in the market without depressing the market price for the common stock or at all.

 

The announcement and pendency of the Mergers, whether or not consummated, may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock and our business prospects. In the event that the Mergers are not completed, the announcement of the termination of the Merger Agreement may also adversely affect the trading price of our common stock and our business prospects.

 

As a result of the foregoing, investors may not be able to resell their shares at or above the price they paid for such shares. Investors in our common stock must be willing to bear the risk of fluctuations in the price of our common stock and the risk that the value of their investment in our stock could decline.

 

60


 

Table of Contents

Because we do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock, investor returns will be limited to any increase in the value of our stock.

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. In addition, under the terms of our loan and security agreement with Oxford Finance LLC, we are required to obtain the prior written consent of Oxford Finance LLC in order to declare or pay a cash dividend on our common stock in an amount in excess of $500,000 in any fiscal year. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation of their stock, if any. 

 

Our stockholders approved an amendment to our certificate of incorporation that allows our board of directors to effect a reverse stock split by a ratio within a specified range, which reverse stock split, if implemented, may not achieve one or more of our objectives.

 

There can be no assurance that the market price per new share of our common stock after a reverse stock split will remain unchanged or increase in proportion to the reduction in the number of shares of our common stock outstanding before the reverse stock split. The market price of our shares may fluctuate and potentially decline after a reverse stock split. Accordingly, the total market capitalization of our common stock after a reverse stock split, if implemented, may be lower than the total market capitalization before the reverse stock split. Moreover , in the future, the market price of our common stock following a reverse stock split may not exceed or remain higher than the market price prior to the reverse stock split.

 

In addition, while our board of directors believes that a higher stock price may help generate investor interest, there can be no assurance that a reverse stock split will result in a per-share market price that will attract institutional investors or investment funds or that such share price will satisfy the investing guidelines of institutional investors or investment funds. As a result, the trading liquidity of our common stock may not necessarily improve. Further, if a reverse stock split is effected and the market price of our common stock declines, the percentage decline may be greater than would occur in the absence of a reverse stock split.

 

Following the reverse stock split , if implemented, the number of our outstanding shares will be reduced by a whole number factor ranging from four to eight, which may lead to reduced trading and a smaller number of market makers for our common stock . Brokerage firms often do not permit stocks trading below $5.00 per share to be sold short, but permit short-selling of shares which are traded at higher prices. Following the reverse stock split, to the extent our per-share trading price is consistently above $5.00, investors may short our stock. This may increase the volatility of our stock price.

 

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments.

 

None.

 

Item 2.    Properties.

 

We lease approximately 27,000 square feet of laboratory and office space located in Cambridge, Massachusetts. The lease expires on August 31, 2022 subject to a five-year renewal option exercisable by us. We also lease approximately 11,000 square feet of office space located in Exton, Pennsylvania. The lease expires on May 31, 2020 subject to a three-year renewal option exercisable by us. We have specified rights to sublease these facilities.

 

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings.

 

None.

 

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures.

 

Not applicable.

61


 

Table of Contents

 

PART II.

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

 

Market Information

 

Our common stock is listed under the symbol “IDRA” on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock during each of the quarters set forth below as reported on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

High

    

Low

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

3.10

 

$

1.50

 

Second Quarter

 

 

2.14

 

 

1.19

 

Third Quarter

 

 

3.33

 

 

1.52

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

2.66

 

 

1.43

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

2.60

 

$

1.30

 

Second Quarter

 

 

2.62

 

 

1.51

 

Third Quarter

 

 

2.39

 

 

1.68

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

2.87

 

 

1.32

 

 

Holders of Record

 

As of February 15, 2018, we had approximately 92 common stockholders of record registered on our books, excluding shares held through banks and brokers.

 

Dividends

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Under the terms of our loan and security agreement with Oxford Finance LLC, we are required to obtain the prior written consent of Oxford Finance LLC in order to declare or pay a cash dividend on our common stock in an amount in excess of $500,000 in any fiscal year.

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

In October 2017, we issued 6,842,844 shares of our common stock in unregistered sales to holders of warrants upon the exercise of such warrants.  We issued the 6,842,844 shares upon the payment of a warrant exercise price of $0.70 per share.  We received approximately $4.8 million of cash proceeds in the aggregate upon the exercise of the foregoing warrants.

 

In December 2017, we issued 700,000 shares of our common stock in unregistered sales to a holder of warrants upon the exercise of such warrants.  We issued the 700,000 shares upon the payment of a warrant exercise price of $0.47 per share.  We received approximately $0.3 million of cash proceeds in the aggregate upon the exercise of the foregoing warrants. 

 

The issuance of shares of our common stock upon exercise of outstanding warrants described above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder as not involving a public offering.  The shares of common stock issued by us upon these warrant exercises have been registered for resale by the holders under our Registration Statement on Form S-3, File No. 333-185392.

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

We did not repurchase any of our equity securities during the year ended December 31, 2017.

62


 

Table of Contents

Comparative Stock Performance

 

The information included under the heading “Comparative Stock Performance” in Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is “furnished” and not “filed” and shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or subject to Regulation 14A, shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

 

The comparative stock performance graph shown below compares cumulative stockholder return on our common stock from December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2017, with the cumulative total return of the Russell 2000 Index and the Nasdaq Biotechnology Index. This graph assumes an investment of $100 on December 31, 2012 in our common stock and in each of the indices and assumes that dividends are reinvested.

 

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

Among Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc., the Russell 2000 Index

and the Nasdaq Biotechnology Index

 

PICTURE 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

12/31/12

    

12/31/13

    

12/31/14

    

12/31/15

    

12/31/16

    

12/31/17

 

Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

$

100

 

$

520

 

$

496

 

$

347

 

$

169

 

$

237

 

Russell 2000 Index

 

$

100

 

$

139

 

$

146

 

$

139

 

$

169

 

$

194

 

Nasdaq Biotechnology Index

 

$

100

 

$

166

 

$

223

 

$

249

 

$

196

 

$

239

 

 

 

63


 

Table of Contents

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

 

The following selected financial data are derived from our financial statements. The data should be read in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the financial statements, related notes, and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Statement of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income Data:

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Alliance revenue

 

$

902

 

$

16,199

 

$

249

 

$

73

 

$

47

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

50,653

 

 

39,824

 

 

33,699

 

 

27,493

 

 

10,475

 

General and administrative

 

 

16,716

 

 

15,132

 

 

15,396

 

 

11,332

 

 

7,741

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

67,369

 

 

54,956

 

 

49,095

 

 

38,825

 

 

18,216

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(66,467)

 

 

(38,757)

 

 

(48,846)

 

 

(38,752)

 

 

(18,169)

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

574

 

 

415

 

 

357

 

 

66

 

 

11

 

Interest expense

 

 

(50)

 

 

(80)

 

 

(105)

 

 

(27)

 

 

 

Foreign currency exchange gain (loss)

 

 

(41)

 

 

33

 

 

39

 

 

71

 

 

(68)

 

Net loss

 

$

(65,984)

 

$

(38,389)

 

$

(48,555)

 

$

(38,642)

 

$

(18,226)

 

Loss on extinguishment of convertible preferred stock, and preferred stock accretion and dividends

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

519

 

 

2,866

 

Net loss applicable to common stockholders

 

$

(65,984)

 

$

(38,389)

 

$

(48,555)

 

$

(39,161)

 

$

(21,092)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per share applicable to common stockholders - basic and diluted

 

$

(0.42)

 

$

(0.30)

 

$

(0.42)

 

$

(0.47)

 

$

(0.48)

 

Weighted-average number of common shares used in computing net loss per common share applicable to common stockholders - basic and diluted (1)

 

 

157,398

 

 

127,597

 

 

115,092

 

 

82,827

 

 

43,906

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

(65,984)

 

 

(38,389)

 

 

(48,555)

 

 

(38,642)

 

 

(18,226)

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized income (loss) on available-for-sale securities

 

 

17

 

 

117

 

 

(117)

 

 

(10)

 

 

(7)

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

17

 

 

117

 

 

(117)

 

 

(10)

 

 

(7)

 

Comprehensive loss

 

$

(65,967)

 

$

(38,272)

 

$

(48,672)

 

$

(38,652)

 

$

(18,233)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and investments

 

$

112,629

 

$

109,014

 

$

87,157

 

$

48,571

 

$

35,592

 

Working capital

 

 

106,512

 

 

101,691

 

 

56,427

 

 

35,384

 

 

25,867

 

Total assets

 

 

118,417

 

 

113,231

 

 

92,276

 

 

51,426

 

 

36,867

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

15

 

 

15

 

 

22

 

 

21

 

 

 9

 

Note payable

 

 

209

 

 

501

 

 

762

 

 

870

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(604,494)

 

 

(538,470)

 

 

(500,081)

 

 

(451,526)

 

 

(412,884)

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

107,695

 

 

103,349

 

 

83,582

 

 

43,402

 

 

32,452

 


(1)

Computed on the basis described in Note 15 to the financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

 

64


 

Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Overview

 

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of novel oligonucleotide therapeutics for oncology and rare diseases. We use two distinct proprietary drug discovery technology platforms to design and develop drug candidates: our Toll-like receptor, or TLR, targeting technology and our nucleic acid chemistry technology (formerly referred to as our third generation antisense, or 3GA, technology). We developed these platforms based on our scientific expertise and pioneering work with synthetic oligonucleotides as therapeutic agents. Using our TLR targeting technology, we design synthetic oligonucleotide-based drug candidates to modulate the activity of specific TLRs. In addition, using our nucleic acid chemistry technology, we are developing drug candidates to turn off the messenger RNA, or mRNA, associated with disease causing genes. We believe our nucleic acid chemistry technology may potentially reduce the immunotoxicity and increase the potency of earlier generation antisense and RNA interference, or RNAi, technologies.

   

Our business strategy is focused on the clinical development of drug candidates for oncology and rare diseases characterized by small, well-defined patient populations with serious unmet medical needs. We believe we can develop and commercialize these targeted therapies on our own. To the extent we seek to develop drug candidates for broader disease indications, we have entered into and may explore additional collaborative alliances to support development and commercialization.

 

Our TLR-targeted clinical-stage drug candidates are IMO-2125 and IMO-8400. IMO-2125 is an agonist of TLR9, and IMO-8400 is an antagonist of TLR7, TLR8 and TLR9.

 

We are developing IMO-2125, via intra-tumoral injection, for the treatment of anti-PD1 refractory metastatic melanoma in combination with ipilimumab, an anti-CTLA4 antibody marketed as Yervoy® by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company. We are also investigating the combination of intra-tumoral IMO-2125 in combination with pembrolizumab for the treatment of anti-PD1 refractory metastatic melanoma and intratumoral IMO-2125 in various solid tumors as monotherapy. We are developing IMO-8400 for the treatment of dermatomyositis.

 

At December 31, 2017, we had an accumulated deficit of $604.5 million. We expect to incur substantial operating losses in future periods. We do not expect to generate product revenue, sales-based milestones or royalties from our development programs until we successfully complete development and obtain marketing approval for drug candidates, either alone or in collaborations with third parties, which we expect will take a number of years. In order to commercialize our drug candidates, we need to complete clinical development and comply with comprehensive regulatory requirements.

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger

 

As further described in Note 17   to the financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, on January 21, 2018, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, or the Merger Agreement, with BioCryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or BioCryst, Nautilus Holdco, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of BioCryst, or Holdco, Island Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco, or Merger Sub A, and Boat Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco, or Merger Sub B.  Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions specified therein, (a) Merger Sub A will be merged with and into us, or the Idera Merger, with us surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco, and (b) Merger Sub B will be merged with and into BioCryst, or the BioCryst Merger, which we refer to together with the Idera Merger as the Mergers, with BioCryst surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco. Holdco will be renamed prior to the closing of the Mergers.

 

65


 

Table of Contents

At the effective time of the Mergers, which we refer to as the Effective Time, (i) each share of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than the shares that are owned by us, BioCryst, Holdco, Merger Sub A or Merger Sub B or any wholly owned subsidiary of ours, BioCryst, Holdco, Merger Sub A or Merger Sub B) will be converted into the right to receive 0.20 of a newly issued share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Holdco and (ii) each share of our preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than the shares that are owned by us, BioCryst, Holdco, Merger Sub A or Merger Sub B or any wholly owned subsidiary of ours, BioCryst, Holdco, Merger Sub A or Merger Sub B) will be converted into the right to receive an amount of Holdco common stock based on their liquidation preference.

 

We expect to consummate the Mergers in the second quarter of 2018. However, we have prepared this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as if we were going to remain an independent company. See Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Mergers” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for certain risks related to the Mergers.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

This management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation and research and development prepayments, accruals and related expenses. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

We regard an accounting estimate or assumption underlying our financial statements as a “critical accounting estimate” where:

 

·

the nature of the estimate or assumption is material due to the level of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain matters or the susceptibility of such matters to change; and

 

·

the impact of the estimates and assumptions on financial condition or operating performance is material.

 

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we believe the following accounting policies to be most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We recognize revenue in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 605, Revenue Recognition .  Accordingly, revenue is recognized for each unit of accounting when all of the following criteria are met:

 

·

persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

 

·

delivery has occurred or services have been rendered;

 

·

the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and

 

·

collectability is reasonably assured.

 

Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recognized as deferred revenue in our balance sheet.  Amounts expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance

66


 

Table of Contents

sheet date are classified as deferred revenue, current.  Amounts not expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as deferred revenue, net of current portion.

 

Our revenues have primarily been generated through collaborative research, development and/or commercialization agreements.  The terms of these agreements typically may include payment to us of one or more of the following:  nonrefundable, up-front license fees, research, development and commercial milestone payments, other contingent payments due based on the activities of the counterparty or the reimbursement by licensees of costs associated with patent maintenance.  Each of these types of revenue are recorded as Alliance revenues in our statement of operations.

 

For each collaborative research, development and/or commercialization agreement, which results in revenues, we determine (i) whether multiple deliverables exist, (ii) whether the delivered elements have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, (iii) how the deliverables should be separated or combined and (iv) how the consideration should be allocated to the deliverables. 

Arrangement consideration that is fixed or determinable is allocated among the separate units of accounting using the relative selling price method. Then, the applicable revenue recognition criteria in ASC 605 are applied to each of the separate units of accounting in determining the appropriate period and pattern of recognition. We determine the selling price of a unit of accounting following the hierarchy of evidence prescribed by ASC 605-25. Accordingly, we determine the estimated selling price for units of accounting within each arrangement using vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price, if available, third-party evidence, or TPE, of selling price if VSOE is not available, or best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. We typically use BESP to estimate the selling price, since we generally do not have VSOE or TPE of selling price for our units of accounting. Determining the BESP for a unit of accounting requires significant judgment. In developing the BESP for a unit of accounting, we consider applicable market conditions and relevant entity-specific factors, including factors that were contemplated in negotiating the agreement with the customer and estimated costs. We validate the BESP for units of accounting by evaluating whether changes in the key assumptions used to determine the BESP will have a significant effect on the allocation of arrangement consideration between multiple units of accounting.

Options are considered substantive if, at the inception of the arrangement, we are at risk as to whether the collaborator will choose to exercise the option. Factors that we consider in evaluating whether an option is substantive include the overall objective of the arrangement, the benefit the collaborator might obtain from the arrangement without exercising the option, the cost to exercise the option and the likelihood that the option will be exercised. For arrangements under which an option is considered substantive, we do not consider the item underlying the option to be a deliverable at the inception of the arrangement and the associated option fees are not included in allocable arrangement consideration, assuming the option is not priced at a significant and incremental discount. Conversely, for arrangements under which an option is not considered substantive or if an option is priced at a significant and incremental discount, we would consider the item underlying the option to be a deliverable at the inception of the arrangement and a corresponding amount would be included in allocable arrangement consideration. The license to the first product candidate is considered a deliverable at the inception of the arrangement but options to license any additional product candidates are substantive options and therefore are not considered deliverables at inception.

We recognize arrangement consideration allocated to each unit of accounting when all of the revenue recognition criteria in ASC 605 are satisfied for that particular unit of accounting. We will recognize as revenue arrangement consideration attributed to licenses that have standalone value from the other deliverables to be provided in an arrangement upon delivery. We will recognize as revenue arrangement consideration attributed to licenses that do not have standalone value from the other deliverables to be provided in an arrangement over our estimated performance period as the arrangement would be accounted for as a single unit of accounting.

 

Our multiple element revenue arrangements may include the following:

 

Up-front License Fees: If a license does not have stand-alone value, we recognize revenues from nonrefundable, up-front license fees on a straight-line basis over the contracted or estimated period of performance of the services under the related agreement, unless evidence suggests that revenue is earned or obligations are fulfilled in a different pattern. We evaluate the period of performance each reporting period and adjust the period of performance on a prospective basis if there are changes to be made. If a license were to have

67


 

Table of Contents

stand-alone value and the other criteria of revenue recognition were satisfied, then revenue would be recognized in the period earned.

 

Milestone Payments: At the inception of an agreement that includes research and development milestone payments, we evaluate whether each milestone is substantive or represents a deliverable of the counterparty to the agreement. We recognize revenues related to substantive milestones in full in the period in which the substantive milestone is achieved if payment is reasonably assured. If a milestone is a deliverable of the counterparty to the agreement, it is considered contingent revenue and is recognized when we are informed by the counterparty that they have achieved it and such amount is reasonably assured of payment.

 

Research and Development Activities: If we are entitled to reimbursement from our collaborators for specified research and development activities or the reimbursement of costs associated with patent maintenance, we determine whether such funding would result in alliance revenues or an offset to research and development expenses. Reimbursement of patent maintenance costs are recognized during the period in which the related expenses are incurred as alliance revenues in our statement of operations.

 

Royalties : If we are entitled to receive royalties from our collaborator for product sales, we will recognize royalty revenue in the period of sale of the related product(s), based on the underlying contract terms, provided that the reported sales are reliably measurable and we have no remaining performance obligations, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

Under the terms of our exclusive license and collaboration agreement with Vivelix Pharmaceuticals, Ltd., or Vivelix, we are eligible for future IMO-9200 related development, regulatory and sales milestone payments totaling up to $140 million, including development and regulatory milestones totaling up to $65 million and sales milestones totaling up to $75 million, and escalating royalties ranging from the mid single-digits to low double-digits of global net sales, which percentages are subject to reduction under agreed upon circumstances. As it relates to back-up compounds we are eligible for related designation payments and development, regulatory sales and milestone payments totaling up to $52.5 million, including development and regulatory milestones totaling up to $35 million and sales milestones totaling up to $17.5 million and escalating royalties ranging from the mid single-digits to low double-digits of global net sales, which percentages are subject to reduction under agreed upon circumstances. 

Under the terms of our collaboration and license agreement with GlaxoSmithKline Intellectual Property Development Limited, or GSK, we are eligible to receive a total of up to approximately $20 million in upfront, license, research, clinical development and commercialization milestone payments, including the $2.5 million upfront, non-refundable, non-creditable cash payment received upon execution of the agreement. Of the approximately $20 million in total payments we are eligible to receive, $1 million is payable by GSK upon the designation of a development candidate from the initial target and $17 million is payable by GSK upon the achievement of clinical milestones and commercial milestones. In addition, we are eligible to receive royalty payments based on net sales of licensed products following commercialization at varying rates of up to five percent on annual net sales.

 

We are adopting new revenue accounting guidance in the first quarter of 2018. With respect to both our license and collaboration agreements with Vivelix and GSK, we are substantially complete with our assessment and currently estimate that there will be no material impact to the amount of revenue previously recognized in our historical financial statements after adoption of the new guidance. For further discussion, see Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies —New Accounting Pronouncements—Recently Issued (Not Yet Adopted) Accounting Pronouncements”, in the Notes to Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion regarding Topic 606.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

We recognize all share-based payments to employees and directors as expense in our statements of operations and comprehensive loss based on their fair values. We record compensation expense over an award’s requisite service period, or vesting period, based on the award’s fair value at the date of grant. Our policy is to charge the fair value of stock options as an expense, adjusted for forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, which is generally four years for employees and one year for directors.

 

68


 

Table of Contents

We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock option grants. The Black-Scholes option pricing model relies on a number of key assumptions to calculate estimated fair values, including assumptions as to average risk-free interest rate, expected dividend yield, expected life and expected volatility. For the assumed risk-free interest rate, we use the U.S. Treasury security rate with a term equal to the expected life of the option. Our assumed dividend yield of zero is based on the fact that we have never paid cash dividends to common stockholders and have no present intention to pay cash dividends. We use an expected option life based on actual experience. Our assumption for expected volatility is based on the actual stock-price volatility over a period equal to the expected life of the option.

 

If factors change and we employ different assumptions for estimating stock-based compensation expense in future periods, or if we decide to use a different valuation model, the stock-based compensation expense we recognize in future periods may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the current period and could materially affect our operating income (loss), net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share. It may also result in a lack of comparability with other companies that use different models, methods and assumptions. The Black-Scholes option pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. These characteristics are not present in our option grants. Although the Black-Scholes option pricing model is widely used, existing valuation models, including the Black-Scholes option pricing model, may not provide reliable measures of the fair values of our stock-based compensation.

 

Research and Development Prepayments, Accruals and Related Expenses

 

As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued and prepaid expenses for research and development activities performed by third parties, including Clinical Research Organizations, or CROs, and clinical investigators. These estimates are made as of the reporting date of the work completed over the life of the individual study in accordance with agreements established with CROs and clinical trial sites. Some CROs invoice us on a monthly basis, while others invoice upon achievement of milestones and the expense is recorded as services are rendered. We determine the estimates of research and development activities incurred at the end of each reporting period through discussion with internal personnel and outside service providers as to the progress or stage of completion of trials or services, as of the end of each reporting period, pursuant to contracts with clinical trial centers and CROs and the agreed upon fee to be paid for such services. We periodically confirm the accuracy of our estimates with the service providers and make adjustments if necessary. Clinical trial site costs related to patient enrollments are recorded as patients are entered into the trial.

69


 

Table of Contents

 

Results of Operations

 

Years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

Alliance Revenue

 

Alliance revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were comprised of the following: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

% Change

 

 

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2017 vs 2016

    

2016 vs 2015

 

Vivelix collaboration

 

$

14

 

$

15,000

 

$

 —

 

-100%

 

100%

(1)

GSK collaboration

 

 

863

 

 

1,111

 

 

126

 

-22%

 

782%

(2)

Other

 

 

25

 

 

88

 

 

123

 

-72%

 

-28%

 

Total Alliance Revenue

 

$

902

 

$

16,199

 

$

249

 

-94%

 

6406%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Vivelix collaboration revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 reflects the recognition of an upfront, non-refundable fee of $15 million received in connection with the execution of the Vivelix Agreement in November 2016. Vivelix collaboration revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 reflects reimbursement of certain research activities we have performed under the Vivelix Agreement.  See Part I, Item 1, "Business —Collaborative Alliances" of this Form 10-K for additional details regarding our collaboration with Vivelix and Note 8 to the financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information on the related accounting treatment.

 

(2)

GSK collaboration revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 primarily relate to the recognition of a $2.5 million upfront payment received in connection with the execution of the GSK Agreement in November 2015, which was initially recorded as deferred revenue.  We are recognizing this deferred revenue as revenue on a straight line basis over the anticipated performance period under the GSK Agreement. The decrease in GSK collaboration revenues during 2017 as compared to 2016 is primarily due to a change that we made during the second quarter of 2017 with respect to our anticipated performance period under our collaboration with GSK from the original estimate of 27 months to an updated estimate of 36 months, which we accounted for on a prospective basis. See Part I, Item 1, "Business —Collaborative Alliances" of this Form 10-K for additional details regarding our collaboration with GSK and Note 8 to the financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information on the related accounting treatment.

 

Research and Development Expenses

 

For each of our research and development programs, we incur both direct and indirect expenses. We track direct research and development expenses by program, which include third party costs such as contract research, consulting and clinical trial and manufacturing costs. We do not allocate indirect research and development expenses, which may include regulatory, laboratory (equipment and supplies), personnel, facility and other overhead costs (including depreciation and amortization), to specific programs.

 

70


 

In the table below, research and development expenses are set forth in the following categories which are discussed beneath the table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

% Change

 

 

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2017 vs 2016

    

2016 vs 2015

 

IMO-2125 external development expense

 

$

10,930

 

$

4,187

 

$

1,183

 

161%

 

254%

(1)

IMO-8400 external development expense

 

 

8,484

 

 

11,150

 

 

9,561

 

-24%

 

17%

(2)

IMO-9200 external development expense

 

 

 7

 

 

392

 

 

2,498

 

-98%

 

-84%

(3)

Other drug development expense

 

 

16,675

 

 

14,221

 

 

11,847

 

17%

 

20%

(4)

Basic discovery expense

 

 

8,980

 

 

9,874

 

 

8,610

 

-9%

 

15%

(5)

Severance and option modification expense

 

 

5,577

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

100%

 

0%

(6)

Total research and development expenses

 

$

50,653

 

$

39,824

 

$

33,699

 

27%

 

18%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

IMO-2125 External Development Expenses.     These expenses include external expenses that we have incurred in connection with the development of IMO-2125 as part of our immuno-oncology program. These external expenses include payments to independent contractors and vendors for drug development activities conducted after the initiation of IMO-2125 clinical development in immuno-oncology, but exclude internal costs such as payroll and overhead expenses. We commenced clinical development of IMO-2125 as part of our immuno-oncology program in July 2015 and from July 2015 through December 31, 2017 we incurred approximately $16.3 million in IMO-2125 external development expenses as part of our immuno-oncology program, including costs associated with the preparation for and conduct of the ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial to assess the safety and efficacy of IMO-2125 in combination with ipilimumab and with pembrolizumab in patients with metastatic melanoma (Illuminate 204), the preparation and conduct of our Phase 1b clinical trial of IMO-2125 monotherapy in patients with refractory solid tumors (Illuminate 101), the preparation for our Phase 3 clinical trial of IMO-2125 in combination with ipilimumab in patients with metastatic melanoma (Illuminate 301), and the manufacture of additional drug substance for use in our clinical trials and additional nonclinical studies. The $16.3 million in IMO-2125 external development expenses excludes costs incurred prior to July 2015 with respect to IMO-2125, including costs incurred for the development of IMO-2125 for the treatment of patients with chronic hepatitis C virus which we discontinued in the third quarter of 2011.

 

The increases in our IMO-2125 external development expenses in both 2017 and 2016, as compared to the corresponding prior period, were primarily due to increases in costs associated with the design and planning for additional clinical trials of IMO-2125 and increased clinical activity under our ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial, including costs incurred with contract research organizations and drug manufacturing costs. In addition, expenses incurred during the 2017 period included costs associated with our Phase 1b clinical trial of IMO-2125 monotherapy in patients with refractory solid tumors, which was initiated in March 2017, and costs associated with the design and planning of our Phase 3 clinical trial of IMO-2125 in combination with ipilimumab in patients with metastatic melanoma, which was initiated in the first quarter of 2018.

 

(2)

IMO-8400 External Development Expenses.     These expenses include external expenses that we have incurred in connection with IMO-8400 since October 2012, when we commenced clinical development of IMO-8400. These external expenses include payments to independent contractors and vendors for drug development activities conducted after the initiation of IMO-8400 clinical development but exclude internal costs such as payroll and overhead expenses. Since October 2012, we have incurred approximately $42.8 million in IMO-8400 external development expenses through December 31, 2017, including costs associated with our Phase 1 clinical trial in healthy subjects; our Phase 2 clinical trial in patients with psoriasis, our Phase 1/2 clinical trial in patients with Waldenström’s macroglobulinemia and our Phase 1/2 clinical trial in patients with diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, or DLBCL, harboring the MYD88 L265P oncogenic mutation, which we discontinued in September 2016; the preparation for and conduct of our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial in patients with dermatomyositis; the manufacture of additional drug substance for use in our clinical trials; and expenses associated with our collaboration with Abbott Molecular for the development of a companion diagnostic for identification of patients with DLBCL harboring the MYD88 L265P oncogenic mutation.

71


 

 

The decrease in our IMO-8400 external development expenses in 2017, as compared to 2016, was primarily due to lower costs incurred on clinical development of IMO-8400 for B-cell lymphomas, including our trials in Waldenström’s macroglobulinemia and DLBCL harboring the MYD88 L265P oncogenic mutation which we discontinued in 2016, partially offset by increased spending on our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial of IMO-8400 in patients with dermatomyositis.

 

The increase in our IMO-8400 external development expenses in 2016, as compared to 2015, was primarily due to increases in costs associated with our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial in patients with dermatomyositis and costs incurred in connection with the manufacture of additional drug substance for use in our clinical trials in 2016. An increase in the cost of conducting our Phase 1/2 clinical trial in patients with DLBCL harboring the MYD88 L265P oncogenic mutation also contributed to the increase in IMO-8400 external development expenses in 2016. These increases were partially offset by a decrease related to lower enrollment in our Phase 1/2 clinical trial in patients with Waldenström’s macroglobulinemia and a decrease in the cost of developing a companion diagnostic for identification of patients with B-cell lymphoma harboring the MYD88 L265P oncogenic mutation as compared to 2015.

 

(3)

IMO-9200 External Development Expenses.     These expenses include external expenses that we have incurred in connection with IMO-9200 since October 2014, when we commenced clinical development of IMO-9200. These external expenses include payments to independent contractors and vendors for drug development activities conducted after the initiation of IMO-9200 clinical development but exclude internal costs such as payroll and overhead expenses. We have incurred approximately $4.6 million in IMO-9200 external development expenses from October 2014 through December 31, 2017 including costs associated with our Phase 1 clinical trial in healthy subjects, the manufacture of additional drug substance for use in our clinical and nonclinical trials and additional nonclinical studies. In September 2016, we determined not to proceed with the development of IMO-9200 and, in November 2016, we entered into the Vivelix Agreement, granting Vivelix worldwide rights to develop and market IMO-9200 for nonmalignant gastrointestinal disorders.

 

The decreases in our IMO-9200 external development expenses in both 2017 and 2016, as compared to the corresponding prior period, primarily reflects lower spending on manufacturing and nonclinical toxicology as a result of our decision to not proceed with the development of IMO-9200 in September 2016. Accordingly, we anticipate our IMO-9200 external development expenses will be nominal going forward.

 

(4)

Other Drug Development Expenses.     These expenses include external expenses associated with preclinical development of identified compounds in anticipation of advancing these compounds into clinical development, including IDRA-008. In addition, these expenses include internal costs, such as payroll and overhead expenses, associated with preclinical development and products in clinical development. The external expenses associated with preclinical compounds include payments to contract vendors for manufacturing and the related stability studies, preclinical studies, including animal toxicology and pharmacology studies, and professional fees. Other drug development expenses also include costs associated with compounds that were previously being developed but are not currently being developed.

 

The increase in other drug development expenses in 2017, as compared to 2016, was primarily due to an increase in external costs of preclinical programs, including toxicology/pharmacology and bioanalytical studies, storage fees and awareness and education programs, in addition to higher payroll and overhead costs.

 

The increase in other drug development expenses in 2016, as compared to 2015, was primarily due the costs of additional headcount associated with our expanded drug development programs and costs associated with the manufacture of drug supplies for use in our nucleic acid chemistry research programs, partially offset by lower consulting costs during 2016. In addition, other drug development expenses in 2015 included costs associated with the manufacture of IMO-2055 drug supply and other drug development expenses of IMO-2125 incurred prior to the commencement of its clinical development in our immuno-oncology program in July 2015. Costs associated with the clinical development of IMO-2125 since July 2015 are included in IMO-2125 external development expenses.

72


 

 

(5)

Basic Discovery Expenses.     These expenses include our internal and external expenses relating to our discovery efforts with respect to our TLR-targeted programs, including agonists and antagonists of TLR3, TLR7, TLR8 and TLR9, and our nucleic acid chemistry research programs. These expenses reflect charges for laboratory supplies, external research, and professional fees, as well as payroll and overhead expenses. 

 

The decrease in basic discovery expenses in 2017, as compared to 2016, is primarily due to lower compensation related expenses, including salaries and non-cash stock-based compensation resulting from the resignation of our President of Research in May 2017 (see discussion of Severance and Option Modification Expenses below) as well as lower facility related charges, including overhead expenses.

 

The increase in basic discovery expenses in 2016, as compared to 2015, was primarily due to increases in payroll and stock-based compensation associated with additional research and development headcount, the costs of laboratory supplies and facilities expenses during 2016. The increase in basic discovery expenses in 2016 was partially offset by decreases in external research and recruiting expenses in 2016.

 

(6)

Severance and Option Modification Expenses. The expenses incurred during 2017 relate to charges for severance benefits provided pursuant to a separation agreement entered into in April 2017 in connection with the resignation of our former President of Research, effective May 31, 2017. Of the $5.6 million incurred, $1.3 million relates to severance pay in the form of salary continuation payments which will be paid over a two-year period through May 31, 2019 and a pro-rated 2017 bonus payment, and $4.3 million relates to non-cash stock-based compensation expense resulting from modifications to previously issued stock option awards. No such expenses were incurred in 2016 or 2015.

 

We do not know if we will be successful in developing any drug candidate from our research and development programs. At this time, and without knowing the results from our ongoing clinical trials of IMO-2125, our ongoing clinical trial of IMO-8400, and our ongoing development of compounds in our nucleic acid chemistry research program, we cannot reasonably estimate or know the nature, timing, and costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the remainder of the development of, or the period, if any, in which material net cash inflows may commence from, any drug candidate from our research and development programs. Moreover, the clinical development of any drug candidate from our research and development programs is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the duration and cost of clinical trials, which vary significantly over the life of a project as a result of unanticipated events arising during clinical development.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of payroll, stock-based compensation expense, consulting fees and professional legal fees associated with our patent applications and maintenance, our corporate regulatory filing requirements, our corporate legal matters, and our business development initiatives. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, general and administrative expenses totaled $16.7 million, $15.1 million and $15.4 million, respectively.

 

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $1.6 million, or 10.5%, in 2017, as compared to 2016, primarily due to increases in corporate legal fees, investor relations and information technology expenses.

 

General and administrative expenses decreased by approximately $0.3 million, or 2%, in 2016, as compared to 2015, primarily due to decreases in corporate legal fees and investor relations expenses, partially offset by increases in payroll, stock compensation, legal fees associated with our patent filing and maintenance , and accounting and auditing fees, including the cost of Sarbanes-Oxley compliance and the related internal control audit.

 

 

73


 

Interest Income

 

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, interest income totaled $0.6 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

 

Interest income increased by approximately $0.2 million, or 38.3%, in 2017, as compared to 2016, primarily due to an increase in average investment balances, including money market funds classified as cash equivalents, during 2017 resulting from our follow-on underwritten public offerings in October 2016 and October 2017. Interest income for 2016 remained consistent with that earned during 2015.

 

Interest Expense

 

For both the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, interest expense totaled less than $0.1 million.  For the year ended December 31, 2015, interest expense totaled approximately $0.1 million.

 

Interest expense decreased in both 2017 and 2016, as compared to the corresponding prior period, primarily due to a decrease in the outstanding principal amount of our note under our loan and security agreement with Oxford Finance LLC executed on September 30, 2014.

 

 

Net Loss Applicable to Common Stockholders

 

As a result of the factors discussed above, our net loss applicable to common stockholders was $66.0 million, $38.4 million and $48.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards

 

In December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the TCJA, was signed into law. Among other things, the TCJA permanently lowers the corporate federal income tax rate to 21% from the existing maximum rate of 35%, effective for tax years including or commencing January 1, 2018. Certain provisions from the Tax Reform Act of 1986 were not impacted by TCJA, such as those limiting the amount of net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, and tax credit carryforwards that companies may utilize in any one year in the event of cumulative changes in ownership over a three-year period in excess of 50%.

 

We have completed several financings since the effective date of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, which as of December 31, 2017, have resulted in ownership changes in excess of 50% that will significantly limit our ability to utilize our NOL and tax credit carryforwards. In December, 2017, we completed a study which determined that a cumulative three-year ownership change in excess of 50% had occurred in February 2015. The 2017 and 2016 federal and state NOLs, tax credit carryforwards and related deferred tax assets included in Note 12 to the financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been adjusted to reflect the ownership change limitations that resulted from this study.

 

After adjusting our federal and state NOLs to reflect the ownership change limitations that resulted from this study, as of December 31, 2017, we had cumulative federal and state NOLs of approximately $200.4 million and $177.0 million available to reduce federal and state taxable income, respectively. These NOLs expire through 2037. In addition, at December 31, 2017, we had cumulative federal and state tax credit carryforwards of $12.7 million and $1.8 million available to reduce federal and state income taxes which expire through 2037 and 2032, respectively. Additional ownership change limitations may result from ownership changes that occur after February 2015.

 

 

 

 

 

74


 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Sources of Liquidity

 

We require cash to fund our operating expenses and to make capital expenditures. Historically, we have funded our cash requirements primarily through the following:

 

·

sale of common stock, preferred stock and warrants;

 

·

exercise of warrants;

 

·

debt financing, including capital leases;

 

·

license fees, research funding and milestone payments under collaborative and license agreements; and

 

·

interest income.

 

We filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 on August 10, 2017, which was declared effective on September 8, 2017. Under this registration statement, we may sell, in one or more transactions, up to $250.0 million of common stock, preferred stock, depository shares and warrants. As of February 15, 2018, we may sell up to an additional $192.5 million of securities under this registration statement.

 

See Note 9 to the financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our recent equity financings and common stock warrant activity.

 

Cash Flows

 

The following table presents a summary of the primary sources and uses of cash for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Net cash provided by (used in):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

(55,259)

 

$

(28,203)

 

$

(42,986)

Investing activities

 

 

28,064

 

 

31,366

 

 

(33,414)

Financing activities

 

 

59,157

 

 

50,918

 

 

83,015

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

31,962

 

$

54,081

 

$

6,615

 

 

Operating Activities .  The use of cash in all periods resulted primarily from our net losses adjusted for non-cash charges and changes in components of working capital. The increase in cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to 2016, was primarily due to increased internal and external research and development expenses as we continued to progress our IMO-2125 development program and TLR Modulation Technology Platform. The decrease in cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to 2015, was primarily due to an upfront cash payment of $15 million received in 2016 in connection with the Vivelix Agreement; partially offset by an increase in internal and external research and development expenses.

 

Investing Activities .  Cash provided by (used in) investing activities primarily consisted of the following amounts relating to our investments in available-for-sale securities and purchases of property and equipment:

 

·

for the year ended December 31, 2017, the purchase of $0.2 million of property and equipment, offset by proceeds from the maturity of available-for-sale securities of $28.3 million.

·

for the year ended December 31, 2016, the purchase of $2.9 million of available-for-sale securities and $0.4 million of property and equipment, offset by proceeds from the maturity of available-for-sale securities of $32.7 million and proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities of $2.0 million.

75


 

·

for the year ended December 31, 2015, the purchase of $63.1 million of available-for-sale securities and $0.7 million of property and equipment, offset by proceeds from the maturity of available-for-sale securities of $29.4 million and proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities of $1.0 million.

 

Financing Activities .  Cash provided by financing activities primarily consisted of the following amounts raised in connection with issuances of equity instruments:

 

·

for the year ended December 31, 2017, net proceeds of $53.8 million from our follow-on underwritten public offering of our common stock in October 2017, excluding less than $0.1 million of costs that were unpaid at December 31, 2017, and $5.7 million in aggregate net proceeds from employee stock purchases under our 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or 2017 ESPP, and the exercise of common stock options and warrants.

·

for the year ended December 31, 2016, net proceeds of $49.0 million from our follow-on underwritten public offering of our common stock in October 2016, excluding the $0.2 million of costs that were unpaid at December 31, 2016, and $2.2 million in aggregate net proceeds from employee stock purchases under our 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or 1995 ESPP, and the exercise of common stock warrants.

·

for the year ended December 31, 2015, net proceeds of $80.6 million from our follow-on underwritten public offering of our common stock in February 2015 and $2.5 million in aggregate net proceeds from employee stock purchases under our 1995 ESPP and the exercise of common stock options and warrants.

 

Financial Condition and Funding Requirements

 

We have incurred operating losses in all fiscal years since our inception except 2002, 2008 and 2009, and we had an accumulated deficit of $604.5 million at December 31, 2017. We expect to incur substantial operating losses in future periods. These losses, among other things, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity, total assets and working capital. We have received no revenues to date from the sale of commercial products. As of February 15, 2018, substantially all of our revenues have been from collaboration and license agreements. We have devoted substantially all of our efforts to research and development, including clinical trials, and we have not completed development of any commercial products. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing commercial products, we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses, whether or when any of our products will become commercially available or when we will become profitable, if at all.

 

We do not expect to generate significant additional funds internally until we successfully complete development and obtain marketing approval for products, either alone or in collaboration with third parties, which we expect will take a number of years. In addition, we have no committed external sources of funds.

 

We had cash, cash equivalents and investments of approximately $112.6 million at December 31, 2017. We believe that, based on our current operating plan, our existing cash, cash equivalents and investments will enable us to fund our operations into the second quarter of 2019. Specifically, we believe that our available funds will be sufficient to enable us to:

·

complete the dose-finding portion of our ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial of IMO-2125 in combination with pembrolizumab in anti-PD1 refractory metastatic melanoma and complete enrollment in the Phase 2 portion of this trial in combination with ipilimumab;

·

initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial of IMO-2125 in combination with ipilimumab for the treatment of anti-PD1 refractory metastatic melanoma;

·

continue to enroll patients in our Phase 1b intra-tumoral monotherapy clinical trial of IMO-2125 in multiple refractory tumor types; and

·

complete our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial of IMO-8400 in patients with dermatomyositis.

 

We expect that we will need to raise additional funds in order to complete these trials, conduct any other clinical development of our TLR drug candidates or to conduct any other development of our nucleic acid chemistry

76


 

technology, and to fund our operations. We are seeking and expect to continue to seek additional funding through collaborations, the sale or license of assets or financings of equity or debt securities. We believe that the key factors that will affect our ability to obtain funding are:

·

the results of our clinical and preclinical development activities in our rare disease program, our immuno-oncology program and our nucleic acid chemistry research program, and our ability to advance our drug candidates and nucleic acid chemistry technology on the timelines anticipated;

·

the cost, timing, and outcome of regulatory reviews;

·

competitive and potentially competitive products and technologies and investors' receptivity to our drug candidates and the technology underlying them in light of competitive products and technologies;

·

the receptivity of the capital markets to financings by biotechnology companies generally and companies with drug candidates and technologies such as ours specifically; and

·

our ability to enter into additional collaborations with biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies and the success of such collaborations.

In addition, increases in expenses or delays in clinical development may adversely impact our cash position and require additional funds or cost reductions.

 

Financing may not be available to us when we need it or may not be available to us on favorable or acceptable terms or at all. We could be required to seek funds through collaborative alliances or through other means that may require us to relinquish rights to some of our technologies, drug candidates or drugs that we would otherwise pursue on our own. In addition, if we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our then existing stockholders will experience dilution. The terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of existing stockholders. An equity financing that involves existing stockholders may cause a concentration of ownership. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends, and are likely to include rights that are senior to the holders of our common stock. Any additional debt or equity financing may contain terms which are not favorable to us or to our stockholders, such as liquidation and other preferences, or liens or other restrictions on our assets. As discussed in Note 12 to the financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, additional equity financings may also result in cumulative changes in ownership over a three-year period in excess of 50% which would limit the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards that we may utilize in any one year.

 

If we are unable to obtain adequate funding on a timely basis or at all, we will be required to terminate, modify or delay preclinical or clinical trials of one or more of our drug candidates, significantly curtail or terminate discovery or development programs for new drug candidates or relinquish rights to portions of our technology, drug candidates and/or products.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

As of December 31, 2017, our contractual commitments and the effects such commitments are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

(in thousands)

 

Total

 

2018

 

2019

 

2020

 

2021

 

2022

 

2023 and thereafter

 

Operating leases

 

$

9,458

 

$

2,024

 

$

2,084

 

$

2,018

 

$

1,984

 

$

1,348

 

$

 —

 

Loan and security agreement

 

 

209

 

 

209

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Total

 

$

9,667

 

$

2,233

 

$

2,084

 

$

2,018

 

$

1,984

 

$

1,348

 

$

 —

 

 

Our only material lease commitments relate to our facilities in Cambridge, Massachusetts, which expires on August 31, 2022 subject to a five-year renewal option exercisable by us, and Exton, Pennsylvania, which expires on May 31, 2020 subject to a three-year renewal option exercisable by us.

 

See Note 7 to the financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our note payable.

77


 

 

In the normal course of business, we enter into contracts with clinical research organizations, drug manufacturers and other vendors  for preclinical and clinical research studies, research and development supplies and other services and products for operating purposes. These contracts generally provide for termination on notice, and therefore are cancellable contracts and not included in the table of contractual obligations and commitments.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

As of December 31, 2017, we had no off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

New Accounting Pronouncements

 

New accounting pronouncements are discussed in Note 2 in the Notes to the Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form10-K.

78


 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.  

 

As of December 31, 2017, all material assets and liabilities are in U.S. dollars, which is our functional currency.

 

We maintain investments in accordance with our investment policy. The primary objectives of our investment activities are to preserve principal, maintain proper liquidity to meet operating needs and maximize yields. Although our investments are subject to credit risk, our investment policy specifies credit quality standards for our investments and limits the amount of credit exposure from any single issue, issuer or type of investment. We regularly review our investment holdings in light of the then current economic environment. At December 31, 2017, all of our invested funds were invested in a money market fund classified in cash and cash equivalents on the accompanying balance sheet.

 

Based on a hypothetical ten percent adverse movement in interest rates, the potential losses in future earnings, fair value of risk sensitive financial instruments, and cash flows are immaterial, although the actual effects may differ materially from the hypothetical analysis.

79


 

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.  

 

All financial statements required to be filed hereunder are filed as listed under Item 15(a) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are incorporated herein by this reference.

 

Quarterly Operating Results (Unaudited)

 

The following table presents the unaudited statement of operations and comprehensive loss data for each of the eight quarters in the period ended December 31, 2017. The information for each of these quarters is unaudited, but has been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In our opinion, all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, have been made to present fairly the unaudited quarterly results when read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this document. These operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be expected for any future period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

 

 

Dec. 31,

 

Sep. 30,

 

Jun. 30,

 

Mar. 31,

 

Dec. 31,

 

Sep. 30,

 

Jun. 30,

 

Mar. 31,

 

 

    

2017

    

2017

    

2017

    

2017

    

2016

    

2016

    

2016

    

2016

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Statement of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income Data:

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Alliance revenue

 

$

173

 

$

164

 

$

187

 

$

378

 

$

15,281

 

$

323

 

$

301

 

$

294

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

10,365

 

 

10,912

 

 

17,891

 

 

11,485

 

 

11,007

 

 

9,393

 

 

10,128

 

 

9,296

 

General and administrative

 

 

4,828

 

 

3,919

 

 

3,888

 

 

4,081

 

 

3,531

 

 

3,907

 

 

3,778

 

 

3,916

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

15,193

 

 

14,831

 

 

21,779

 

 

15,566

 

 

14,538

 

 

13,300

 

 

13,906

 

 

13,212

 

(Loss) income from operations

 

 

(15,020)

 

 

(14,667)

 

 

(21,592)

 

 

(15,188)

 

 

743

 

 

(12,977)

 

 

(13,605)

 

 

(12,918)

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

118

 

 

159

 

 

144

 

 

153

 

 

95

 

 

90

 

 

110

 

 

120

 

Interest expense

 

 

(10)

 

 

(11)

 

 

(13)

 

 

(16)

 

 

(17)

 

 

(19)

 

 

(21)

 

 

(23)

 

Foreign currency exchange gain (loss)

 

 

(14)

 

 

(11)

 

 

(10)

 

 

(6)

 

 

 1

 

 

 3

 

 

31

 

 

(2)

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(14,926)

 

$

(14,530)

 

$

(21,471)

 

$

(15,057)

 

$

822

 

$

(12,903)

 

$

(13,485)

 

$

(12,823)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share applicable to common stockholders (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

— Basic

 

$

(0.08)

 

$

(0.10)

 

$

(0.14)

 

$

(0.10)

 

$

0.01

 

$

(0.10)

 

$

(0.11)

 

$

(0.11)

 

— Diluted

 

 

(0.08)

 

 

(0.10)

 

 

(0.14)

 

 

(0.10)

 

 

0.01

 

 

(0.10)

 

 

(0.11)

 

 

(0.11)

 

Weighted-average number of common shares used in computing net (loss) income per share applicable to common stockholders (1) (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

— Basic

 

 

181,176

 

 

149,638

 

 

149,412

 

 

149,100

 

 

146,255

 

 

121,389

 

 

121,323

 

 

121,284

 

— Diluted

 

 

181,176

 

 

149,638

 

 

149,412

 

 

149,100

 

 

151,930

 

 

121,389

 

 

121,323

 

 

121,284

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(14,926)

 

$

(14,530)

 

$

(21,471)

 

$

(15,057)

 

$

822

 

$

(12,903)

 

$

(13,485)

 

$

(12,823)

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 2

 

 

(1)

 

 

 —

 

 

16

 

 

(16)

 

 

(13)

 

 

12

 

 

134

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 2

 

 

(1)

 

 

 —

 

 

16

 

 

(16)

 

 

(13)

 

 

12

 

 

134

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

 

$

(14,924)

 

$

(14,531)

 

$

(21,471)

 

$

(15,041)

 

$

806

 

$

(12,916)

 

$

(13,473)

 

$

(12,689)

 


(1)

Computed on the basis described in Note 15 to the financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

(2)

In the quarter ending December 31, 2016, shares used in computing diluted net income per share includes 1,315,000 common stock equivalents related to exercisable stock options and 4,360,000 common stock equivalents related to exercisable warrants.

 

80


 

Table of Contents

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

 

None. 

 

Item 9A.     Controls and Procedures.

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2017. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and our management necessarily applied its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that as of December 31, 2017, our disclosure controls and procedures were (1) designed to ensure that material information relating to us is made known to our principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others, particularly during the period in which this report was prepared, and (2) effective, in that they provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

 

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

a)

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

·

Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

 

·

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

 

·

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013).

 

81


 

Table of Contents

Based on its assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2017, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

 

Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. This report appears immediately below.

 

 

b) Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

We have audited Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria).  In our opinion, Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on the COSO criteria.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the balance sheets of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 of the Company and our report dated March 7, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

 

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made

82


 

Table of Contents

only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

 

 

 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

 

 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

 

March 7, 2018

 

 

 

c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

 

No change in our internal control over financial reporting occurred during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

Item 9B. Other Information.

 

None.

83


 

Table of Contents

 

PART III.    

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance.

 

Information about our Directors

 

Set forth below is information about each member of our board of directors, including (a) the year in which each director first became a director, (b) their age as of February 15, 2018, (c) their positions and offices with our Company, (d) their principal occupations and business experience during at least the past five years and (e) the names of other public companies for which they currently serve, or have served within the past five years, as a director. We have also included information about each director's specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that led our board of directors to conclude that such individual should serve as one of our directors. We also believe that all of our directors have a reputation for integrity, honesty and adherence to high ethical standards. They each have demonstrated business acumen and an ability to exercise sound judgment, as well as a commitment of service to Idera and our board of directors.

 

Class I Directors—Terms to Expire in 2020 

 

Vincent J. Milano

Director since 2014

 

Vincent Milano, age 54, has been our President and Chief Executive Officer, and a member of our board of directors, since December 2014. Prior to joining us, Mr. Milano served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of ViroPharma Inc., a pharmaceutical company that was acquired by Shire Plc in January 2014, from March 2008 to January 2014, as its Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer from January 2006 to March 2008 and as its Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer from April 1996 to December 2005. Mr. Milano also served on the board of directors of ViroPharma from March 2008 to January 2014. Prior to joining ViroPharma, Mr. Milano served in increasingly senior roles, most recently senior manager, at KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, from July 1985 to March 1996. Mr. Milano currently serves on the board of directors of Spark Therapeutics, Inc. and Vanda Pharmaceuticals Inc., each a publicly traded company, and VenatoRx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mr. Milano holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from Rider College. We believe Mr. Milano's qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his knowledge of our company as our President and Chief Executive Officer, knowledge of our industry, including over 20 years of experience serving in a variety of roles of increasing responsibility in the finance department, corporate administration and operations of a multinational biopharmaceutical company, and understanding of pharmaceutical research and development, sales and marketing, strategy, and operations in both the United States and overseas. He also has corporate governance experience through service on other public company boards.

 

Kelvin M. Neu, M.D.

Director since 2014

 

Dr. Neu, age 44, is a Managing Director of Baker Bros. Advisors LP and has been with the firm since 2004. The firm primarily manages long-term investment funds focused on publicly traded life sciences companies. Dr. Neu previously served on the board of directors of XOMA Corporation, a publicly traded company. Dr. Neu also served as a director of AnorMED Inc. and diaDexus, Inc. Dr. Neu holds an A.B. in Molecular Biology from Princeton University and an M.D. from Harvard Medical School and the Harvard-MIT Division of Health Sciences and Technology. He also trained for three years in the Immunology Ph.D. program at Stanford University. We believe that Dr. Neu's qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his scientific background, affiliation with one of our significant stockholders and knowledge of our industry.

 

84


 

Table of Contents

William S. Reardon, C.P.A.

Director since 2002

 

Mr. Reardon, age 71, has been a director since 2002 and served as lead independent director of our board of directors from September 2010 to July 2013. He served as an audit partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, where he led the Life Science Industry Practice for New England and the Eastern United States from 1986 until his retirement from the firm in July 2002. Mr. Reardon currently serves as a trustee of closed-end mutual funds Tekla Healthcare Investors, Tekla Life Sciences Investors and of Tekla Healthcare Opportunities Fund and Tekla World Healthcare Fund. Mr. Reardon also previously served as a director of Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp., a publicly traded company. We believe that Mr. Reardon's qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his accounting and financial experience, including as a partner at a leading accounting firm leading its life science practice, his role in keeping the board of directors and senior management team abreast of current accounting regulations and his experience as a member of several boards of directors of biotechnology companies. Additionally, we value Mr. Reardon's role in leading the board on matters of corporate governance, before, during and after his service as lead independent director.

 

Class II Directors—Terms to Expire in 2018 

 

Julian C. Baker

Director since 2014

 

Mr. Baker, age 51, is a Managing Partner of Baker Brothers Investments, which he founded in 2000 with his brother, Dr. Felix J. Baker. The firm primarily manages long-term investment funds focused on publicly traded life sciences companies. Mr. Baker's career as a fund manager began in 1994 when he co-founded a biotechnology investing partnership with his brother and the Tisch Family. Previously, Mr. Baker was employed from 1988 to 1993 by the private equity investment arm of Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation. He also serves on the boards of directors of Acadia Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Incyte Corporation and Genomic Health, Inc. and previously served on the board of directors of Trimeris, Inc. Mr. Baker holds an A.B. from Harvard University. We believe that Mr. Baker's qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his financial expertise, affiliation with one of our significant stockholders, knowledge of our industry and significant public company board experience.

 

James A. Geraghty

Director since 2013

 

Mr. Geraghty, age 63, has served as chairman of our board of directors since July 2013. He was an Entrepreneur in Residence at Third Rock Ventures from May 2013 to October 2016. Mr. Geraghty served as a Senior Vice President of Sanofi, a global healthcare company, from April 2011 to December 2012. Prior to that, he served in various senior management roles at Genzyme Corporation, a biotechnology company, from 1992 to April 2011, including as Senior Vice President, International Development from January 2007 to April 2011. Mr. Geraghty currently serves as chairman of the board of Juniper Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a publicly traded company, and as a member of the board of Voyager Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly traded company. He also serves as a director of Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc. He previously served as a director of bluebird bio Inc. and GTC Biotherapeutics, Inc. We believe that Mr. Geraghty's qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his public company board and management experience and his broad and deep knowledge of the industry in which we operate.

  

Maxine Gowen, Ph.D.

Director since 2016

 

Dr. Gowen, age 59, has served as the founding President and CEO and a member of the board of directors of Trevena, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, since November 2007. Prior to joining Trevena, Dr. Gowen was Senior Vice President for the Center of Excellence for External Drug Discovery at GlaxoSmithKline plc, or GSK, where she held a variety of leadership positions during her tenure of 15 years. Before GSK, Dr. Gowen was Senior Lecturer and Head, Bone Cell Biology Group, Department of Bone and Joint Medicine, of the University of Bath, U.K. Dr. Gowen has served as a director of Akebia Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly traded company, since July 2014. From 2008 until 2012, Dr. Gowen served as a director of Human Genome Sciences, Inc., a publicly traded company. She received her Ph.D. from the University of Sheffield, U.K., an M.B.A. with academic honors from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, and a B.Sc. with Honors in Biochemistry from the University of Bristol, U.K. We

85


 

Table of Contents

believe that Dr. Gowen's qualifications to sit on our board of directors include her significant public company management and board experience and knowledge of our industry.

 

Class III Directors—Terms to Expire in 2019 

 

Mark Goldberg, M.D.

Director since 2014

 

Dr. Goldberg, age 63, served as consultant and medical and regulatory strategist for Synageva BioPharma Corp., a biopharmaceutical company, from October 2014 until June 2015. Prior to that, he served as the Executive Vice President for Medical and Regulatory Strategy of Synageva from January 2014 to October 2014 and as the Senior Vice President of Medical and Regulatory Affairs of Synageva from September 2011 to January 2014. Dr. Goldberg served in a variety of senior management positions at Genzyme Corporation from 1996 to July 2011, including most recently as Senior Vice President for Clinical Development and Therapeutic Group Head for Oncology and Personalized Genetic Health from 2009 to July 2011. Prior to working at Genzyme Corporation, he was a full time staff physician at Brigham and Women's Hospital and Dana Farber Cancer Institute, where he still holds appointments. He has also been an Associate Professor of Medicine at Harvard Medical School since 1996. Dr. Goldberg is a board-certified medical oncologist and hematologist and has more than 50 published papers. Dr. Goldberg currently serves on the board of directors of ImmunoGen, Inc. GlycoMimetics, Inc., Blueprint Medicines Corporation and Audentes Therapeutics, Inc., all publicly traded companies. He also served on the board of directors of aTyr Pharma, Inc. from 2015 to 2017. Dr. Goldberg holds an A.B. from Harvard College and an M.D. from Harvard Medical School. We believe that Dr. Goldberg's qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his extensive scientific and medical background, public company board experience and extensive experience in the management and operations of pharmaceutical companies.

 

Audit Committee

  

Our board of directors has established a standing committee. Our audit committee operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. A current copy of the charter for the audit committee is posted on our website, www.iderapharma.com, and can be accessed by clicking "Investors" and "Corporate Governance."

 

Our audit committee's responsibilities include:

·

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm; 

·

overseeing the work of our independent registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of certain reports from such accounting firm; 

·

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures; 

·

monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics; 

·

discussing our risk management policies; 

·

establishing procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns; 

·

reviewing and approving related party transactions; 

·

meeting independently with our independent registered public accounting firm and management; and 

·

preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules.

       

 The current members of our audit committee are Mr. Reardon (Chairman), Mr. Geraghty and Dr. Goldberg. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Reardon is an "audit committee financial expert" within the meaning of SEC rules and regulations. Each member of the audit committee is independent as defined under applicable rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market, including the independence requirements contemplated by Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. During 2017, our audit committee held seven meetings in person or by teleconference.

 

 

86


 

Table of Contents

Our Executive Officers

 

Our executive officers and their respective ages and positions as of February 15, 2018 are described below. Our executive officers serve until they resign or the board terminates their position.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Vincent J. Milano*

 

 

54

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

Louis J. Arcudi, III, M.B.A. 

 

 

57

 

Senior Vice President of Operations, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

R. Clayton Fletcher

 

 

55

 

Senior Vice President, Business Development and Strategy

Joanna Horobin, M.B., Ch.B

 

 

63

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Medical Officer

Jonathan Yingling, Ph.D. 

 

 

49

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Scientific Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 


*   Mr. Milano is a member of our board of directors. See "Information about our Directors" above for more information about Mr. Milano. 

 

   Louis J. Arcudi, III, M.B.A. , has been our Senior Vice President of Operations since April 2011 and our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since he joined us in December 2007. Mr. Arcudi served as our Secretary from December 2007 until June 2015 and has been our Assistant Secretary since June 2015. Prior to joining us, Mr. Arcudi served as Vice President of Finance and Administration and Treasurer for Peptimmune, Inc., a biotechnology company, from 2003 to 2007. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. Arcudi was Senior Director of Finance and Administration at Genzyme Molecular Oncology Corporation, a division of Genzyme Corporation. He was Director of Finance Business Planning and Operations International at Genzyme from 1998 to 2000. Prior to joining Genzyme, he held finance positions with increasing levels of responsibility at Cognex Corporation, a supplier of machine vision systems, Millipore Corporation, a provider of technologies, tools and services for bioscience, research and biopharmaceutical manufacturing, and General Motors Corporation, an automobile manufacturer. Mr. Arcudi holds an M.B.A. from Bryant College and a B.S. in accounting and information systems from the University of Southern New Hampshire.

 

R. Clayton Fletcher , has been our Senior Vice President, Business Development and Strategic Planning since January 2015. Prior to joining us, Mr. Fletcher served in increasingly senior positions at ViroPharma Inc., which was acquired by Shire Plc in January 2014, from April 2001 until January 2014, including as Vice President, Business Development and Project Management from 2005 until January 2014. Mr. Fletcher served as Senior Project Manager at SmithKline Beecham plc, a pharmaceutical company, which was purchased by Glaxo Wellcome plc in December 2000, from 1997 until 2001. Prior to working at SmithKline Beecham, he served as Project Scientist, at Becton, Dickinson and Company, a medical devices company and as Principal Scientist at Intracel Corporation, a biopharmaceutical company. Prior to working at Intracel, he served as Senior Associate Scientist at Centocor Biotech, Inc., a biotechnology company from 1991 until 1993. Mr. Fletcher holds a B.S. and a M.S. in biology from Wake Forest University.

 

Joanna Horobin, M.B., Ch.B , has been our Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer since November 2015. Prior to joining us, Dr. Horobin served as the Chief Medical Officer of Verastem, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from October 2012 to June 2015. Prior to joining Verastem, she served as President of Syndax Pharmaceuticals, a biopharmaceutical company, from September 2006 to October 2012 and as Chief Executive Officer from September 2006 until April 2012. Prior to that, Dr. Horobin held several roles of increasing responsibility at global pharmaceutical corporations such as Rhône-Poulenc Rorer (now Sanofi) and Chugai-Rhône-Poulenc. Dr. Horobin received her medical degree from the University of Manchester, England.

        

 

Jonathan Yingling, Ph.D.  joined our company as Senior Vice President, Early Development in February 2017 and since January 2018 has been serving as our Chief Scientific Officer. Prior to joining us, Dr. Yingling was Chief Scientific Officer at Bind Therapeutics Inc., a biotechnology company that filed for bankruptcy in May 2016, from December 2015 to August 2016. Prior to joining Bind Therapeutics, Dr. Yingling served as vice president, Oncology Discovery and Translational Research at Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, or BMS, a pharmaceutical company, from June 2013 to October 2015. During his tenure at BMS, he was responsible for the oncology research portfolio as

87


 

Table of Contents

well as translational capabilities in immuno-oncology. Dr. Yingling earned his Ph.D. in Cell and Molecular Biology and Pharmacology at Duke University and was a Howard Hughes Postdoctoral Fellow at Vanderbilt University.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. We have posted a current copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics in the “Investors — Corporate Governance” section of our website, which is located at www.iderapharma.com. We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirements under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our code of business conduct and ethics by posting such information on our website at www.iderapharma.com.

 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

 

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors, officers and the holders of more than 10% of our common stock, which we refer to collectively as reporting persons, to file with the SEC initial reports of ownership of our common stock and other equity securities on a Form 3 and reports of changes in such ownership on a Form 4 or Form 5. Reporting persons are required by SEC regulations to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. To our knowledge, based solely on a review of our records and written representations by the persons required to file these reports, during 2017, the reporting persons complied with all Section 16(a) filing requirements.

 

88


 

Table of Contents

Item 11. Executive Compensation.  

 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

 

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis, or CD&A, should be read in conjunction with the compensation tables and narratives that immediately follow this section.

 

Introduction

 

This CD&A provides an overview and analysis of the philosophy, objectives, process, components and additional aspects of our 2017 executive compensation program. This analysis focuses on the compensation paid to our named executive officers, or NEOs:

·

Vincent J. Milano, President and Chief Executive Officer,

·

Louis J. Arcudi, III, Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Operations,

·

R. Clayton Fletcher, Senior Vice President of Business Development and Strategy,

·

Joanna Horobin, Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer

·

Jonathan Yingling, Senior Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer

·

Sudhir Agrawal, Former President of Research

 

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

 

Our general executive compensation philosophy has been established by our compensation committee, which acts pursuant to authority delegated to it by our board. Our compensation committee is comprised solely of independent directors as defined by applicable rules and regulations of Nasdaq and the SEC. The compensation committee seeks to achieve the following broad goals in connection with our executive compensation program:

·

attract, retain and motivate the best possible executive talent;

·

ensure executive compensation is aligned with our corporate strategies and business objectives, including our short-term operating goals and longer-term strategic objectives;

·

promote the achievement of key strategic and financial performance measures by linking short- and long-term cash and equity incentives to the achievement of measurable corporate and individual performance goals; and

 

·

align executives’ incentives with the creation of stockholder value.

 

To achieve these objectives, the compensation committee:

·

sets short- and long-term compensation at levels the compensation committee believes are competitive with those of other companies in our industry and our region that compete with us for executive talent;

·

ties a substantial portion of each executive officer’s overall cash compensation to key strategic, financial, research, and operational goals such as clinical trial and regulatory progress, intellectual property portfolio development, establishment and maintenance of key strategic relationships, and exploration of business development opportunities, as well as our financial and operational performance; and

·

provides a portion of our executive compensation in the form of stock options that vest over time from the date of grant of the option awards and from the time of achievement of performance milestones when applicable, which we believe helps to retain our executives and align their interests with those of our stockholders by allowing them to participate in the longer term success of our company as reflected in stock price appreciation.

89


 

Table of Contents

 

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation

 

We conducted an advisory vote on executive compensation, commonly referred to as a "say-on-pay" proposal, at our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. While this vote was not binding on us, we value the opinions of our stockholders and, to the extent there is any significant vote against the compensation of our named executive officers in the future, we will consider our stockholders' concerns and our board and compensation committee will evaluate whether any actions are necessary to address those concerns.

 

At our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, approximately 99% of the votes cast on the advisory vote on executive compensation approved the compensation paid to our named executive officers as disclosed in the proxy statement for that meeting. The board of directors and compensation committee considered the results of this advisory vote, together with the other factors and data, in determining executive compensation decisions and will continue to consider the outcome of our say on pay votes when making future compensation decisions for our named executive officers.

 

Also at our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, we conducted an advisory, non-binding vote on the frequency of voting on executive compensation in which approximately 97% of the votes cast approved the frequency of every one year” for future executive compensation advisory votes.  We plan to propose an advisory vote on the frequency of the executive compensation advisory vote at least once every six calendar years.

 

Executive Compensation Process

 

Role of Our Compensation Committee and Our Chief Executive Officer

 

In order to accomplish its objectives consistent with its philosophy for executive compensation and determine compensation for our named executive officers, our compensation committee reviews competitive information on executive compensation practices from peer companies as well as an assessment of overall corporate performance and individual performance. In connection therewith, our compensation committee typically takes the following actions annually:

·

reviews chief executive officer performance;

·

seeks input from our chief executive officer on the performance of all other executive officers;

·

reviews all components of executive officer compensation, including base salary, cash bonus targets and awards, equity compensation, the dollar value to the executive and cost to us of all health and life insurance and other employee benefits, and the estimated payout obligations under severance and change in control scenarios;

·

consults with its independent compensation consultant;

·

holds executive sessions (without our management present);

·

reviews information regarding the performance and executive compensation of other companies; and

 

·

reviews the outcomes from the foregoing with the board of directors.

 

Our chief executive officer does not submit an assessment of his own performance, does not present a recommendation on his own compensation, and does not participate in the portion of the meeting where his compensation is determined. Our compensation committee determines and approves the compensation for our chief executive officer and other executive office rs.

 

 

 

 

90


 

Table of Contents

Under our annual performance review program for our executive officers, annual performance goals are determined for our company as a whole and for each executive officer individually.

·

Annual corporate goals are proposed by management and approved by the board of directors. These corporate goals target the achievement of specific research, clinical, operational, and financial milestones. The compensation committee determines how the components of our annual corporate goals will contribute to the overall performance evaluation.

·

Annual individual goals focus on contributions that facilitate the achievement of our corporate goals. Individual goals are proposed at the start of each year by each executive and approved by the chief executive officer and, as appropriate, the compensation committee. Typically, the compensation committee sets the chief executive officer’s goals and reviews and discusses with the chief executive officer the goals for all other executive officers. The individual performance goals of each named executive officer consist primarily of the key objectives and goals from our annual business plan that relate to the functional area for which the executive officer is responsible. The individual performance goals for the chief executive officer are largely coextensive with the corporate goals.

 

At the end of each year, the compensation committee evaluates corporate and individual performance.

·

In assessing corporate performance, the compensation committee evaluates corporate performance alongside the approved corporate goals for the year and also evaluates other aspects of corporate performance, including achievements and progress made by us outside of the corporate goals.

·

In assessing individual performance, the compensation committee evaluates corporate performance in the areas of each officer’s responsibility and relies on the chief executive officer’s evaluation of each other officer. The chief executive officer prepares evaluations of the other executives and in doing so compares individual performance to the individual performance goals. The chief executive officer recommends annual executive salary increases, annual stock option awards and bonuses, if any, for the other executives, which are then reviewed and approved by the compensation committee. In the case of the chief executive officer, the compensation committee conducts his individual performance evaluation.

 

During this process, the compensation committee consults with its independent compensation consultant. To that end, in connection with the compensation committee’s annual performance and compensation review in the fourth quarter of 2016, Pearl Meyer & Partners, LLC, or Pearl Meyer, provided the compensation committee with a blend of the data from the 2016 peer group (identified below) and compensation survey data from the Radford 2016 Global Life Sciences Survey, a survey of U.S. biotech companies. We refer to this blended data as the “2016 market compensation data.”

 

For all executives, annual base salary increases, if any, are awarded during the first quarter following the end of the fiscal year. Annual stock option awards and bonuses, if any, are granted as determined by the compensation committee and are typically granted in the first quarter of the fiscal year.

 

The compensation committee generally does not plan to approve annual equity grants to employees, including named executive officers, at a time when our company is in possession of material non-public information. We do not award stock options to named executive officers concurrently with the release of material non-public information.

 

91


 

Table of Contents

Role of the Compensation Committee's Independent Consultant

 

In the fourth quarter of 2016, our compensation committee engaged Pearl Meyer in connection with our 2017 annual compensation assessment to review our executive compensation practices and to provide the compensation committee with an assessment of our compensation program against competitive market data.  See " Use of Market Compensation Data " below for a discussion of the competitive market compensation data compiled by Pearl Meyer. Based on this assessment, Pearl Meyer made recommendations to our compensation committee regarding the amount and form of executive compensation, equity incentive programs, and compensation generally. Pearl Meyer did not provide any services to our company during 2016 or 2017 other than pursuant to their respective engagement by the compensation committee.

 

Our compensation committee analyzed whether the work of Pearl Meyer as a compensation consultant has raised any conflict of interest, taking into consideration the following factors: (a) the provision of other services to us by Pearl Meyer; (b) the amount of fees received from us by Pearl Meyer, as a percentage of the total revenue of Pearl Meyer; (c) Pearl Meyer’s policies and procedures that are designed to prevent conflicts of interest; (d) any business or personal relationship of Pearl Meyer or the individual advisors employed by Pearl Meyer with a member of the compensation committee or any executive officer; and (e) any shares of our stock owned by Pearl Meyer or the individual advisors employed by Pearl Meyer. Our compensation committee determined, based on its analysis of the above factors, that the work of Pearl Meyer and the individual compensation advisors employed by Pearl Meyer as compensation consultants has not created any conflict of interest and the compensation committee is satisfied with the independence of Pearl Meyer. Going forward, the compensation committee intends to assess the independence of any of our compensation advisers by reference to the foregoing factors, consistent with applicable rules and regulations of Nasdaq and the SEC.

 

Use of Market Compensation Data

 

In making compensation decisions, our compensation committee reviewed competitive market compensation data compiled by Pearl Meyer. As part of its engagement, Pearl Meyer worked with the compensation committee in the fourth quarter of 2016 to select a peer group of publicly traded companies to be used in connection with our 2017 compensation decisions, including stock options granted during 2017, fiscal year 2017 salary adjustments and fiscal year 2017 target bonus percentages. In selecting this peer group, the compensation committee and Pearl Meyer generally targeted mid- to late-development stage companies in the Pharmaceuticals, Biotechnology and Life Sciences sectors that generally met the following screening criteria:

·

Company Size: revenue less than or equal to $150M ; o perating expense less than or equal to four times our operating expense (i.e., less than or equal to $230M) ; employees between 20-200;

·

Business Operations: conducting Phase 2 or Phase 3 clinical trials in at least one of oncology, rare diseases, or leveraging a ‘technology platform’ model; and

·

Other: exclude subsidiaries; companies with business challenges; companies having market valuations below $50M; and companies that have recently conducted an initial public offering.

 

The following table lists the companies included in the 2016 peer group used in connection with our 2017 compensation decisions referred to above:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Argos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

Inovio Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Aduro BioTech, Inc.

 

Dynavax Technologies Corp.

 

OncoMed Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Advaxis, Inc.

 

Endocyte, Inc.

 

Regulus Therapeutics, Inc.

Arrowhead Research Corp.

 

GlycoMimetics, Inc.

 

WAVE Life Sciences, Inc.

Celldex Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Immune Design Corp.

 

Xencor, Inc.

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

Immunomedics, Inc.

 

 

 

The foregoing peer group companies were recommended by Pearl Meyer and approved by our compensation committee because they have similar business profiles to ours taking into account number of employees, market value and stage of development. Additionally, while there were no changes to the screening criteria used for

92


 

Table of Contents

determining the 2016 peer group, as compared to the determination of the 2015 peer group, certain companies were excluded from or added to the 2016 peer group, primarily due to application of our screening criteria (e.g. quantitative metrics and market capitalization).

 

Our compensation committee intends that if we achieve our corporate goals and the executive performs at the level expected, the executive should have the opportunity to receive compensation that is competitive with industry norms. Accordingly, our compensation committee generally targets overall compensation for executives towards the 50th percentile of the market data. However, the compensation committee does not apply those targets formulaically and allows for individuals to be positioned at different percentiles based on experience, performance levels and potential performance levels of the executive, and changes in duties and responsibilities.

 

Components of Executive Compensation

 

The primary elements of our executive compensation program are:

·

base salary;

·

annual cash bonuses;

·

stock option awards;

·

health insurance, life insurance, and other employee benefits; and

 

·

severance and change in control benefits.

 

The value of our variable, performance-based compensation is allocated between short-term compensation in the form of a cash bonus and long-term compensation in the form of stock option awards that vest over time from the date of grant of the option awards or from the time of achievement of performance milestones. The annual cash bonus is intended to provide an incentive to our executives to achieve short-term operational objectives. The stock option award is intended to provide an incentive for our executives to achieve longer-term strategic business goals, which should lead to higher stock prices and increased stockholder value. We have not had any formal or informal policy or target for allocating compensation between long-term and short-term compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation, or among the different forms of non-cash compensation. Instead, the compensation committee, after reviewing industry information and our cash resources, determines subjectively what it believes to be the appropriate level and mix of the various compensation components.

 

We do not have any defined benefit pension plans or any non-qualified deferred compensation plans.

 

We are party to employment agreements and employment offer letters with each of our named executive officers. Employment agreements and employment offer letters with our named executive officers are described below under the caption “Employment and Separation Agreements with our Named Executive Officers.”

 

Base Salary

 

In establishing base salaries for our named executive officers, our compensation committee typically reviews the market compensation data presented by the committee’s independent compensation consultant, considers historic salary levels of the executive officer and the nature of the executive officer’s responsibilities, compares the executive officer’s base salary with those of our other executives, and considers the executive officer’s experience, performance and contributions. The compensation committee also typically considers the challenges involved in hiring and retaining executive talent in our industry and region. In assessing the executive officer’s performance, the compensation committee considers the executive officer’s role in the achievement of the annual corporate goals, as well as, in the case of our executive officers other than our chief executive officer, the performance evaluation prepared by our chief executive officer with respect to such executive officer. The compensation committee considers such evaluation as a means of informing the compensation committee’s decision as to whether the executive officer’s performance was generally consistent with our expectations.

 

93


 

Table of Contents

As part of our 2016 annual performance and compensation review, the compensation committee approved annual base salaries for our executive officers for 2017. In setting these annual base salaries, the compensation committee reviewed the 2016 market compensation data presented by Pearl Meyer. Similarly, as part of our December 2017 annual performance and compensation review, the compensation committee reviewed the 2017 market compensation data and approved new annual base salaries for our executive officers for 2018. In each of the 2016 and 2017 reviews, after considering each executive’s current salary, performance, and experience in the

context of the market compensation data as well as relative to one another, the compensation committee approved the following salary increases and resulting base salaries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% i

Executive

 

2016 Base Salary

 

2017 Base Salary

% Increase

 

2018 Base Salary

% Increase

Mr. Milano

 

$600,000

 

$600,000

0.0

 

$600,000

0.0

Mr. Arcudi

 

$347,500

 

$357,900

3.0

 

$370,000

3.4

Mr. Fletcher

 

$375,000

 

$386,300

3.0

 

$400,000

3.5

Dr. Horobin

 

$390,000

 

$410,000

5.1

 

$425,000

3.7

Dr. Yingling (1)

 

 

$385,000

 

$400,000

3.9

Dr. Agrawal (2)

 

$588,100

 

$588,100

0.0

 


(1)

Dr. Yingling commenced employment with us in February 2017.

(2)

Effective May 31, 2017, Dr. Agrawal resigned as our President of Research and as a member of our board.

 

Annual Cash Performance Bonuses

 

The compensation committee generally structures cash bonuses by linking them to the achievement of the annual corporate goals, corporate performance outside of the corporate goals (i.e. an unexpected opportunistic business development deal would be factored subjectively as an adjustment to the score that the committee derived from evaluation of the corporate goals), and individual performance.  The amount of the bonus paid, if any, varies among the executive officers depending on individual performance and their contribution to the achievement of our annual corporate goals and corporate performance generally. The compensation committee reviews and assesses corporate goals and individual performance by executive officers and considers the reasons why specific goals have been achieved or have not been achieved. While achievement against the applicable corporate goals is given substantial weight in connection with the determination of annual bonuses, we also factor in an evaluation of our named executive officers’ individual performance based on analysis of achievement of individual performance goals as well as the following subjective criteria:

·

leadership;

·

management;

·

judgment and decision making skills;

·

results orientation; and

 

·

communication

 

94


 

Table of Contents

The compensation committee sets the individual bonus target percentages for each of our named executive officers.  In determining the target bonus percentages to be used for 2017, the compensation committee concluded that the target bonus percentages should be competitive with the 50th percentile of the 2016 market compensation data and that there be no difference in the target bonus percentages of our named executive officers, other than Mr. Milano and Dr. Agrawal. The following table sets forth the individual bonus target percentages for each of our named executive officers for 2017 and 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Target Cash Bonus
(% of   Base Salary)

Executive

 

2017

2018

Mr. Milano

 

50%

50%

Mr. Arcudi

 

40%

40%

Mr. Fletcher

 

40%

40%

Dr. Horobin

 

40%

40%

Dr. Yingling

 

40%

40%

Dr. Agrawal

 

50%

 

Consistent with our company-wide annual incentive plan applicable to all employees, including our named executive officers, both a corporate performance score and individual performance score factored into the determination of each executive officer’s cash bonus award for 2017.

 

Under the terms of our incentive plan, the corporate performance score is based on the degree to which corporate performance objectives have been achieved. This score is determined by the compensation committee and may range from 0-125%. The individual performance score is based on:

·

the degree to which individual performance objectives have been achieved;

·

the competencies and behaviors demonstrated in achieving results;

·

the technical skills required by the position; and

·

the completion of the ongoing responsibilities required by the position.

 

The individual performance score may range from 0-125% and is approved by the compensation committee. The individual’s actual award is then calculated as follows:

 

 

Annual Base Salary ($)

X

Individual Target Bonus %

X

Corporate Performance Score

(0-125%)

X

Individual Performance Score

(0-125%)

PICTURE 3

Annual Incentive Award

($ Individual Payout)

 

 

95


 

Table of Contents

In setting corporate goals in the first quarter of 2017, the committee agreed to group the business objectives into one of three primary categories, each of which would contribute toward the overall assessment of our corporate performance. In assessing our corporate performance against our 2017 corporate goals, and determining the corporate performance score, the compensation committee considered the extent to which the company achieved the business objectives in each of the categories, and assigned a score for each category, as summarized in the following table:

 

Primary Goals

Contribution toward Corporate Performance Score

Committee’s Assessment of Performance (out of 100%)

Highlights of
Performance on
Key Objectives

Advance IMO-2125 program toward Phase 3 and beyond PD-1 refractory melanoma

55%

50%

    Completed Phase 1/2 enrollment and related study goals with positive momentum as the trial progresses into 2018.

    Readiness on schedule for planned Q1-2018 initiation of a Phase 3 trial. Progress in expanding program beyond anti-PD1 refractory melanoma vis a vis initiation of single-agent study,  business case analyses, and pre-clinical assessments of other novel combinations.

Advance 3GA program through IND-enabling activities

15%

15%

    Completed IND-enabling activities for lead discovery compound.

    Significantly increased objective knowledge and understanding of 3GA mechanism of action.

Advance IMO-8400 program toward next decision point

10%

7%

    Completed enrollment of IMO-8400 Phase 2 trial, although with longer timelines than planned.

Enhance our ability to be successful through relevant foundational objectives

20%

18%

    Achieved target of 18 months cash on hand at year-end, in part as a result of financing though also partially enabled by delaying planned programs.

    Reviewed strategic business development options including recommendations to Board on opportunities to explore/pursue.

    Continued to advance company values and desired culture.

 

Based on these achievements and resulting category scores, the compensation committee determined to use a corporate performance score of 90% for the 2017 bonus calculation. 

 

In assessing each named executive officer’s individual performance score, the compensation committee determined:

·

Mr. Milano’s overall score would be equivalent to the corporate performance score of 90%;

96


 

Table of Contents

·

Mr. Arcudi’s individual performance score, recognizing his achievement against his personal objectives, including his contributions to the completion of our 2017 offering and general leadership contributions, would be 95%, resulting in an overall bonus equal to 86% of his bonus target;

·

Mr. Fletcher’s individual performance score, recognizing his achievement against his personal objectives, including his role in business development along with his general leadership contributions, would be 105%, resulting in an overall bonus equal to 95% of his bonus target;

·

Dr. Horobin’s individual performance score, recognizing her achievement against her personal objectives, including her role in achievements against our IMO-2125 and IMO-8400 clinical program goals along with her general leadership contributions, would be 90%, resulting in an overall bonus equal to 81% of her bonus target; and

·

Dr. Yingling’s individual performance score, recognizing his achievement against his personal objectives, including his role in advancing objective knowledge and understanding of our discovery platform along with his general leadership contributions, would be 115%, resulting in an overall bonus equal to 103% of his bonus target.

 

Dr. Agrawal resigned from the Company prior to the compensation committee’s determinations and in connection with his severance agreement, received a prorated bonus for 2017 at 100% of target.

 

Equity Compensation

 

Our equity award program is the primary vehicle for offering long-term incentives to our executive officers, including our named executive officers. We believe that equity awards provide our executives with a strong link to our long-term performance, create an ownership culture and help to align the interests of our named executive officers and our stockholders. Equity grants are intended as both a reward for contributing to the long-term success of our company and an incentive for future performance. The vesting feature of our equity awards is intended to further our goal of executive retention by providing an incentive to our named executive officers to remain in our employ during the vesting period. In determining the size of equity awards to our executives, our compensation committee considers:

·

the achievement of our annual corporate goals;

·

individual performance; the applicable executive officer’s previous awards, including the exercise price of such previous awards;

·

the recommendations of management;

·

the market compensation data presented by the committee’s independent compensation consultant, and

·

the combined components of the executive officer’s compensation.

 

The compensation committee approves all equity awards to our executive officers. Our equity awards have typically taken the form of stock options. However, under the terms of our stock incentive plans, we may grant equity awards other than stock options, such as restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, and restricted stock units.

 

The compensation committee typically makes initial stock option awards to named executive officers upon commencement of their employment and annual stock option awards thereafter. Stock option awards to our named executive officers after the initial stock option awards are typically granted annually after the annual performance review. For 2017, this review occurred at the regularly scheduled meeting of the compensation committee held in the first quarter of 2017. In general, annual stock option grants vest with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the date of grant and with respect to the balance of the shares subject to the option in 12 equal quarterly installments over the three-year period thereafter. The exercise price of stock options equals the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, which is typically equal to the closing price of our common stock on Nasdaq on the date of compensation committee approval except in the case of new-hire grants, which are approved in advance by the compensation committee with the grant occurring at an exercise price established at the closing price of our common stock on the first day of employment.

97


 

Table of Contents

In December 2016, as part of its annual executive compensation and performance review, the compensation committee reviewed the 2016 market compensation data regarding annual stock option grants. The committee granted our named executive officers options to purchase shares of our common stock in January 2017 as follows:

 

 

 

Executive

2017 Option Award
(# options)

Mr. Milano

300,000

Mr. Arcudi

185,000

Mr. Fletcher

185,000

Dr. Horobin

185,000

Dr. Yingling (1)

600,000

Dr. Agrawal

185,000


(1)

In connection with the hiring of Dr. Yingling and in addition to the option granted to Dr. Yingling to purchase 325,000 shares of our common stock upon commencement employment, our board of directors approved the grant to Dr. Yingling of a stock option to purchase 275,000 shares of our common stock. The option was granted as an inducement equity award outside of our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and was made as an inducement material to Dr. Yingling’s acceptance of employment with us. 

 

Benefits and Other Compensation

 

We maintain broad-based benefits that are provided to all employees, including health and dental insurance, life and disability insurance, and a 401(k) plan. During 2017, consistent with our prior practice, we matched 50% of the employee contributions to our 401(k) plan up to a maximum of 6% of the participating employee’s annual salary, resulting in a maximum company match of 3% of the participating employee’s annual salary, and subject to certain additional statutory dollar limitations. Named executive officers are eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans, in each case on the same basis as other employees and subject to any limitations in such plans. Each of our named executive officers except for Mr. Fletcher contributed to our 401(k) plan and their contributions were matched by us.

 

Our board of directors has adopted a retirement policy to address the treatment of options in the event of an employee’s retirement that applies to all employees, including all officers. For purposes of this policy, an employee will be deemed to have retired if the employee terminates his or her employment with us, has been an employee of ours for more than 10 years and is older than 65 upon termination of employment. Under the policy, if an employee retires, then:

·

all outstanding options held by the employee will automatically vest in full; and

 

·

the period during which the employee may exercise the options will be extended to the expiration of the term of the option under the applicable option agreement.

 

Our board adopted this policy for our employees in recognition of the importance of stock options to the compensation of employees and in order to provide each of our employees with the opportunity to get the full benefit of the options held by the employee in the event of his or her retirement after making 10 years of contributions to our company.

 

We occasionally pay relocation expenses for newly-hired executive officers who we require to relocate as a condition to their employment by us. We also occasionally pay local housing expenses and travel costs for executives who maintain a primary residence outside of a reasonable daily commuting range to our headquarters. We believe that these are typical benefits offered by comparable companies to executives who are asked to relocate and that we would be at a competitive disadvantage in trying to attract executives who would need to relocate in order to work for us if we did not offer such assistance. We did not provide any relocation benefits to any of our executives in 2017.

 

Our named executive officers may also participate in our employee stock purchase plan, which is generally available to all employees who work over 20 hours per week, so long as they own less than 5% of our common

98


 

Table of Contents

stock, including for this purpose vested and unvested stock options. Mr. Arcudi participated in the employee stock purchase plan in 2017.

 

Severance and Change in Control Benefits

 

Under our employment agreements and employment offer letters with our named executive officers, we have agreed to provide severance and other benefits in the event of the termination of their employment under specified circumstances. On March 7, 2017, the board of directors approved a form of Severance and Change of Control Agreement to be entered into between the Company and our named executive officers. The severance benefits contained in the Change of Control Agreements supersede the severance and change of control terms contained in the existing employment agreements and employment offer letters.  We have provided more detailed information about these benefits, along with estimates of their value under various circumstances, under the captions “Employment and Separation Agreements with our Named Executive Officers” and “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

 

We believe providing severance and/or change in control benefits as a component of our compensation structure can help us compete for executive talent and attract and retain highly talented executive officers whose contributions are critical to our long-term success. After reviewing the practices of companies in general industry surveys published by Radford Survey + Consulting, and consultation with Pearl Meyer, we believe that our severance and change in control benefits are appropriate.

 

Tax Deductibility of Executive Compensation

 

Prior to December 22, 2017, when the TCJA was signed into law, Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code generally disallowed a tax deduction to publicly held companies for compensation paid to the chief executive officer and the three other most highly compensated executives (other than the chief financial officer) in excess of $1 million per officer in any year that such compensation did not qualify as performance-based. In connection with fiscal 2017 compensation decisions, the compensation committee considered the potential tax deductibility of executive compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and sought to qualify certain elements of these applicable executives’ compensation as performance-based while also delivering competitive levels and forms of compensation.

 

Under the TCJA, the performance-based exception has been repealed and the $1 million deduction limit now applies to anyone serving as the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer at any time during the taxable year and the top three other highest compensated executive officers serving at fiscal year end. In addition, once an individual becomes a covered employee under Section 162(m) for any taxable year beginning after December 31, 2016, this status carries forward to all future years, even in the event of the employee’s termination or death. The new rules generally apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017, but do not apply to remuneration provided pursuant to a written binding contract in effect on November 2, 2017 that is not modified in any material respect after that date.

 

The compensation committee reserves the right to use its judgment to authorize compensation payments that may be subject to the limit when the compensation committee believes such payments are appropriate and in the best interests of our company and our stockholders. There can be no assurance that compensation awarded to our executive officers will be treated as qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m).

 

Employment and Separation Agreements with our Named Executive Officers

 

We have entered into agreements with our named executive officers, as discussed below, that provide benefits to the executives upon their termination of employment in certain circumstances or under which we have agreed to specific compensation elements. Our named executive officers are at-will employees.

 

99


 

Table of Contents

Employment Agreements and Offer Letters

 

Vincent J. Milano

 

We are a party to an employment offer letter with Mr. Milano, our President and Chief Executive Officer. Under the employment offer letter, Mr. Milano is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $600,000 or such higher amount as our compensation committee or our board of directors may determine. In addition, under the employment offer letter, Mr. Milano is eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 50% of his base salary, subject to adjustment, based on the achievement of both individual and company performance objectives as developed and determined by our board of directors.

 

Under the employment offer letter, if we terminate Mr. Milano’s employment without cause, prior to a change-in-control, as such terms are defined in the agreement, he will be entitled to severance payments for 24 months equivalent to his then-current base salary, payable in accordance with our then-current payroll practices, and benefits continuation for the shorter of 24 months or the date his COBRA continuation coverage expires and to receive any bonus that he earned and that our board of directors approved prior to the termination to the extent not then paid. If we terminate Mr. Milano’s employment without cause or Mr. Milano terminates his employment with us for good reason, as such terms are defined in the agreement, upon or within one year after a change in control, he will be entitled to severance payments for 24 months equivalent to his then-current base salary, payable in accordance with our then-current payroll practices, and benefits continuation for the shorter of 24 months or the date his COBRA continuation coverage expires and to receive any bonus that he earned and that our board of directors approved prior to the termination to the extent not then paid and the inducement option award that he received upon his commencement of employment with us will vest in full and become immediately exercisable.

 

Our agreement to pay severance and benefits pursuant to the employment offer letter is subject to Mr. Milano entering into a separation and release agreement   and is superseded by his severance and change in control agreement described below to the extent then in effect. 

 

Louis J. Arcudi, III

 

We are a party to an employment letter, as amended, with Mr. Arcudi, our Senior Vice President of Operations, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary. Under the employment letter, Mr. Arcudi was initially entitled to receive an annual base salary of $315,000, which amount is subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with normal business practices. In addition, under the employment letter, Mr. Arcudi is entitled to receive an annual bonus in an amount approved by our board or the compensation committee based on the achievement of both individual and company performance objectives as developed and determined by our board of directors.

 

Under the employment letter, if we terminate Mr. Arcudi’s employment without cause at any time, or if he terminates his employment for good reason upon a change in control or within one year after a change of control, as such terms are defined in the agreement, we have agreed to:

·

continue to pay Mr. Arcudi his base salary as severance for 12 months following such termination payable in accordance with our then current payroll practices; and

 

·

continue to provide Mr. Arcudi with health and dental benefits for 12 months following such termination, except to the extent another employer provides Mr. Arcudi with comparable benefits.

 

Our agreement to pay severance and benefits pursuant to the employment letter is subject to Mr. Arcudi entering into a separation and release agreement and is superseded by his severance and change in control agreement described below to the extent then in effect.

 

100


 

Table of Contents

R. Clayton Fletcher

 

We are a party to an employment letter with Mr. Fletcher, our Senior Vice President of Business Development and Strategic Planning. Under the terms of the employment letter, Mr. Fletcher is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $360,000 or such higher amount as our compensation committee or our board of directors may determine. In addition, under the employment letter, Mr. Fletcher is eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 35% of his base salary, subject to adjustment, based on the achievement of both individual and company performance objectives as established by our board of directors. Under the employment letter, if we terminate Mr. Fletcher’s employment without cause at any time, or if he terminates his employment for good reason upon a change in control or within one year after a change in control, as such terms are defined in the agreement, we have agreed to:

·

continue to pay Mr. Fletcher his base salary as severance for 12 months following such termination payable in accordance with our then current payroll practices plus any bonus earned and approved by the board of directors but unpaid at the time of termination;

·

continue to provide Mr. Fletcher with health and dental benefits for 12 months following such termination, except to the extent another employer provides Mr. Fletcher with comparable benefits; and

 

·

only in the event of a termination described above that occurs upon or within one year after a change in control, fully vest all options granted to Mr. Fletcher upon the commencement of his employment.

 

Our agreement to pay severance and benefits pursuant to the employment offer letter is subject to Mr. Fletcher entering into a separation and release agreement   and is superseded by his severance and change in control agreement (described below) to the extent then in effect.

 

Joanna Horobin,   M.B., Ch.B

 

We are a party to an employment letter with Dr. Horobin, our Chief Medical Officer. Under the terms of the employment letter, Dr. Horobin is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $390,000 or such higher amount as our compensation committee or our board of directors may determine. In addition, under the employment letter, Dr. Horobin is eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 40% of her base salary, subject to adjustment, based on the achievement of both individual and company performance objectives as established by our board of directors. Under the employment letter, if we terminate Dr. Horobin’s employment without cause at any time, or if she terminates her employment for good reason upon a change in control or within one year after a change in control, as such terms are defined in the agreement, we have agreed to:

·

continue to pay Dr. Horobin her base salary as severance for 12 months following such termination payable in accordance with our then current payroll practices plus any bonus earned and approved by the board of directors but unpaid at the time of termination;

·

continue to provide Dr. Horobin with health and dental benefits for 12 months following such termination, except to the extent another employer provides Dr. Horobin with comparable benefits; and

 

·

only in the event of a termination described above that occurs upon or within one year after a change in control, fully vest all options granted to Dr. Horobin upon the commencement of her employment.

 

Our agreement to pay severance and benefits pursuant to the employment offer letter is subject to D r. Horobin entering into a separation and release agreement and is superseded by her severance and change in control agreement (described below) to the extent then in effect.

 

Jon athan Yingling, Ph.D.

 

We are a party to an employment letter with Dr. Yingling, our prior Senior Vice President of Early Development and, effective January 1, 2018, our current Chief Scientific Officer.  Under the terms of the employment letter, Dr. Yingling is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $385,000 or such higher amount as our compensation committee or our board of directors may determine. In addition, under the employment letter, Mr. Fletcher is eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 40% of his base salary, subject to adjustment, based on the achievement of both individual and company performance objectives as established by our board of directors.

101


 

Table of Contents

Under the employment letter, if we terminate Dr. Yingling’s employment without cause at any time, or if he terminates his employment for good reason upon a change in control or within one year after a change in control, as such terms are defined in the agreement, we have agreed to:

·

continue to pay Dr. Yingling his base salary as severance for 12 months following such termination payable in accordance with our then current payroll practices plus any bonus earned and approved by the board of directors but unpaid at the time of termination;

·

continue to provide Dr. Yingling with health and dental benefits for 12 months following such termination, except to the extent another employer provides Dr. Yingling with comparable benefits; and

 

·

only in the event of a termination described above that occurs upon or within one year after a change in control, fully vest all options granted to Dr. Yingling upon the commencement of his employment.

 

Our agreement to pay severance and benefits pursuant to the employment offer letter is subject to Dr. Yingling e ntering into a separation and release agreement and is superseded by his severance and change in control agreement (described below) to the extent then in effect.

 

Sudhir Agrawal, D. Phil.

 

Prior to his resignation on May 31, 2017, the terms of Dr. Agrawal’s employment as our President of Research wer e set forth in an employment agreement, as amended, with Dr. Agrawal. The agreement had an initial three-year term that was automatically extended for an additional year unless either party provided prior written notice to the other that the term of the agreement was not to be extended. As a result, on each renewal date, the term of the agreement, as extended, was three years. On October 19, 2016, the term was extended from October 19, 2018 to October 19, 2019.

 

Under the agreement, Dr. Agrawal was entitled to receive an annual base salary of $588,100 or such higher amount as determined by our compensation committee or our board of directors. In addition, under the agreement, as modified in December 2014, Dr. Agrawal was eligible to receive an annual bonus in an amount equal to 50% of his base salary, as determined by the compensation committee or our board of directors.

 

Pursuant to his employment agreement, if Dr. Agrawal’s employment was terminated by us without cause or terminated by Dr. Agrawal for good reason, as such terms are defined in the agreement, we agreed to:

·

continue to pay Dr. Agrawal his base salary as severance for a period ending on the earlier of the final day of the term of the agreement in effect immediately prior to such termination and the second anniversary of his termination date;

·

pay Dr. Agrawal a lump sum cash payment equal to the pro rata portion of the annual bonus that he earned in the year preceding the year in which his termination occurs;

·

continue to provide Dr. Agrawal with healthcare, disability and life insurance benefits for a period ending on the earlier of the final day of the term of the agreement in effect immediately prior to the termination date and the second anniversary of the termination date, except to the extent another employer provides Dr. Agrawal with comparable benefits;

·

accelerate the vesting of any stock options or other equity incentive awards previously granted to Dr. Agrawal as of the termination date to the extent such options or equity incentive awards would have vested had he continued to be an employee until the final day of the term of the agreement in effect immediately prior to such termination; and

 

·

permit Dr. Agrawal to exercise any vested stock options until the second anniversary of the termination date.

 

If Dr. Agrawal’s employment was terminated by him for good reason or by us without cause in connection with, or within one year after, a change in control, as such terms are defined in the agreement, we agreed to provide Dr. Agrawal with all of the items listed above, except that in lieu of the severance amount described above, we agreed to pay Dr. Agrawal a lump sum cash payment equal to his base salary multiplied by the lesser of the

102


 

Table of Contents

aggregate number of years or portion thereof remaining in his employment term and two years. We also agreed that if we executed an agreement that provides for our company to be acquired or liquidated, or otherwise upon a change in control, all unvested stock options held by Dr. Agrawal would vest in full.

 

Our employment agreement with Dr. Agrawal provides that if all or a portion of the payments made under the agreement are subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, or a similar state tax or assessment, we will pay him an amount necessary to place him in the same after-tax position as he would have been had no excise tax or assessment been imposed. Any amounts paid pursuant to the preceding sentence will also be increased to the extent necessary to pay income and excise tax on those additional amounts.

 

In the event of Dr. Agrawal’s death or the termination of his employment due to disability, we agreed to pay Dr. Agrawal or his beneficiary a lump sum cash payment equal to the pro rata portion of the annual bonus that he earned in the year preceding his death or termination due to disability. Additionally, any stock options or other equity incentive awards previously granted to Dr. Agrawal and held by him on the date of his death or termination due to disability would vest as of such date to the extent such options or equity incentive awards would have vested had he continued to be an employee until the final day of the term of the employment agreement in effect immediately prior to his death or termination due to disability. Dr. Agrawal or his beneficiary would have been permitted to exercise such stock options until the second anniversary of his death or termination of employment due to disability.

 

Dr. Agrawal agreed that during his employment with us and for a one-year period thereafter, he will not hire or attempt to hire any of our employees or compete with us.

 

In connection with his transition to his new role of President of Research in December 2014, we and Dr. Agrawal agreed that his employment would continue to be subject to and on the terms and conditions set forth in his employment agreement but for the change in position and the modification of Dr. Agrawal’s target bonus to be a fixed at 50% of base salary rather than the 20% to 70% of base salary range set forth in the employment agreement. In addition, Dr. Agrawal acknowledged and agreed that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in his employment agreement, the transition of his employment from President and Chief Executive Officer to President of Research, and the changes in his authority, duties, responsibilities and reporting structure associated with such event, would not constitute good reason, as defined in the employment agreement, and that he would not and could not terminate his employment for good reason on the basis of such event and changes.

 

In consideration of the foregoing agreements, we agreed that the vesting of any and all stock options then held by Dr. Agrawal would be accelerated such that, as of that date, such options would be deemed vested to the extent such options would have been vested had Dr. Agrawal continued to be employed by us on October 19, 2017, and any portion of such options that remained unvested after giving effect to such acceleration would continue to vest in accordance with their respective terms. This acceleration did not apply to the options granted to Dr. Agrawal in December 2014 or January 2016.

 

On April 18, 2017, we entered into a separation agreement and release of claims with Dr. Agrawal, under which Dr. Agrawal agreed to resign as our President of Research and as a member of our board of directors, effective May 31, 2017. Pursuant to the agreement, we provided Dr. Agrawal the following separation benefits in exchange for him agreeing to a release of claims and complying with certain other continuing obligations contained therein (including compliance with the restrictive covenants in his employment agreement):

·

We paid Dr. Agrawal a pro-rated 2017 bonus payment of $121,648, less all applicable taxes and witholdings ;

·

We paid $8,000, on behalf of Dr. Agrawal, for legal fees associated with the review, negotiation and execution of his separation agreement;

·

We have agreed that, commencing on the first regular payroll date following his separation date until May 31, 2019, we will provide Dr. Agrawal with severance pay in the form of salary continuation payments at his annualized base salary rate in effect on the date of the separation agreement ($588,100), payable in installments in accordance with our regular payroll practices;

·

Dr. Agrawal is eligible to receive health and dental benefits through reimbursement of COBRA premiums from his separation date through no later than May 31, 2019;

103


 

Table of Contents

·

Dr. Agrawal is eligible to receive life and/or disability insurance benefits through reimbursement of costs of obtaining life and/or disability insurance substantially comparable to such benefits as were being provided immediately prior to his separation, until the earlier of May 31, 2019 and the date on which Dr. Agrawal becomes eligible through other employment for disability and/or life insurance; and

·

Any stock options or other equity incentive awards previously granted to Dr. Agrawal and held by Dr. Agrawal on his separation date will, to the extent not already vested, continue to vest to the extent such options or equity incentive awards, as applicable, would have vested had Dr. Agrawal continued to be an employee through October 19, 2019, and Dr. Agrawal will be entitled to exercise any such options until the earlier of the expiration of such option and October 19, 2022.

 

In addition, we (a) paid all of Dr. Agrawal’s compensation due and owing to him as of May 31, 2017 in accordance with our usual compensation and payroll practices, and (b) reimbursed Dr. Agrawal for all reasonable unreimbursed business expenses incurred by him as of May 31, 2017 in accordance with our expense reimbursement policy.

 

Dr. Agrawal also entered into a Scientific Advisor Agreement with us, effective June 1, 2017, under which Dr. Agrawal agreed to provide consulting services to us, and we have agreed to pay Dr. Agrawal consulting fees equal to $10,000 per month for a term of six months. 

 

Severance and Change in Control Agreements

 

We have entered into a Severance and Change of Control Agreement with each of Messrs. Milano, Arcudi and Fletcher, and Drs. Yingling and Horobin. 

 

The Severance and Change of Control Agreements provide that if we consummate a change of control (as defined in the Severance and Change of Control Agreements), we will employ the executive for a period of 24 months from the date of the consummation of the change of control. Pursuant to the Severance and Change of Control Agreements, during such period:

(i)

the executive's position and duties for the company will be commensurate with the most significant of the duties and positions held by the executive during the 90 day period preceding the date of the consummation of the change of control;

(ii)

the executive's annual base salary will equal at least 12 times the highest monthly base salary paid to the executive during the 12 months prior to the date of the change of control;

(iii)

the executive will be entitled to an annual bonus equal to at least the greatest of (a) the average bonus paid to the executive in respect of the three years immediately preceding the year in which the change of control occurs, (b) the annual bonus paid for the year immediately preceding the year in which the change of control occurs and (c) 100% of the target bonus for (1) the year immediately preceding the year in which the change of control occurs, (2) the year in which the change of control occurs or (3) any year following the year in which the change of control occurs and prior to the then-current year, whichever is highest; and

(iv)

the executive will be entitled to certain other benefits as are consistent with the benefits paid to the executive during the year prior to the change of control.

 

The Severance and Change of Control Agreements also provide that if an executive is terminated without “cause” or resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the Severance and Change of Control Agreements) in either case, within 24 months following a change of control,  subject to the executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in a form provided by us and the executive’s continued compliance with the invention, non-disclosure and non-competition agreement previously entered into in connection with the commencement of executive’s employment, executives would receive a lump sum cash payment payable within 30 days after the date of termination equal to:

(i)

the executive's target bonus for the year of termination prorated for the portion of the year worked;

104


 

Table of Contents

(ii)

150% of the sum of (a) such executive's annual base salary for the year immediately preceding the year of termination and (b) the greatest of (1) the average bonus paid or earned and accrued, but unpaid to the executive in respect of the three years immediately preceding the year of termination, (2) the annual bonus paid for the year immediately preceding the year of termination and (3) the target bonus for the year of termination; and

(iii) 150% of the Company’s share of the annual premium for group medical and/or dental insurance coverage that was in place for the executive immediately prior to the date of termination. 

 

In addition, all unvested options, restricted stock or stock appreciation rights held by the executive as of the date of termination will be immediately and automatically vested and/or exercisable in full as of the date of termination, and the executive will have the right to exercise any such options or stock appreciation rights for the longer of (A) the period of time provided for in the applicable equity award agreement or plan, or (B) the shorter of one year after the date of termination or the remaining term of the applicable equity award. However, under the terms of the Merger Agreement the post-termination exercise period of all outstanding stock options will continue in the event of the executive's termination of employment within 24 months following the effective time of the Mergers (other than for cause or due to the executive's resignation without good reason), until the   three-year anniversary of such executive's termination, but in no event past the remaining term of the applicable equity award.

 

If the executive is terminated without “cause” or resigns for “good reason,” prior to the date of a change of control, such executive will be entitled to the following under the Severance and Change of Control Agreement, subject to the executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in a form provided by us and the executive’s continued compliance with the invention, non-disclosure and non-competition agreement previously entered into in connection with the commencement of executive’s employment:  

(i)

a lump sum cash payment payable within 30 days after the date of termination in an amount equal to the greater of (x) the average bonus paid or earned and accrued, but unpaid to the executive in respect of the three years immediately preceding the year of termination, and (y) the annual bonus paid for the year immediately preceding the year of termination prorated for the portion of the year worked;

(ii)

continued payment of the executive's base salary payable in accordance with our standard payroll practices over the one-year period following termination; and

(iii)

if the executive elects to continue receiving group medical and/or dental insurance under COBRA (to the extent the executive previously participated in such group insurance plans immediately prior to the date of termination), payment by us of our share of the premium for such coverage that we pay for active and similarly-situated employees who receive the same type of coverage for the one-year period following termination.  

The Severance and Change of Control Agreements expire on December 31, 2018, but on each anniversary thereof, unless notice of termination has been provided by a party, the term of such agreements will automatically be extended by one year.

 

Indemnification Agreements

 

On March 7, 2017, the board of directors approved a form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the Company and our directors and officers. Each of Messrs. Milano, Arcudi, and Fletcher, and Drs. Horobin and Yingling entered into an Indemnification agreement with the Company.  In general, the Indemnification Agreements provide that the Company will indemnify the director or officer to the fullest extent permitted by law for claims arising in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company or in connection with their service at our request for another corporation or entity. The Indemnification Agreements also provide for procedures that will apply in the event that a director or officer makes a claim for indemnification and establish certain presumptions that are favorable to the director or officer.

 

 

 

 

 

105


 

Table of Contents

Formal Clawback Policy

 

In April 2015, ahead of any such requirement in the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, our compensation committee adopted a formal clawback policy, which will apply in the event we are required to prepare an accounting restatement after the adoption of the clawback policy due to any material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under the U.S. federal securities laws. This policy requires us to use reasonable efforts to recover from any of our current or former executive officers who receive incentive-based compensation (including stock options awarded as compensation) during the three-year period preceding the date on which we are required to prepare an accounting restatement based on erroneous data, the excess of what would have been paid to such executive officer under the accounting restatement.

 

Compensation Committee Report

 

The compensation committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with our management. Based on this review and discussion, the compensation committee recommended to our board of directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

By the compensation committee of the board of directors,

 

Kelvin Neu, Chairman

Maxine Gowen

 

106


 

Table of Contents

Additional Compensation Information

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The table below summarizes compensation paid to or earned by our named executive officers for 2017, 2016 and 2015.  

 

Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option Awards

 

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

 

All Other Compensation

 

Total

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary ($)

 

Bonus ($)

 

($)(1)

 

($)

 

($)(2)

 

($)

 

Vincent J. Milano

 

2017

 

600,000

 

 

296,634

 

270,000

 

31,106

 

1,197,740

 

President and Chief

 

2016

 

600,000

 

 

573,780

 

211,680

 

31,555

 

1,417,015

 

Executive Officer

 

2015

 

600,000

 

 

(3)

288,120

 

32,950

 

921,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Louis J. Arcudi, III

 

2017

 

357,900

 

 

182,924

 

122,436

 

25,786

 

689,046

 

Senior Vice President of

 

2016

 

347,500

 

 

353,831

 

116,760

 

26,276

 

844,367

 

Operations, Chief

 

2015

 

337,400

 

 

(3)

132,261

 

26,989

 

496,650

 

Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasurer and Assistant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R. Clayton Fletcher

 

2017

 

386,300

 

 

182,924

 

145,908

 

22,988

 

738,120

 

Senior Vice President,

 

2016

 

375,000

 

 

353,831

 

114,660

 

23,580

 

867,071

 

Business Development

 

2015

 

336,818

 

 

1,857,180

(3)

132,032

 

22,794

 

2,348,824

 

and Strategy (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joanna Horobin

 

2017

 

410,000

 

 

182,924

 

132,840

 

31,754

 

757,518

 

Senior Vice President,

 

2016

 

390,000

 

 

 

119,246

 

31,187

 

540,433

 

Chief Medical Officer (5)

 

2015

 

34,079

 

 

1,582,860

(3)

13,319

 

1,953

 

1,632,211

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J onathan Yingling

 

2017

 

348,542

 

 

577,782

 

144,296

 

31,277

 

1,101,897

 

Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Scientific Officer (6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sudhir Agrawal, D. Phil.

 

2017

 

245,042

 

121,648

(8)

4,428,935

(9)

 

369,131

 

5,286,404

 

Former President of

 

2016

 

588,100

 

 

442,289

 

207,482

 

32,495

 

1,270,366

 

Research (7)

 

2015

 

588,100

 

 

(3)

302,577

 

33,172

 

923,849

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)

Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of options granted to each of the named executive officers as computed in accordance with ASC 718. These amounts do not represent the actual amounts paid to or realized by the named executive officers. See Note 10 to the financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K regarding assumptions we made in determining the fair value of option awards.

107


 

Table of Contents

(2)

“All Other Compensation” for 2017 for each of the named executive officers includes the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Premiums paid by

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

us for all insurance 

 

Company match

 

 

 

 

 

 

plans ($)

 

on 401(k) ($)

 

Severance ($)

 

Total ($)

Mr. Milano

 

23,006

 

8,100

 

 —

 

31,106

Mr. Arcudi

 

17,686

 

8,100

 

 —

 

25,786

Mr. Fletcher

 

22,988

 

 —

 

 —

 

22,988

Dr. Horobin

 

23,654

 

8,100

 

 —

 

31,754

Dr. Yingling

 

23,177

 

8,100

 

 —

 

31,277

Dr. Agrawal

 

18,722

 

7,351

 

343,058

 

369,131

 

(3)

None of our named executive officers received an annual equity grant during 2015.  Mr. Fletcher received an inducement grant of 600,000 options upon commencement of his employment in 2015. Dr. Horobin received an inducement grant of 275,000 options and a new hire grant of 325,000 options upon commencement of her employment in 2015.

(4)

Mr. Fletcher joined our company and became our Senior Vice President, Business Development and Strategy effective as of January 26, 2015.

(5)

Dr. Horobin joined our company and became our Senior Vice President, Chief Medical Officer effective as of November 30, 2015.

(6)

Dr. Yingling joined our company and became our Senior Vice President, Early Development effective as of February 6, 2017 and has served as our Chief Scientific Officer since January 1, 2018.

(7)

Dr. Agrawal served as our President of Research until his resignation, effective May 31, 2017.

(8)

Pursuant to Dr. Agrawal’s separation agreement, Dr. Agrawal received a pro-rated cash bonus in 2017 calculated at 100% of his target 2017 bonus.

(9)

Amount consists of the aggregate grant date fair value of options granted to Dr. Agrawal during 2017 in the amount of $182,924 as computed in accordance with ASC 718 and incremental fair value of outstanding options modified during 2017 in connection with Dr. Agrawal’s separation agreement in the amount of $4,246,211 as computed in accordance with ASC 718. See “Employment and Separation Agreements with our Named Executive Officers” for further information about continued vesting of Dr. Agrawals options provided for in his separation agreement.

 

CEO Pay Ratio

 

Following is a reasonable estimate, prepared under applicable SEC rules, of the ratio of the annual total compensation of our CEO to the median of the annual total compensation of our other employees. We determined our median employee based on 2017 annual base salary and 2017 bonus awards for each of our 66 employees (excluding the CEO) as of December 31, 2017.  The annual total compensation of our median employee (other than the CEO) for 2017 was  $218,372 .  As disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table included in this CD&A, our CEO’s annual total compensation for 2017 was $1,197,740.  Based on the foregoing, the ratio of the 2017 annual total compensation of our CEO to the median of the annual total compensation of all other employees was 6 to 1.  Given the different methodologies that various public companies will use to determine an estimate of their pay ratio, the estimated ratio reported above should not be used as a basis for comparison between companies.

 

 

108


 

Table of Contents

Grants of Pla n-Based Awards

 

The following table sets forth information regarding grants of plan-based awards to our named executive officers during 2017.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal Year 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Awards:

 

Exercise

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of

 

or Base

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Possible Payouts Under

 

Securities

 

Price of

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards

 

Underlying

 

Option

 

of Option

 

 

 

 

 

Threshold

 

Target

 

Maximum

 

Options

 

Awards

 

Awards

 

Name

  

Grant Date

  

($)

  

($)

  

($)

  

(#)(1)

  

($/Sh)

  

($)(2)

 

Vincent J. Milano

 

 

 

 

300,000

 

468,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1/4/2017(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

300,000

 

1.59

 

296,634

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Louis J. Arcudi, III

 

 

 

 

143,200

 

223,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1/4/2017(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

185,000

 

1.59

 

182,924

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R. Clayton Fletcher

 

 

 

 

154,400

 

241,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1/4/2017(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

185,000

 

1.59

 

182,924

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joanna Horobin

 

 

 

 

164,000

 

256,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1/4/2017(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

185,000

 

1.59

 

182,924

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jonathan Yingling

 

 

 

 

139,417

 

217,839

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2/6/2017(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

600,000

 

1.55

 

577,782

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sudhir Agrawal, D. Phil. (4)

 

 

 

 

121,648

 

190,075

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1/4/2017(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

185,000

 

1.59

 

182,924

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)

The term of these options is ten years. The vesting of these stock options is time-based. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Components of Executive Compensation — Equity Compensation” for a full description of the vesting terms for these options. See “Employment and Separation Agreements with our Named Executive Officers” for further information about acceleration of vesting of options in the event of the termination of employment and/or a change of control.

(2)

Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards made to the named executive officers in 2017 as computed in accordance with ASC 718. These amounts do not represent the actual amounts paid to or realized by the named executive officers during 2017. See Note 10 to the financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K regarding assumptions we made in determining the fair value of option awards.

(3)

Granted pursuant to our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

(4)

The target and maximum amounts reported under Estimated Possible Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards for Dr. Agrawal are pro-rated for Dr. Agrawal’s resignation effective May 31, 2017. Pursuant to the Separation Agreement and Release of Claims dated April 18, 2017 by and between Dr. Agrawal and us, Dr. Agrawal received a pro-rated bonus for 2017 in the amount of $121,648 (100% of target).

(5)

Amount consists of the aggregate grant date fair value of options granted to Dr. Agrawal during 2017 in the amount of $182,924 as computed in accordance with ASC 718 and excludes the incremental fair value of outstanding options modified during 2017 in connection with Dr. Agrawal’s separation agreement in the amount of $4,246,211 as computed in accordance with ASC 718 as reflected in the “Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2017” shown above.

109


 

Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the outstanding stock options held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2017. None of our named executive officers held shares of unvested restricted stock as of December 31, 2017.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End for 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Number of

    

Number of

    

 

    

 

 

 

 

Securities

 

Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying

 

Underlying

 

Option

 

 

 

 

 

Unexercised

 

Unexercised

 

Exercise

 

Option

 

 

 

Options (#)

 

Options (#)

 

Price

 

Expiration

 

Name

 

Exercisable

 

Unexercisable  

 

($)

 

Date

 

Vincent J. Milano

 

1,500,000

 

500,000

(1)

3.12

 

12/1/2024

 

 

 

131,250

 

168,750

(2)

2.88

 

1/6/2026

 

 

 

 

300,000

(3)

1.59

 

1/4/2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Louis J. Arcudi, III

 

40,000

 

 

8.70

 

12/16/2018

 

 

 

110,000

 

 

5.24

 

12/23/2019

 

 

 

95,000

 

 

2.74

 

12/27/2020

 

 

 

146,000

 

 

1.157

 

11/28/2021

 

 

 

348,333

 

 

0.69

 

5/22/2023

 

 

 

300,000

 

 

2.56

 

12/10/2023

 

 

 

150,000

 

50,000

(4)

3.97

 

12/10/2024

 

 

 

80,937

 

104,063

(2)

2.88

 

1/6/2026

 

 

 

 

185,000

(3)

1.59

 

1/4/2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R. Clayton Fletcher

 

412,500

 

187,500

(5)

4.67

 

1/26/2025

 

 

 

80,937

 

104,063

(2)

2.88

 

1/6/2026

 

 

 

 

185,000

(3)

1.59

 

1/4/2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joanna Horobin

 

300,000

 

300,000

(6)

3.88

 

11/30/2025

 

 

 

 

185,000

(3)

1.59

 

1/4/2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jonathan Yingling

 

 

600,000

(7)

1.55

 

2/6/2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sudhir Agrawal, D. Phil.(8)

 

125,000

 

 

13.28

 

1/2/2018

 

 

 

200,000

 

 

8.70

 

12/16/2018

 

 

 

300,000

 

 

5.24

 

12/23/2019

 

 

 

231,000

 

 

2.74

 

12/27/2020

 

 

 

365,000

 

 

1.157

 

11/28/2021

 

 

 

25,551

 

 

1.16

 

11/28/2021

 

 

 

500,000

 

 

0.69

 

10/19/2022

(9)

 

 

500,000

 

 

1.50

 

10/19/2022

(9)

 

 

850,000

  

 

2.56

 

10/19/2022

(9)

 

 

637,500

 

212,500

(4) 

3.97

 

10/19/2022

(9)

 

 

101,172

 

130,078

(2)

2.88

 

10/19/2022

(9)

 

 

 

185,00

(3)

1.59

 

10/19/2022

(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)

Represents unvested portion of stock option award that vested 25% on December 1, 2015 (first anniversary date following the December 1, 2014 grant date), with the remainder vesting in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter (until December 1, 2018), provided the named executive officer is still employed with us on each vesting date.

(2)

Represents unvested portion of stock option award that vested 25% on January 6, 2017 (first anniversary date following the January 6, 2016 grant date), with the remainder vesting in 12 equal quarterly

110


 

Table of Contents

installments thereafter (until January 6, 2020), provided the named executive officer is still employed with us on each vesting date.

(3)

Represents unvested portion of stock option award that will vest 25% on the first anniversary date following the January 4, 2017 grant date, with the remainder vesting in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter (until January 4, 2021), provided the named executive is still employed with us on each vesting date.

(4)

Represents unvested portion of stock option award that vested 25% on December 10, 2015 (first anniversary date following the December 10, 2014 grant date), with the remainder vesting in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter (until December 10, 2018), provided the named executive officer is still employed with us on each vesting date.

(5)

Represents unvested portion of stock option award that vested 25% on January 26, 2016 (first anniversary date following the January 26, 2015 grant date), with the remainder vesting in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter (until January 26, 2019), provided the named executive officer is still employed with us on each vesting date.

(6)

Represents unvested portion of stock option award that vested 25% on November 30, 2016 (first anniversary date following the November 30, 2015 grant date), with the remainder vesting in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter (until November 30, 2019), provided the named executive officer is still employed with us on each vesting date.

(7)

Represents unvested portion of stock option award that will vest 25% on the first anniversary date following the February 6, 2017 grant date, with the remainder vesting in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter (until February 6, 2021), provided the named executive is still employed with us on each vesting date

(8)

Pursuant to our December 2014 letter agreement with Dr. Agrawal, the vesting of all stock options held by Dr. Agrawal as of the letter agreement date was accelerated to the extent that such options would have been vested had Dr. Agrawal continued to be employed by us on October 19, 2017. Stock options that remained unvested after giving effect to this acceleration continue to vest in accordance with the terms of the underlying stock option agreement.

(9)

Pursuant to the separation agreement and release of claims by and between us and Dr. Agrawal, all stock options previously granted to Dr. Agrawal and held by Dr. Agrawal on his separation date will, to the extent not already vested, continue to vest to the extent such options or equity incentive awards, as applicable, would have vested had Dr. Agrawal continued to be an employee through October 19, 2019, and Dr. Agrawal will be entitled to exercise any such options until the earlier of the expiration of such option and October 19, 2022.

 

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

 

None of our named executive officers exercised any options during the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

 

Under our employment agreement and employment offer letters with our executive officers, we have agreed to provide severance and other benefits in the event of the termination of their employment under specified circumstances. These agreements are described above under the caption “Employment and Separation Agreements with our Named Executive Officers.”

 

However, in March 2017, we entered into a Severance and Change of Control Agreement with each of Messrs. Milano, Arcudi and Fletcher, and Drs. Horobin and Yingling that superseded the severance and change in control provisions of each of their respective employment offer letters.  These agreements are also described above under the caption “Employment and Separation Agreements with our Named Executive Officers.”

 

In April 2017, we entered into a separation agreement and release of claims with Dr. Agrawal, under which Dr. Agrawal agreed to resign, and did resign effective May 31, 2017, as our President of Research and as a member of our board of directors, and we agreed to provide him certain severance benefits and other

111


 

Table of Contents

compensation.  This agreement is described above under the caption “Employment and Separation Agreements with our Named Executive Officers,” and the payments upon Dr. Agrawal’s resignation were paid in accordance with this agreement and are set forth above in the “Summary Compensation Table.”

 

Termination of Employment Not In Connection With or Following a Change in Control

 

The following table sets forth the estimated potential benefits that our named executive officers would be entitled to receive upon their termination of employment with our company (other than a termination in connection with or following a change in control of our company) if the named executive officer’s employment was terminated on December 29, 2017. This table represents estimates only and does not necessarily reflect the actual amounts that would be paid to our named executive officers, which would only be known at the time that they become eligible for payment following their termination.

 

 

 

Cash

 

Perquisites/

 

 

 

 

Severance (1)

 

Benefits (2)

 

Total

Name

 

($)

 

($)

 

($)

Vincent J. Milano

 

856,600

 

20,237

 

876,837

Louis J. Arcudi, III

 

481,719

 

14,912

 

496,631

R. Clayton Fletcher

 

520,338

 

20,237

 

540,575

Joanna Horobin

 

547,305

 

21,801

 

569,106

Jonathan Yingling

 

544,390

 

20,237

 

564,627

(1)

Cash severance under the Severance and Change of Control Agreements would be payable to Messrs. Milano, Arcudi and Fletcher, and Drs. Horobin and Yingling upon a termination of the executive’s employment by the executive for “good reason” or by us without “cause”, in either case, subject to the executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in a form provided by the Company and the executive’s continued compliance with the invention, non-disclosure and non-competition agreement previously entered into in connection with the commencement of executive’s employment.  In such an event, executives would receive:

(i)

a lump sum cash payment payable within 30 days after the date of termination equal to the greater of (1) the average bonus paid or earned and accrued, but unpaid to the executive in respect of the three fiscal years immediately preceding the year of termination, and (2) the annual bonus paid for the year immediately preceding the year of termination ($256,600 for Mr. Milano, $123,819 for Mr. Arcudi, $134,038 for Mr. Fletcher, $137,305 for Dr. Horobin and $159,390 for Dr. Yingling); and

(ii)

salary continuation payments at the executives base salary on termination date for a period of 12 months paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and subject to applicable tax withholding ($600,000 for Mr. Milano, $357,900 for Mr. Arcudi, $386,300 for Mr. Fletcher, $410,000 for Dr. Horobin and $385,000 for Dr. Yingling).

(2)

Under the Severance and Change of Control Agreements, upon a qualifying termination by Messrs. Milano, Arcudi and Fletcher, and Drs. Horobin and Yingling, to the extent the executives participated in our group medical/dental insurance immediately prior to the termination date, if executives elect to continue receiving group medical and/or dental insurance under the continuation coverage rules known as COBRA, the Company will pay the Company’s share of the premium for such coverage that it pays for active and similarly-situated employees who receive the same type of coverage until the end of the period for which the Company is paying the salary continuation payments described within note (1)(ii), above.

The payments described in this column include an estimated value of the employer share of the premiums for our insurance plans as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Medical Insurance Premiums ($)

 

Dental Insurance Premiums ($)

 

Total ($)

Vincent J. Milano

 

18,773

 

1,464

 

20,237

Louis J. Arcudi, III

 

13,448

 

1,464

 

14,912

R. Clayton Fletcher

 

18,773

 

1,464

 

20,237

Joanna Horobin, M.B., Ch.B

 

20,337

 

1,464

 

21,801

Jonathan Yingling, Ph.D.

 

18,773

 

1,464

 

20,237

112


 

Table of Contents

Termination of Employment In Connection With or Following a Change in Control

 

The following table sets forth the estimated potential benefits that our named executive officers would be entitled to receive upon their termination of employment with our company in connection with or following a change in control of our company if the named executive officer’s employment was terminated on December 29, 2017.  The amounts indicated below are estimates based on the material assumptions described in the notes to the table below, which may or may not actually occur. Some of these assumptions are based on information currently available and, as a result, the actual amounts, if any, that may become payable to a named executive officer may differ in material respects from the amounts set forth below. Furthermore, for purposes of calculating such amounts, we have assumed:

·

a change of control date of December 29, 2017;

·

each named executive officer’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or by the named executive officer for “good reason”, in each case on the date of the change of control; and

·

the value of the accelerated vesting of any equity award is calculated assuming a market price per share of our common stock equal to $2.11 (which equals the closing price of a share of our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market on December 29, 2017, the last trading day of 2017).

 

This table represents estimates only and does not necessarily reflect the actual amounts that would be paid to our named executive officers, which would only be known at the time that they become eligible for payment following their termination.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

Perquisites/

 

 

 

 

Severance (1)

 

Equity (2)

 

Benefits (3)

 

Total

Name

 

($)

 

($)

 

($)

 

($)

Vincent J. Milano

 

1,650,000

 

156,000

 

30,356

 

1,836,356

Louis J. Arcudi, III

 

894,750

 

96,200

 

22,368

 

1,013,318

R. Clayton Fletcher

 

965,750

 

96,200

 

30,356

 

1,092,306

Joanna Horobin

 

1,025,000

 

96,200

 

32,702

 

1,153,902

Jonathan Yingling

 

933,361

 

336,000

 

30,356

 

1,299,717

(1)

Cash severance under the Severance and Change of Control Agreements would be payable to Messrs. Milano, Arcudi and Fletcher, and Drs. Horobin and Yingling upon a termination of the executive’s employment by the executive for “good reason” or by us without “cause”, in either case, within 24 months following a change of control (i.e., pursuant to a “double trigger” arrangement), subject to the executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in a form provided by the Company and the executive’s continued compliance with the invention, non-disclosure and non-competition agreement previously entered into in connection with the commencement of executive’s employment.  In such an event, executives would receive a lump sum cash payment payable within 30 days after the date of termination equal to:  

(i)

the executive's target bonus for the year of termination prorated for the portion of the year worked ($300,000 for Mr. Milano, $143,160 for Mr. Arcudi, $154,520 for Mr. Fletcher, $164,000 for Dr. Horobin and $139,417 for Dr. Yingling); and

(ii)

150% of the sum of (a) such executive's annual base salary for the year immediately preceding the year of termination and (b) the greatest of (1) the average bonus paid or earned and accrued, but unpaid to the executive in respect of the three years immediately preceding the year of termination, (2) the annual bonus paid for the year immediately preceding the year of termination and (3) the target bonus for the year in which the termination occurs ($1,350,000 for Mr. Milano, $751,590 for Mr. Arcudi, $811,230 for Mr. Fletcher, $861,000 for Dr. Horobin and $793,944 for Dr. Yingling).

(2)

Amounts in this column quantify the intrinsic value of the unvested stock options held by the named executive officers that would accelerate upon a qualifying termination of employment in connection with a change in control based on the assumptions described above.

113


 

Table of Contents

Under the Severance and Change of Control Agreements, upon a qualifying termination by Messrs. Milano, Arcudi and Fletcher, and Drs. Horobin and Yingling within 24 months following a change of control, all outstanding stock options held by the executive as of the date of termination will be automatically vested in full as of the date of termination, and the executive will have the ability to exercise any such options until the three year anniversary of such executive’s termination, but in no event past the remaining term of the applicable equity award.

(3)

Under the Severance and Change of Control Agreements, upon a qualifying termination by Messrs. Milano, Arcudi and Fletcher, and Drs. Horobin and Yingling within 24 months following a change of control, the executive will be eligible to receive 150% of the Company’s share of the annual premium for group medical and/or dental insurance coverage that was in place for the executive immediately prior to the date of termination, payable in a lump sum cash payment within 30 days after the date of termination. 

 

The payments described in this column include an estimated value of the employer share of the premiums for our insurance plans as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Medical Insurance Premiums ($)

 

Dental Insurance Premiums ($)

 

Total ($)

Vincent J. Milano

 

28,160

 

2,196

 

30,356

Louis J. Arcudi, III

 

20,172

 

2,196

 

22,368

R. Clayton Fletcher

 

28,160

 

2,196

 

30,356

Joanna Horobin, M.B., Ch.B

 

30,506

 

2,196

 

32,702

Jonathan Yingling, Ph.D.

 

28,160

 

2,196

 

30,356

 

 

114


 

Table of Contents

Director Compensatio n  

 

We use a combination of cash and equity-based compensation to attract and retain candidates to serve on our board of directors. We do not compensate directors who are also our employees for their service on our board of directors. As a result, Mr. Milano does not, and Dr. Agrawal did not, receive any compensation for their service on our board of directors.

 

We generally review our director compensation program every two years with the advice of an independent compensation consultant.  In November 2016, we modified our director compensation program, effective January 1, 2017.  

 

Under our director compensation program, we pay our non-employee directors retainers in cash. Each director receives a cash retainer for service on the board of directors and for service on each committee on which the director is a member. The chairmen of each committee receive higher retainers for such service. These fees are paid quarterly in arrears. The fees paid to non-employee directors for service on the board of directors and for service on each committee of the board of directors on which the director was a member during 2017 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Member

    

Chairman

 

 

 

Annual Fee

 

Annual Fee

 

Board of Directors

 

$

35,000

 

$

70,000

 

Audit Committee

 

$

7,500

 

$

15,000

 

Compensation Committee

 

$

6,250

 

$

12,500

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

$

4,000

 

$

8,000

 

 

Our director compensation program includes a stock-for-fees policy, under which directors have the right to elect to receive common stock in lieu of cash fees. These shares of common stock are issued under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan. The number of shares issued to participating directors is determined on a quarterly basis by dividing the cash fees to be paid through the issuance of common stock by the fair market value of our common stock, which is the closing price of our common stock, on the first business day of the quarter following the quarter in which the fees are earned. In 2017, several of our directors elected to receive shares of our common stock in lieu of cash fees as set forth in the footnotes to the Director Compensation table below. No other director elected to receive shares of our common stock in lieu of cash fees during 2017.

 

Under our director compensation program, we also reimburse our directors for travel and other related expenses for attendance at meetings.

 

Under our current director compensation program, upon their initial election to the board of directors, new non-employee directors receive an initial option grant to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock, and all non-employee directors, other than the chairman, receive an annual option grant to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock. The chairman receives an annual option grant for 63,000 shares of our common stock. The annual grants are made on the date of our annual meeting of stockholders and fully vest one year from that date of grant . The initial options granted to our non-employee directors vest with respect to one third of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the balance of the underlying shares vest in eight equal quarterly installments following the first anniversary of the date of grant, subject to continued service as a director, and are granted under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan. These options are granted with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of our common stock, which is the closing price of our common stock, on the date of grant and will become immediately exercisable in full if there is a change in control of our company.

 

Under our retirement policy for non-employee members of the board, if a non-employee director is deemed to retire, then:

·

all outstanding options held by such director will automatically vest in full; and

·

the period during which such director may exercise the options will be extended to the expiration of the option under the plan.

 

115


 

Table of Contents

Under the policy, a non-employee director will be deemed to have retired if:

·

the director resigns from the board or determines not to stand for re-election or is not nominated for re-election at a meeting of our stockholders and has served as a director for more than 10 years; or

·

the director does not stand for re-election or is not nominated for re-election due to the fact that he or she is or will be older than 75 at the end of such director’s term.

 

The following table sets forth a summary of the compensation we paid to our non-employee directors who served on our board in 2017.

 

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION FOR 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Fees Earned or

    

 

    

All Other

    

 

 

 

 

Paid in Cash

 

Option Awards

 

Compensation 

 

 

 

Name

 

($)

 

($) (1)

 

($)

 

Total ($)

 

Julian C. Baker

 

35,000

(2)  

55,915

 

 

90,915

 

James A. Geraghty

 

85,500

  

70,452

 

 

155,952

 

Mark Goldberg

 

42,500

 

55,915

 

 

98,415

 

Maxine Gowen

 

41,250

 

55,915

 

 

97,165

 

Kelvin M. Neu

 

47,500

(3)

55,915

 

 

103,415

 

William S. Reardon

 

54,000

(4)

55,915

 

 

109,915

 

Youssef El Zein (5)

 

36,889

(6)

55,915

 

 

92,803

 


(1)

These amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards made to each listed director in 2017 as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, “Stock Compensation,” or ASC 718. These amounts do not represent the actual amounts paid to or realized by the directors during 2017. See Note 10 to the financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K regarding assumptions we made in determining the fair value of option awards. As of December 31, 2017, our non-employee directors, or former director in the case of Mr. El Zein, held options to purchase shares of our common stock as follows: Mr. Baker: 225,000; Mr. Geraghty: 710,500; Dr. Goldberg: 225,000; Dr.  Gowen: 155,000; Dr. Neu: 225,000; Mr. Reardon: 302,250; and Mr. El Zein: 302,250.

(2)

Includes cash meeting fees of $35,000 in lieu of which Mr. Baker elected to receive 16,398 shares of our common stock.

(3)

Includes cash meeting fees of $47,500 in lieu of which Dr. Neu elected to receive 22,254 shares of our common stock.

(4)

Includes cash meeting fees of $13,500 in lieu of which Mr. Reardon elected to receive 7,714 shares of our common stock

(5)

Mr. El Zein resigned from our board of directors on October 24, 2017.

(6)

Consists of cash meeting fees in lieu of which Mr. El Zein elected to receive 16,573 shares of our common stock. 

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

Our compensation committee currently consists of Dr. Neu and Dr. Gowen, who were both members of our compensation committee throughout 2017. In 2017, Youssef El Zein was a member of our compensation committee from January until October when he resigned from our board of directors. No member of our compensation committee was at any time during 2017, or was formerly, an officer or employee of ours. No member of our compensation committee engaged in any related person transaction involving our company during 2017 other than Dr. Neu and Mr. El Zein. See "Transactions with Related Persons" for information about the terms of the transactions we engaged in with affiliates of Dr. Neu and Mr. El Zein. None of our executive officers has served as a director or member of the compensation committee (or other committee serving the same function as the compensation committee) of any other entity, while an executive officer of that other entity served as a director or member of our compensation committee.

116


 

Table of Contents

Item  12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth, as of February 15, 2018, information we know about the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

·

each person or entity, including  any “group” as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock;

·

each of our current directors;

·

each of our named executive officers, as defined in Item 11 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K; and

·

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group.

 

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information in the table below is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. The SEC has defined “beneficial” ownership of a security to mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of voting power and/or investment power. In computing the percentage ownership of each person, shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or rights held by that person that are currently exercisable, or exercisable within 60 days of February 15, 2018, are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by that person. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

To our knowledge and except as indicated in the notes to this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws, each stockholder named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite such stockholder’s name. The percentage of ownership is based on 195,635,196 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding on February 15, 2018. All fractional common share amounts have been rounded to the nearest whole number.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares

 

Percentage of

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)

 

Beneficially Owned

 

Outstanding Shares

 

5% Stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

Pillar Investment Entities c/o Pillar Invest Offshore SAL Starco Ctr Bloc B, 3rd Flr Omar Daouk St. Beirut, M8 2020-3313

 

26,898,574

(2)  

13.65

%

Affiliates of Baker Brothers Advisors, LLC 667 Madison Avenue, 21st Floor New York, NY 10065

 

18,640,135

(3)  

9.51

%

Named Executive Officers and Directors

 

 

 

 

 

Vincent J. Milano

 

2,134,027

(4)

1.08

%

Sudhir Agrawal, D. Phil.

 

3,976,343

(5)  

1.99

%

Louis J. Arcudi, III

 

1,405,434

(6)  

*

 

Julian C. Baker

 

18,640,135

(7)  

9.51

%

R. Clayton Fletcher

 

611,874

(8)

*

 

James A. Geraghty

 

1,056,621

(9) 

*

 

Mark Goldberg

 

157,500

(10)  

*

 

Maxine Gowen

 

79,917

(11)

*

 

Joanna Horobin

 

395,311

(12)

*

 

Kelvin M. Neu

 

231,184

(13)  

*

 

William S. Reardon

 

250,473

(14) 

*

 

Jonathan Yingling

 

150,000

(15)

*

 

All current directors and executive officers as a group (11 individuals)

 

24,881,292

(16) 

12.35

%


*     Denotes less than 1% beneficial owner.

 

117


 

Table of Contents

(1) Except as otherwise noted, the address for each person listed above is c/o Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc., 167 Sidney Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139.

(2) Consists of (i) 2,090,125 shares of common stock held by Pillar Pharmaceuticals I, L.P., or Pillar I, (ii) 9,959,956 shares of common stock held by Pillar Pharmaceuticals II, L.P., or Pillar II, (iii) 2,871,839 shares of common stock held by Pillar Pharmaceuticals III, L.P., or Pillar III, (iv) 200,000 shares of common stock held by Pillar Pharmaceuticals IV, L.P., or Pillar IV, (v) 875,000 shares of common stock held by Pillar V, (vi) 8,875,973 shares of common stock held by Participations Besancon, or Besancon, and over which Pillar Invest Corporation has investment discretion, pursuant to an advisory agreement between Pillar Invest Corporation and Besancon, or the Advisory Agreement, (vii) 1,200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase common stock held by Besancon and over which Pillar Invest Corporation has investment discretion pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, (viii)  540,681 shares of common stock held directly by Mr. El Zein and (ix)  285,000 shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options that are exercisable within 60 days after February 15, 2018 held by Mr. El Zein. Mr. El Zein, a member of the Idera board until October 31, 2017, is a director and controlling stockholder of Pillar Invest Corporation, which is the general partner of Pillar I, Pillar II, Pillar III, Pillar IV and Pillar V and is a limited partner of Pillar I, Pillar II, Pillar III, Pillar IV and Pillar V. Mr. El Zein expressly disclaims beneficial ownership over shares held directly by Pillar I, Pillar II, Pillar III, Pillar IV, Pillar V and indirectly by Pillar Invest Corporation, including the warrants to purchase common stock issued in connection therewith held by Besancon, or the Besancon Warrants. Pillar I, Pillar II, Pillar III, Pillar IV and Pillar V expressly disclaim beneficial ownership of the Besancon Warrants. Besancon is an investment fund having no affiliation with Mr. El Zein, Pillar I, Pillar II, Pillar III, Pillar IV, Pillar V or Pillar Invest Corporation. The information in this footnote is based on a Schedule 13D/A filed with the SEC on October 17, 2016; Form 4s filed with the SEC on May 3, 2017,October 17, 2017, December 15, 2017 and January 19, 2018; and on information provided to us by Pillar Invest Corporation and Mr. El Zein. Pursuant to the terms of the warrants to purchase common stock issued to the Pillar Investment Entities, the warrants to purchase common stock issued to the Pillar Investment Entities cannot be exercised by the holders thereof with respect to any portion of the shares, to the extent that such exercise would result in the Pillar Investment Entities beneficially owning in the aggregate more than 19.99% of (x) the number of shares of common stock issued outstanding or (y) the voting power of our securities outstanding immediately after giving effect to the exercise of the warrants to purchase common stock.

(3) Consists of (i) 1,723,224 shares of our common stock owned by 667, L.P., (ii) 16,438,080 shares of our common stock owned by Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P., (iii) 35,105 shares of our common stock owned by 14159, L.P., (iv) (a) 55,042 shares of our common stock held directly by Mr. Baker and (b) 73,684 shares of our common stock held directly by Dr. Neu, and in which each of 667, L.P., Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P. and 14159, L.P., which we refer to collectively as the Funds, has an indirect pecuniary interest and may be deemed to own a portion of these shares, and (v) (a) 157,500 shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options that are exercisable within 60 days after February 13, 2018 held by Mr. Baker and (b) 157,500 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days after February 15, 2018 held by Dr. Neu. As a result of the application of the Beneficial Ownership Cap, as described below in this footnote, the table above does not include the following as being beneficially owned by the Funds: (a) 4,640,773 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase common stock owned by 667, L.P., (b) 36,907,015 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase common stock owned by Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P. and (c) 919,591 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase common stock owned by 14159, L.P. The information in this footnote is based on a Schedule 13D/A filed with the SEC on October 30, 2017; a Form 4 filed with the SEC on January 4, 2018; and on information provided to us by the Funds and Mr. Baker. Mr. Baker, a member of the Idera board, is a managing member of Baker Bros. Advisors LP and is a principal of Baker Bros. Advisors (GP), LLC, the sole general partner of Baker Bros. Advisors LP. Baker Bros. Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor to the Funds. Accordingly, Mr. Baker may be deemed to have sole power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares of common stock held directly by the Funds and indirectly by Baker Bros. Advisors LP and Baker Bros. Advisors (GP), LLC. Mr. Baker expressly disclaims beneficial ownership over shares held directly by the Funds and indirectly by Baker Bros. Advisors LP and Baker Bros. Advisors (GP), LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any, by virtue of his pecuniary interest therein. Dr. Neu, a member of the Idera board, is an employee of Baker Bros. Advisors LP. Under the terms of the warrants issued to the Funds, the Funds are not permitted to exercise such warrants to purchase common stock to the extent that such exercise would result in the Funds (and their affiliates) beneficially owning more than

118


 

Table of Contents

4.99% of the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants to purchase common stock. This limitation on exercise of the warrants to purchase common stock issued to the Funds is referred to in this footnote as the Beneficial Ownership Cap. The Funds have the right to increase this beneficial ownership limitation in their discretion on 61 days' prior written notice to us, provided that in no event are the Funds permitted to exercise such warrants to purchase common stock to the extent that such exercise would result in the Funds (and their affiliates) beneficially owning in the aggregate more than 19.99% of the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding or the combined voting power of our securities outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants to purchase common stock.

(4) Includes 1,887,500 shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options that are exercisable within 60 days after February 15, 2018.

(5) Includes 3,850,066 shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options that are exercisable within 60 days after February 15, 2018.

(6) Includes 1,363,706 shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options that are exercisable within 60 days after February 15, 2018.

(7) Consists of shares reported under footnote 3 to this table above. Mr. Baker is a managing member of Baker Bros. Advisors LP and is a principal of Baker Bros. Advisors (GP), LLC, the sole general partner of Baker Bros. Advisors LP. Baker Bros. Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor to the Funds. Accordingly, Mr. Baker may be deemed to have sole power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares of common stock held directly by the Funds and indirectly by Baker Bros. Advisors LP and Baker Bros. Advisors (GP), LLC. Mr. Baker expressly disclaims beneficial ownership over shares held directly by the Funds and indirectly by Baker Bros. Advisors LP and Baker Bros. Advisors (GP), LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any, by virtue of his pecuniary interest therein.

(8) Consists of 611,874 shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options that are exercisable within 60 days after February 15, 2018.

(9) Includes 621,252 shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options that are exercisable within 60 days after February 15, 2018.

(10) Consists of 157,500 shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options that are exercisable within 60 days after February 15, 2018.

(11) Includes 72,917 shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options that are exercisable within 60 days after February 15, 2018, and 7,000 shares of common stock held in the name Brian Macdonald for Maxine Gowen Trust, for which Dr. Gowen is a beneficiary and trustee.

(12) Consists of 395,311 shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options that are exercisable within 60 days after February 15, 2018.

(13) Includes 157,500 shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options that are exercisable within 60 days after February 15, 2018.

(14) Includes 217,500 shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options that are exercisable within 60 days after February 15, 2018.

(15) Consists of 150,000 shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options that are exercisable within 60 days after February 15, 2018.

(16) Includes 5,792,560 shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options held by the directors and executive officers as a group that are exercisable within 60 days after February 15, 2018 and shares reported in clauses (i) through (iv) of the first sentence of footnote 3 to this table above.

 

119


 

Table of Contents

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

 

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2017 regarding total shares subject to outstanding stock options, warrants and rights and total additional shares available for issuance under our existing equity incentive and employee stock purchase plans. In addition, from time to time, we grant “inducement grants” pursuant to Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c)(4).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Securities

 

 

 

Number of Securities

 

 

 

Remaining Available for

 

 

 

to be Issued Upon

 

Weighted-Average

 

Future Issuance Under

 

 

 

Exercise of

 

Exercise Price of

 

Equity Compensation Plans

 

 

 

Outstanding Options,

 

Outstanding Options,

 

(Excluding Securities 

 

 

 

Warrants and Rights

 

Warrants and Rights

 

Reflected in Column (a))

 

Plan Category

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

 

Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders (1)

 

17,977,200

 

$

2.86

 

13,500,778

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders (2)

 

3,425,000

 

$

3.35

 

 

Total

 

21,402,200

 

$

2.94

 

13,500,778

 


(1)

Consists of our: 1995 Director Stock Option Plan; 1997 Stock Incentive Plan; 2005 Stock Incentive Plan; 2008 Stock Incentive Plan; 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

Shares are available for future issuance only under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(2)

Consists of stock options issued as inducement grants as of December 31, 2017. These stock options are generally subject to the same terms and conditions as those awarded pursuant to the plans approved by our stockholders.

120


 

Table of Contents

Item  13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

 

 

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS

 

Since January 1, 2017, except as discussed below regarding transactions with (i)(a) 667, L.P., Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P. and 14159, L.P., which we refer to collectively as the Funds, and (b) Baker Bros. Advisors L.P. , or BBA, which, in each case, are affiliated with Mr. Baker and Dr. Neu, who are currently members of our board of directors, and (ii) Pillar Invest Corporation, which is affiliated with Mr. El Zein, who was a member of our board of directors until October 2017, we have not entered into or engaged in any related party transactions, as defined by the SEC, with our directors, officers and stockholders who beneficially owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, as well as affiliates or immediate family members of those directors, officers and stockholders. We believe that the terms of our transactions described below were no less favorable than those that we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

 

Public Offering

 

On October 30, 2017, we completed a follow-on underwritten public offering, in which we sold 33,333,334 shares of common stock at a price to the public of $1.50 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $50.0 million.  On November 1, 2017, we sold an additional 5,000,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise in full of the underwriters’ 30-day option to purchase additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount.  We refer to this offering as the 2017 Offering. The net proceeds to us from the 2017 Offering, including the exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares and after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions and other offering costs and expenses, were approximately $53.7 million.

 

Certain affiliates of the Funds participated in the 2017 Offering and purchased in the aggregate 8,000,000 shares of our common stock at the price offered to the public for an aggregate purchase price of $12.0 million.

 

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

 

Our board of directors is committed to upholding the highest legal and ethical conduct in fulfilling its responsibilities and recognizes that related party transactions can present a heightened risk of potential or actual conflicts of interest. Accordingly, as a general matter, it is our preference to avoid related party transactions.

 

In accordance with our audit committee charter, members of the audit committee, all of whom are independent directors, review and approve all related party transactions for which approval is required under applicable laws or regulations, including SEC and the Nasdaq Listing Rules. Current SEC rules define a related party transaction to include any transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we are a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any of the following persons has or will have a direct or indirect interest:

·

our executive officers, directors or director nominees;

·

any person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

·

any person who is an immediate family member, as defined under Item 404 of Regulation S-K, of any of our executive officers, directors or director nominees or beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock; or

·

any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is employed or is a partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person, together with any other of the foregoing persons, has a 5% or greater beneficial ownership interest.

 

In addition, the audit committee reviews and investigates any matters pertaining to the integrity of management, including conflicts of interest and adherence to our code of business conduct and ethics. Under our code of business conduct and ethics, our directors, officers and employees are expected to avoid any relationship, influence or activity that would cause or even appear to cause a conflict of interest. Under our code of business

121


 

Table of Contents

conduct and ethics, a director is required to promptly disclose to our board of directors any potential or actual conflict of interest involving him or her. In accordance with our code of business conduct and ethics, the board of directors will determine an appropriate resolution on a case-by-case basis. All directors must recuse themselves from any discussion or decision affecting their personal, business or professional interests.

 

 

DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

Under applicable rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of our board of directors, that person does not have a relationship which would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Baker, Mr. Geraghty, Dr. Goldberg, Dr. Gowen, Dr. Neu and Mr. Reardon and all of the members of each of the audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees are independent as defined under applicable rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market including, in the case of all members of the audit committee, the independence requirements contemplated by Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and, in the case of all members of the compensation committee, the independence requirements contemplated by Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act.

 

Our board of directors had previously made a similar determination of independence with respect to Mr. El Zein, who served as a director until October 2017.

 

122


 

Table of Contents

 

Item  14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

 

ACCOUNTING MATTER S

 

Report of the Audit Committee

 

The audit committee has reviewed our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 and discussed them with our management and our independent registered public accounting firm.

 

The audit committee has also received from, and discussed with, our independent registered public accounting firm various communications that our independent registered public accounting firm is required to provide to the audit committee, including the matters required to be discussed by the AS 1301: Communications with Audit Committees, as adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

 

The audit committee has received from Ernst & Young LLP the letter and other written disclosures required by applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding its communication with the audit committee concerning independence, and has discussed with Ernst & Young LLP its independence from the Company. The audit committee has also considered whether the provision of other non-audit services by Ernst & Young LLP is compatible with maintaining their independence.

 

Based on the review and discussions referred to above, the audit committee recommended to our board of directors that the audited financial statements be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

By the audit committee of the board of directors,

 

William S. Reardon, Chairman

James Geraghty

Mark Goldberg, M.D.

 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees

 

The following table sets forth all fees paid or accrued by us for professional services rendered by Ernst & Young LLP during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

Fee Category

    

2017

    

2016

 

Audit Fees

 

$

600,122

 

$

828,737

 

Audit-Related Fees

 

 

204,814

 

 

119,330

 

Tax Fees

 

 

126,980

 

 

28,780

 

All Other Fees

 

 

1,995

 

 

1,995

 

Total Fees

 

$

933,911

 

$

978,842

 

 

Audit Fees

 

Audit fees represent the aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm for the audit of our annual financial statements and internal controls over financial reporting, review of financial statements included in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and services that are normally provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.

 

Audit-Related Fees

 

Audit-related fees represent the aggregate fees billed for assurance and related professional services rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and that are not reported under "Audit Fees" including consultations regarding internal controls, financial accounting and reporting standards; the issuance of consents in connection with registration statement filings with the SEC and comfort letters in connection with securities offerings.

 

123


 

Table of Contents

Tax Fees

 

Tax fees represent the aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning services. Tax compliance services, which relate to preparation of tax returns, accounted for $25,000 of the total tax fees billed in both 2017 and 2016. Tax advice and tax planning services primarily relate to consultations on our net operating loss carry forwards and payroll taxes.

 

All Other Fees

 

All other fees represent the aggregate fees billed for all other products and services rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm other than the services reported in the other categories. All other fees for all periods presented related to our subscription to Ernst & Young’s online accounting research tool.

 

Our audit committee believes that the non-audit services described above did not compromise Ernst & Young LLP’s independence. Our audit committee charter, which you can find by clicking “Investors” and “Corporate Governance” on our website, www.iderapharma.com, requires that all proposals to engage Ernst & Young LLP for services, and all proposed fees for these services, be submitted to the audit committee for approval before Ernst & Young LLP may provide the services.

 

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

 

Our audit committee has adopted policies and procedures relating to the approval of all audit and non-audit services that are to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm. This policy generally provides that we will not engage our independent registered public accounting firm to render audit or non-audit services unless the service is specifically approved in advance by the audit committee or the engagement is entered into pursuant to the pre-approval procedures described below.

 

From time to time, the audit committee may pre-approve specified types of services that are expected to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm during the next 12 months. Any such pre-approval is detailed as to the particular service or type of services to be provided and is also generally subject to a maximum dollar amount. All of the services described above under the headings “Audit Fees,” “Audit-Related Fees,” “Tax Fees” and “All Other Fees” were pre-approved by our audit committee.

 

 

124


 

Table of Contents

 

PART IV.

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a)      (1)     Financial Statements.

 

 

(2)

We are not filing any financial statement schedules as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K because they are not applicable or the required information is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

(3)

The list of Exhibits filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is set forth on the Exhibit Index below.

 

(b) The list of Exhibits filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is set forth on the Exhibit Index below.

 

(c) None.

 

 

125


 

Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference to

Exhibit

   

 

 

 

 

SEC File

  

 

  

 

Number

 

Description

 

Form

 

No.

 

Exhibit(s)

 

Filing Date

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as January 21, 2018, by and among Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc., BioCryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Nautilus Holdco, Inc., Island Merger Sub, Inc. and Boat Merger Sub, Inc.

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

2.1

 

January 22, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc., as amended.

 

10-Q

 

001-31918

 

3.1

 

August 6, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2*

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Specimen Certificate for shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value, of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

S-1

 

33-99024

 

4.1

 

December 8, 1995

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

 

Form of Warrant issued in May 2013 to purchasers in Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.’s registered public offering on Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187155)

 

10-Q

 

001-31918

 

10.3

 

May 15, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

Form of Warrant issued in May 2013 to entities affiliated with Pillar Invest Corporation in Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.’s registered public offering on Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187155)

 

10-Q

 

001-31918

 

10.4

 

May 15, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.4

 

Form of Pre-Funded Warrant issued in May 2013 to purchasers in Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.’s registered public offering on Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187155)

 

10-Q

 

001-31918

 

10.5

 

May 15, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.5

 

Form of Pre-Funded Warrant issued in September 2013 to purchasers in Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.’s registered public offering on Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.’s registration statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-191073)

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

4.1

 

September 26, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.6

 

Form of Pre-Funded Warrant issued in February 2014 to purchasers in Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.’s registered public offering on Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.’s registration statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-191073)

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

4.1

 

February 5, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

126


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference to

Exhibit

   

 

 

 

 

SEC File

 

 

 

 

Number

 

Description

 

Form

 

No.

 

Exhibit(s)

 

Filing Date

10.1

 

Unit Purchase Agreement by and among Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and certain persons and entities listed therein, dated April 1, 1998

 

10-K

 

000-27352

 

10.39

 

April 1, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 24, 2006, by and among Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and the Investors named therein

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

10.2

 

March 29, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 24, 2006, by and among Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Biotech Shares Ltd. and Youssef El Zein

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

10.6

 

March 29, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.4

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Rights Agreement dated March 24, 2006, by and among Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Biotech Shares Ltd.

 

10-Q

 

001-31918

 

10.3

 

August 14, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 9, 2015, among Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and the Selling Stockholders named therein

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

4.1

 

February 9, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6

 

Amendment to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated January 21, 2018, by and among Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc., 667, L.P., Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P. and 14159, L.P.

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

10.1

 

January 22, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.7

 

Agreement, dated April 22, 2013, among Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Pillar Pharmaceuticals I, L.P. and Pillar Pharmaceuticals II, L.P.

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

10.1

 

April 23, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.8

 

Agreement, dated April 30, 2013, among Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Pillar Pharmaceuticals I, L.P., Pillar Pharmaceuticals II, L.P. and Participations Besancon

 

S-1/A

 

333-187155

 

10.50

 

May 1, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.9

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended

 

10-Q

 

001-31918

 

10.4

 

August 14, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.10

 

2008 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

99.2

 

June 17, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11

 

2013 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

10.1

 

June 13, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.12

 

Amendment to 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

10.1

 

June 11, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.13

 

Amendment to 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

10.1

 

June 9, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.14

 

2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

10.2

 

June 9, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

127


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference to

Exhibit

   

 

   

 

 

SEC File

 

 

 

 

Number

 

Description

 

Form

 

No.

 

Exhibit(s)

 

Filing Date

10.15

 

Policy on Treatment of Stock Options in the Event of Retirement, approved April 28, 2014

 

10-Q

 

001-31918

 

10.1

 

August 12, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.16

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement Granted Under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

10.2

 

June 21, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.17

 

Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement Granted Under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

10.3

 

June 21, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.18

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement Granted Under the 2008 Stock Incentive Plan

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

10.2

 

June 10, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.19

 

Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement Granted Under the 2008 Stock Incentive Plan

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

10.3

 

June 10, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.20

 

Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement (Non-Employee Directors) Granted Under the 2008 Stock Incentive Plan

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

10.4

 

June 10, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.21

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement Under the 2008 Stock Incentive Plan

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

10.5

 

June 10, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.22

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement granted under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

10.2

 

July 29, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.23

 

Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement granted under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

10.3

 

July 29, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.24

 

Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement (Non-Employee Directors) granted under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

10.4

 

July 29, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.25

 

Form of Inducement Stock Option Award – Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement

 

10-Q

 

001-31918

 

10.1

 

November 6, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.26

 

Employment Agreement dated October 19, 2005 between Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Dr. Sudhir Agrawal

 

10-Q

 

001-31918

 

10.1

 

November 9, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.27

 

Amendment dated December 17, 2008 to Employment Agreement by and between Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Dr. Sudhir Agrawal dated October 19, 2005

 

8-K

 

001-31918

 

10.1

 

December 18, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.28

 

Second Amendment dated December 1, 2014 to Employment Agreement by and between Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Dr. Sudhir Agrawal dated October 19, 2005

 

10-K

 

001-31918

 

10.31

 

March 12, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.29

 

Separation Agreement and Release of Claims dated April 18, 2017 between Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Sudhir Agrawal

 

10-Q

 

001-31918

 

10.1

 

August 7, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.30

 

Scientific Advisor Agreement effective June 1,  2017 by and between Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Sudhir Agrawal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

128


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference to

Exhibit

   

 

  

 

 

SEC File

 

 

 

 

Number

 

Description

 

Form

 

No.

 

Exhibit(s)

 

Filing Date

10.31

 

Amended and Restated Employment Letter Agreement by and between Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Louis J. Arcudi, III, Dated December 2, 2011

 

10-K

 

001-31918

 

10.17

 

March 13, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.32

 

Employment Letter Agreement, dated December 1, 2014, by and between Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Vincent Milano

 

10-K

 

001-31918

 

10.24

 

March 12, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.33

 

Employment Letter, dated January 26, 2015, by and between Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Clayton Fletcher

 

10-Q

 

001-31918

 

10.1

 

May 11, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.34

 

Employment Letter, dated June 5, 2015, by and between Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Mark J. Casey

 

10-Q

 

001-31918

 

10.1

 

May 9, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.35 †*

 

Employment Letter, dated November 11, 2015 by and between Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Joanna Horobin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.36 †*

 

Employment Letter, dated February 2, 2017, by and between Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Jonathan Yingling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.37

 

Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement

 

10-Q

 

001-31918

 

10.1

 

May 4, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.38

 

Form of Executive Severance and Change of Control Agreement

 

10-Q

 

001-31918

 

10.2

 

May 4, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.39

 

Director Compensation Program

 

10-Q

 

001-31918

 

10.4

 

May 12, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.40 ††

 

Development and Commercialization Agreement, dated May 1, 2014, by and between Abbott Molecular Inc. and Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

10-Q

 

001-31918

 

10.3

 

August 12, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.41 ††

 

License Agreement, dated November 28, 2016, by and between Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Vivelix Pharmaceuticals, Ltd.

 

10-K

 

001-31918

 

10.56

 

March 15, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.42

 

Lease Agreement dated October 31, 2006 between Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and ARE-MA-Region No. 23, LLC

 

10-K/A

 

001-31918

 

10.44

 

May 8, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.43

 

First Amendment dated February 21, 2014 to Lease Agreement dated October 31, 2006 between Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and ARE-MA-Region No. 23, LLC

 

10-Q

 

001-31918

 

10.1

 

May 12, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.44

 

Second Amendment dated November 17, 2016 to Lease Agreement dated October 31, 2006 between Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and ARE-MA-Region No. 23, LLC

 

10-K

 

001-31918

 

10.57

 

March 15, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.45*

 

Lease Agreement dated March 31, 2015 between Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and 505 Eagleview Boulevard Associates, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

129


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference to

Exhibit

   

 

   

 

 

SEC File

 

 

 

 

Number

 

Description

 

Form

 

No.

 

Exhibit(s)

 

Filing Date

10.46*

 

First Amendment dated September 23, 2015 to Lease Agreement dated March 31, 2015 between Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and 505 Eagleview Boulevard Associates, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.1*

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1*

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2*

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.1*

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.2*

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Filed herewith.

 

 

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an Exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

††

 

Confidential treatment granted as to certain portions, which are omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

 

 

 

 

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.

 

Not applicable.

130


 

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on this 7 th  day of March 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/    VINCENT J. MILANO

 

 

Vincent J. Milano

 

 

President and

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    VINCENT J. MILANO

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

 

March 7, 2018

Vincent J. Milano

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    LOUIS J. ARCUDI III

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

March 7, 2018

Louis J. Arcudi, III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    JAMES A. GERAGHTY

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

March 7, 2018

James A. Geraghty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    JULIAN C. BAKER

 

Director

 

March 7, 2018

Julian C. Baker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    MARK  GOLDBERG

 

Director

 

March 7, 2018

Mark Goldberg, M.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    MAXINE  GOWEN

 

Director

 

March 7, 2018

Maxine Gowen, Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    KELVIN M. NEU

 

Director

 

March 7, 2018

Kelvin M. Neu, M.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    WILLIAM S. REARDON

 

Director

 

March 7, 2018

William S. Reardon, C.P.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

131


 

Table of Contents

IDERA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

F-2

Balance Sheets  

F-3

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss  

F-4

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity  

F-5

Statements of Cash Flows  

F-6

Notes to Financial Statements  

F-7

 

 

F-1


 

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”).  In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 7, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.  We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002.

 

 

 

 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

 

 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

 

March 7, 2018

 

 

 

 

F-2


 

Table of Contents

IDERA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

 

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

2017

 

2016

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

112,629

 

$

80,667

 

Short-term investments

 

 

 —

 

 

28,347

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

3,992

 

 

2,030

 

Total current assets

 

 

116,621

 

 

111,044

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

1,472

 

 

1,853

 

Restricted cash and other assets

 

 

324

 

 

334

 

Total assets

 

$

118,417

 

$

113,231

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

1,334

 

$

556

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

8,000

 

 

7,394

 

Current portion of note payable

 

 

209

 

 

292

 

Current portion of deferred revenue

 

 

566

 

 

1,111

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

10,109

 

 

9,353

 

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

 

 

 —

 

 

152

 

Note payable, net of current portion

 

 

 —

 

 

209

 

Other liabilities

 

 

613

 

 

168

 

Total liabilities

 

 

10,722

 

 

9,882

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, Authorized — 5,000 shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Series A convertible preferred stock; Designated — 1,500 shares, Issued and outstanding — 1 share

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value, Authorized — 280,000 shares; Issued and outstanding — 195,625 and 149,065 shares at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively

 

 

196

 

 

149

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

711,993

 

 

641,687

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(604,494)

 

 

(538,470)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

 —

 

 

(17)

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

107,695

 

 

103,349

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

118,417

 

$

113,231

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3


 

Table of Contents

IDERA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

Alliance revenue

 

$

902

    

$

16,199

    

$

249

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

50,653

 

 

39,824

 

 

33,699

 

General and administrative

 

 

16,716

 

 

15,132

 

 

15,396

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

67,369

 

 

54,956

 

 

49,095

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(66,467)

 

 

(38,757)

 

 

(48,846)

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

574

 

 

415

 

 

357

 

Interest expense

 

 

(50)

 

 

(80)

 

 

(105)

 

Foreign currency exchange (loss) gain

 

 

(41)

 

 

33

 

 

39

 

Net loss

 

$

(65,984)

 

$

(38,389)

 

$

(48,555)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per share applicable to common stockholders - basic and diluted (Note 15)

 

$

(0.42)

 

$

(0.30)

 

$

(0.42)

 

Weighted-average number of common shares used in computing net loss per share applicable to common stockholders - basic and diluted

 

 

157,398

 

 

127,597

 

 

 115,092

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(65,984)

 

$

(38,389)

 

$

(48,555)

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities

 

 

17

 

 

117

 

 

(117)

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

17

 

 

117

 

 

(117)

 

Comprehensive loss

 

$

(65,967)

 

$

(38,272)

 

$

(48,672)

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 

F-4


 

Table of Contents

IDERA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

Number of

 

$0.001 Par

 

Paid-In

 

Accumulated

 

Comprehensive

 

Stockholders’

 

(In thousands)

 

Shares

 

Value

 

Capital

 

Deficit

 

(Loss)/Income

 

Equity

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

    

94,829

    

$

95

    

$

494,850

    

$

(451,526)

    

$

(17)

    

$

43,402

 

Sale of common stock and warrants, net of issuance costs

 

23,000

 

 

23

 

 

80,576

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

80,599

 

Exercise of common stock options, warrants and employee stock purchases

 

3,402

 

 

 3

 

 

2,543

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,546

 

Issuance of common stock for services

 

34

 

 

 —

 

 

122

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

122

 

Non-employee stock option expense

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

143

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

143

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,442

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,442

 

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(117)

 

 

(117)

 

Net loss

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(48,555)

 

 

 —

 

 

(48,555)

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

121,265

 

$

121

 

$

583,676

 

$

(500,081)

 

$

(134)

 

$

83,582

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sale of common stock, net of issuance costs

 

26,225

 

 

26

 

 

48,822

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

48,848

 

Exercise of common stock options, warrants and employee stock purchases

 

1,491

 

 

 2

 

 

2,170

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,172

 

Issuance of common stock for services

 

84

 

 

 —

 

 

172

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

172

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

6,847

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

6,847

 

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

117

 

 

117

 

Net loss

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(38,389)

 

 

 —

 

 

(38,389)

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

 

149,065

 

$

149

 

$

641,687

 

$

(538,470)

 

$

(17)

 

$

103,349

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative effect from adoption of new accounting standard (Note 2)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

40

 

 

(40)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Sale of common stock, net of issuance costs

 

38,333

 

 

38

 

 

53,708

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

53,746

 

Exercise of common stock options, warrants and employee stock purchases

 

8,146

 

 

 9

 

 

5,688

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,697

 

Issuance of common stock for services

 

81

 

 

 —

 

 

150

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

150

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

10,720

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

10,720

 

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

17

 

 

17

 

Net loss

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(65,984)

 

 

 —

 

 

(65,984)

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

 

195,625

 

$

196

 

$

711,993

 

$

(604,494)

 

$

 —

 

$

107,695

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. 

 

 

F-5


 

Table of Contents

IDERA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

(In thousands)

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(65,984)

 

$

(38,389)

 

$

(48,555)

 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from disposition of assets

 

 

 —

 

 

 4

 

 

 

Non-employee stock option expense

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

143

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

10,720

 

 

6,847

 

 

5,442

 

Issuance of common stock for services rendered

 

 

150

 

 

172

 

 

122

 

Accretion of discounts and premiums on investments

 

 

94

 

 

566

 

 

599

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

746

 

 

656

 

 

488

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(1,962)

 

 

1,064

 

 

(1,889)

 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities

 

 

1,674

 

 

1,988

 

 

(1,709)

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

(697)

 

 

(1,111)

 

 

2,373

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(55,259)

 

 

(28,203)

 

 

(42,986)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of available-for-sale securities

 

 

 —

 

 

(2,946)

 

 

(63,106)

 

Proceeds from maturity of available-for-sale securities

 

 

28,270

 

 

32,746

 

 

29,420

 

Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities

 

 

 —

 

 

1,974

 

 

999

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(206)

 

 

(408)

 

 

(727)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

28,064

 

 

31,366

 

 

(33,414)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from equity financings, net of issuance costs

 

 

53,763

 

 

49,014

 

 

80,599

 

Proceeds from exercise of common stock warrants and options and employee stock purchases

 

 

5,697

 

 

2,172

 

 

2,546

 

Payments on note payable

 

 

(292)

 

 

(261)

 

 

(120)

 

Payments on capital lease

 

 

(11)

 

 

(7)

 

 

(10)

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

59,157

 

 

50,918

 

 

83,015

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

31,962

 

 

54,081

 

 

6,615

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

80,667

 

 

26,586

 

 

19,971

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

112,629

 

$

80,667

 

$

26,586

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 

F-6


 

Table of Contents

IDERA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2017

 

Note 1.  Business and Organization

 

Business Overview

 

Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Idera” or the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of novel oligonucleotide therapeutics for oncology and rare diseases. The Company uses two distinct proprietary drug discovery technology platforms to design and develop drug candidates: its Toll-like receptor (“TLR”) targeting technology and its nucleic acid chemistry technology (formerly referred to as the Company’s third generation antisense, or 3GA, technology). The Company developed these platforms based on its scientific expertise and pioneering work with synthetic oligonucleotides as therapeutic agents. Using its TLR targeting technology, the Company designs synthetic oligonucleotide-based drug candidates to modulate the activity of specific TLRs. In addition, using its nucleic acid chemistry technology, the Company is developing drug candidates to turn off the messenger RNA (“mRNA”) associated with disease causing genes. The Company believes its nucleic acid chemistry technology may potentially reduce the immunotoxicity and increase the potency of earlier generation antisense and RNA interference (“RNAi”) technologies.

 

Idera is focused on the clinical development of drug candidates for oncology and rare diseases characterized by small, well-defined patient populations with serious unmet medical needs. The Company believes it can develop and commercialize these targeted therapies on its own.  To the extent the Company seeks to develop drug candidates for broader disease indications, it has entered into and may explore additional collaborative alliances to support development and commercialization.

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger

 

As further described in Note 17, in January 2018, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with BioCryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and affiliated entities.  However, the Company has prepared these financial statements as if the Company will remain an independent company.  See Note 17 for further details.

 

Liquidity and Financial Condition

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $604.5 million. The Company expects to incur substantial operating losses in future periods and will require additional capital to advance its drug candidates through development to commercialization. The Company does not expect to generate product revenue, sales-based milestones or royalties until the Company successfully completes development and obtains marketing approval for  the Company’s drug candidates, either alone or in collaboration with third parties, which the Company expects will take a number of years. In order to commercialize its drug candidates, the Company needs to complete clinical development and comply with comprehensive regulatory requirements. The Company is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties similar to those of other companies of the same size within the biotechnology industry, such as uncertainty of clinical trial outcomes, uncertainty of additional funding, and history of operating losses.

   

The Company believes, based on its current operating plan, that its existing cash, cash equivalents and investments will enable the Company to fund its operations into the second quarter of 2019. The Company has and will continue to evaluate available alternatives to extend its operations beyond the second quarter of 2019.

 

 

 

F-7


 

Table of Contents

Note 2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgements, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, equity, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingencies in the accompanying Financial Statements and these Notes.  In addition, management’s assessment of the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern involves the estimation of the amount and timing of future cash inflows and outflows.  On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, judgements and methodologies.  The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable.  Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

 

Segment Information

 

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise in which separate discrete information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and assessing performance. The Company views its operations and manages its business as one operating segment, which is the business of discovering and developing novel oligonucleotide therapeutics for oncology and rare diseases. Additionally, for all periods presented (a) all of the Company's revenues were generated in the United States, (b) all research and development activities occurred in the United States, and (c) all assets were located in the United States.

 

Financial Instruments

 

The fair value of the Company’s financial instruments is determined and disclosed in accordance with the three-tier fair value hierarchy specified in Note 3. The Company is required to disclose the estimated fair values of its financial instruments. The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash, cash equivalents, available-for-sale investments, receivables and a note payable. The estimated fair values of these financial instruments approximate their carrying values as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company did not have any derivatives, hedging instruments or other similar financial instruments except for the note issued under the Company’s loan and security agreement, which is discussed in Note 7, and which includes put and call features, which features the Company determined are clearly and closely associated with the debt host and do not require bifurcation as a derivative liability, or the fair value of the feature is immaterial.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments that subject the Company to credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents and available-for-sale investments. The Company’s credit risk is managed by investing its cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities in highly rated money market instruments, certificates of deposit, corporate bonds, and debt securities. Due to these factors, no significant additional credit risk is believed by management to be inherent in the Company’s assets. As of December 31, 2017, all of the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and investments are held at two financial institutions.

 

F-8


 

Table of Contents

Note 2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of 90 days or less when purchased to be “cash equivalents.” Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2017 and 2016 consisted of cash and money market funds.

 

Restricted Cash

 

As part of the Company’s lease arrangement for its office and laboratory facility in Cambridge, Massachusetts, the Company is required to restrict cash held in a certificate of deposit securing a line of credit for the lessor. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the restricted cash amounted to $0.3 million and is recorded in “Restricted cash and other assets” in the accompanying balance sheets.

 

Investments

 

Management determines the appropriate classification of marketable securities at the time of purchase. Investments that the Company does not have the positive intent to hold to maturity are classified as “available-for-sale” and reported at fair market value. Available-for-sale investments are classified as long-term if their contractual maturity is greater than one year at the balance sheet date and the Company does not have the intent to sell them in order to fund current operations. Unrealized gains and losses associated with available-for-sale investments are recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive income” on the accompanying balance sheets. The amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, and any realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary, and interest and dividends for all available-for-sale securities are included in “Interest income” on the accompanying statements of operations. Investments that the Company intends to hold to maturity are classified as “held-to-maturity” investments. The Company had no “held-to-maturity” investments at either December 31, 2017 or 2016. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.

 

The Company had no realized gains or losses from available-for-sale securities in 2017, 2016 or 2015. There were no losses or other-than-temporary declines in value included in “Interest income” for any securities for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment is carried at acquisition cost less accumulated depreciation, subject to review for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable as described further under the heading "Impairment of Long-Lived Assets" below. The cost of normal, recurring, or periodic repairs and maintenance activities related to property and equipment are expensed as incurred. The cost for planned major maintenance activities, including the related acquisition or construction of assets, is capitalized if the repair will result in future economic benefits.

 

Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Laboratory and other equipment are depreciated over three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the remaining lease term or the related useful life, if shorter.

 

When an asset is disposed of, the associated cost and accumulated depreciation is removed from the related accounts on the Company's balance sheet with any resulting gain or loss included in the Company's statement of operations.

 

F-9


 

Table of Contents

Note 2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360-10-35, Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, the Company reviews its long-lived assets and identifiable finite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable (i.e. impaired). Once an impairment is determined, the actual impairment recognized is the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value (less costs to sell for assets to be disposed of) as estimated using one of the following approaches: income, cost and/or market. Fair value using the income approach is determined primarily using a discounted cash flow model that uses the estimated cash flows associated with the asset or asset group under review, discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. Fair value utilizing the cost approach is determined based on the replacement cost of the asset reduced for, among other things, depreciation and obsolescence. Fair value, utilizing the market approach, benchmarks the fair value against the carrying amount. No impairment expense was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition .  Accordingly, revenue is recognized for each unit of accounting when all of the following criteria are met:

·

persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

·

delivery has occurred or services have been rendered;

·

the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and

·

collectability is reasonably assured.

 

Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recognized as deferred revenue in the Company’s balance sheet.  Amounts expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as deferred revenue, current.  Amounts not expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as deferred revenue, net of current portion.

 

Alliance Revenues

 

The Company’s revenues have primarily been generated through collaborative research, development and/or commercialization agreements.  The terms of these agreements typically may include payment to the Company of one or more of the following:  nonrefundable, up-front license fees, research, development and commercial milestone payments, other contingent payments due based on the activities of the counterparty or the reimbursement by licensees of costs associated with patent maintenance.  Each of these types of revenue are recorded as Alliance revenues in the Company’s statement of operations.

 

For each collaborative research, development and/or commercialization agreement, which results in revenues, the Company determines (i) whether multiple deliverables exist, (ii) whether the delivered elements have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, (iii) how the deliverables should be separated or combined and (iv) how the consideration should be allocated to the deliverables.

 

See Note 8, “Collaboration and License Agreements” for additional details surrounding the Company’s collaboration arrangements.

 

F-10


 

Table of Contents

Note 2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Arrangement consideration that is fixed or determinable is allocated among the separate units of accounting using the relative selling price method. Then, the applicable revenue recognition criteria in ASC 605 are applied to each of the separate units of accounting in determining the appropriate period and pattern of recognition. The Company determines the selling price of a unit of accounting following the hierarchy of evidence prescribed by ASC 605-25. Accordingly, the Company determines the estimated selling price for units of accounting within each arrangement using vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of selling price, if available, third-party evidence (“TPE”) of selling price if VSOE is not available, or best estimate of selling price (“BESP”) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. The Company typically uses BESP to estimate the selling price, since the Company generally does not have VSOE or TPE of selling price for its units of accounting. Determining the BESP for a unit of accounting requires significant judgment. In developing the BESP for a unit of accounting, the Company considers applicable market conditions and relevant entity-specific factors, including factors that were contemplated in negotiating the agreement with the customer and estimated costs. The Company validates the BESP for units of accounting by evaluating whether changes in the key assumptions used to determine the BESP will have a significant effect on the allocation of arrangement consideration between multiple units of accounting.

 

Options are considered substantive if, at the inception of the arrangement, this Company is at risk as to whether the collaborator will choose to exercise the option. Factors that the Company considers in evaluating whether an option is substantive include the overall objective of the arrangement, the benefit the collaborator might obtain from the arrangement without exercising the option, the cost to exercise the option and the likelihood that the option will be exercised. For arrangements under which an option is considered substantive, the Company does not consider the item underlying the option to be a deliverable at the inception of the arrangement and the associated option fees are not included in allocable arrangement consideration, assuming the option is not priced at a significant and incremental discount. Conversely, for arrangements under which an option is not considered substantive or if an option is priced at a significant and incremental discount, the Company would consider the item underlying the option to be a deliverable at the inception of the arrangement and a corresponding amount would be included in allocable arrangement consideration.

 

The Company recognizes arrangement consideration allocated to each unit of accounting when all of the revenue recognition criteria in ASC 605 are satisfied for that particular unit of accounting. The Company will recognize as revenue arrangement consideration attributed to licenses that have standalone value from the other deliverables to be provided in an arrangement upon delivery. The Company will recognize as revenue arrangement consideration attributed to licenses that do not have standalone value from the other deliverables to be provided in an arrangement over the Company’s estimated performance period as the arrangement would be accounted for as a single unit of accounting.

 

The Company’s multiple element revenue arrangements may include the following:

 

Up-front License Fees: If a license does not have stand-alone value, the Company recognizes revenues from nonrefundable, up-front license fees on a straight-line basis over the contracted or estimated period of performance of the services under the related agreement, unless evidence suggests that revenue is earned or obligations are fulfilled in a different pattern. The Company evaluates the period of performance each reporting period and adjusts the period of performance on a prospective basis if there are changes to be made. If a license were to have stand-alone value and the other criteria of revenue recognition were satisfied, then revenue would be recognized in the period earned.

 

Milestone Payments: At the inception of an agreement that includes research and development milestone payments, the Company evaluates whether each milestone is substantive or represents a deliverable of the counterparty to the agreement. The Company recognized revenues related to substantive milestones in full in the period in which the substantive milestone is achieved if payment is reasonably assured. If a milestone is a deliverable of the counterparty to the agreement, it is considered contingent revenue and is recognized when the Company is informed by the counterparty that they have achieved it and such amount is reasonably assured of payment.

 

F-11


 

Table of Contents

Note 2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Research and Development Activities:  If the Company is entitled to reimbursement from its collaborators for specified research and development activities or the reimbursement of costs associated with patent maintenance, the Company determines whether such funding would result in alliance revenues or an offset to research and development expenses. Reimbursement of patent maintenance costs are recognized during the period in which the related expenses are incurred as alliance revenues in the Company’s statement of operations.

 

Royalties : If the Company is entitled to receive royalties from its collaborator for product sales, the Company will recognize royalty revenue in the period of sale of the related product(s), based on the underlying contract terms, provided that the reported sales are reliably measurable and the Company has no remaining performance obligations, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

 

Research and Development Expenses

 

All research and development expenses are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses are comprised of costs incurred in performing research and development activities, including drug development trials and studies, drug manufacturing, laboratory supplies, external research, payroll including stock-based compensation and overhead. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services to be received in the future for use in research and development activities are deferred and capitalized. The capitalized amounts are expensed as the related goods are accepted by the Company or the services are performed. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded approximately $2.6 million and $1.4 million as prepaid research and development, respectively, which is included within prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying balance sheets.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation using ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), or ASC 505-50, Equity – Equity Based Payments to Non-Employees , as applicable. The Company accounts for stock-based awards to employees and non-employee directors using the fair value based method to determine compensation expense for all arrangements where shares of stock or equity instruments are issued for compensation. In addition, the Company accounts for stock-based compensation to other non-employees in accordance with the accounting guidance for equity instruments that are issued to entities or persons other than employees.

 

The Company recognizes all share-based payments to employees and directors as expense in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss based on their fair values. The Company records compensation expense over an award’s requisite service period, or vesting period, based on the award’s fair value at the date of grant. Vesting is generally four years for employees and one year for directors. The Company uses a Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of each option grant as of the date of grant for expense incurred. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires inputs for risk-free interest rate, dividend yield, expected stock price volatility and expected term of the options. The value of the award that is ultimately expected to vest based on the achievement of a performance condition (i.e., service period) is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. See Note 10, “Stock-based Compensation” for additional details.

 

Previously, ASC 718 required forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differed from those estimates. In the first quarter of 2017, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2016-09”), which allows an entity to elect as an accounting policy either to continue to estimate the total number of awards for which the requisite service period will not be rendered or to account for forfeitures when they occur. In connection with the adoption of this ASU, the Company made an accounting policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur and applied this change in accounting policy on a modified retrospective basis. See discussion under Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements for the impact this adoption had on the Company’s financial statements.

 

F-12


 

Table of Contents

Note 2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Income Taxes

 

An asset and liability approach is used for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between income tax and financial reporting and principally relate to recognition of revenue and expenses in different periods for financial and tax accounting purposes and are measured using currently enacted tax rates and laws.  In addition, a deferred tax asset can be generated by a net operating loss carryover.  If it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recognized.

 

In the event the Company is charged interest or penalties related to income tax matters, the Company would record such interest as interest expense and would record such penalties as other expense in the Statements of Operations.  No such charges have been incurred by the Company.  For each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company had no uncertain tax positions.  See Note 12, “Income Taxes” for additional details.

 

Net Loss per Common Share applicable to Common Stockholders

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share applicable to common stockholders is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per common share applicable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per common share applicable to common stockholders for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 as the effects of the Company’s potential common stock equivalents are antidilutive (see Note 15).

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is comprised of reported net income (loss) and any change in net unrealized gains and losses on investments during each year, which is included in “Accumulated other comprehensive income” on the accompanying balance sheets. In accordance with ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income , the Company has elected to present the components of net income and other comprehensive income as one continuous statement.

 

New Accounting Pronouncements

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09,   Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which became effective for the Company on January 1, 2017.  The Company adopted this ASU during the first quarter of 2017 which had the following impacts on the Company’s financial statements. (1) ASU 2016-09 requires organizations to recognize all income tax effects of awards in the statement of operations when the awards vest or are settled. The Company’s net operating loss deferred tax assets increased by $1.4 million and were offset by a corresponding increase in the valuation allowance given the Company’s continued loss position.  Accordingly, the adoption of this portion of ASU 2016-09 had no impact on the Company’s Accumulated deficit. (2) ASU 2016-09 allows organizations to repurchase more shares from employees than they could previously purchase for tax withholding purposes without triggering liability accounting. The adoption of this portion of ASU 2016-09 had no impact on the Company’s financial statements.  (3) ASU 2016-09 allows companies to make a policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur.  The Company has made the policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur and has used the modified retrospective transition method, resulting in less than a $0.1 million reduction in Additional paid-in capital and an increase in Accumulated deficit as of January 1, 2017, to reflect the cumulative effect of previously estimated forfeitures.

 

F-13


 

Table of Contents

Note 2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Recently Issued (Not Yet Adopted) Accounting Pronouncements

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , which was subsequently amended by ASU No. 2015-14, which deferred the effective date, and several other ASU’s related to Topic 606 through December 31, 2017 (e.g. ASU 2016-08, ASU 2016-10, 2016-12 and 2016-20) which clarify various aspects of the new revenue guidance including principal versus agent considerations, identifying performance obligations, and licensing, and include other improvements and practical expedients (as amended, “ASU 2014-09”). ASU No. 2014-09 requires an entity to recognize revenue from the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In addition, this ASU addresses contracts with more than one performance obligation, as well as the accounting for costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer, and provides for additional disclosures with respect to revenues and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. This guidance is applicable to the Company's fiscal year beginning January 1, 2018 and the Company will adopt ASU 2014-09 in the first quarter of 2018 using the modified retrospective transition method.

 

To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of Topic 606, the entity performs the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. To date, the Company has derived its revenues from a limited number of license and collaboration agreements. The consideration the Company is eligible to receive under these agreements includes upfront payments, research and development funding, contingent revenues in the form of commercial and development milestones and option payments and royalties. Each of the Company’s license and collaboration agreements has unique terms and has been evaluated separately under the new standard.

 

With respect to its license and collaboration agreements with Vivelix Pharmaceuticals, Ltd. (“Vivelix”) and GlaxoSmithKline Intellectual Property Development Limited (“GSK ”), the Company is substantially complete with its assessment and currently estimates that there will be no material impact to Alliance revenues for any of the years presented after the adoption of Topic 606.  Additionally, the Company does not expect to revise any balance sheet components of Alliance revenues such as accounts receivable and deferred revenues or beginning retained earnings as of January 1, 2016 as a result of the modified retrospective method of adoption. The Company will continue to monitor additional changes, modifications, clarifications or interpretations being undertaken by the FASB, which may impact the Company’s current conclusion.

 

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“ASU 2016-01”). The amendments in ASU 2016-01 address certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. This guidance is applicable to the Company's fiscal year beginning January 1, 2018 and the Company will adopt this ASU in the first quarter of 2018.  Based on the Company’s current investment holdings, the adoption of this new standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”).  ASU 2016-02 requires organizations that lease assets, with lease terms of more than 12 months, to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. Consistent with GAAP, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease by a lessee primarily will depend on its classification as a finance or operating lease. However, unlike current GAAP which requires only capital leases to be recognized on the balance sheet, ASU No. 2016-02 will require both types of leases to be recognized on the balance sheet. This guidance is applicable to the Company's fiscal year beginning January 1, 2019. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that the adoption of ASU 2016-02 will have on its financial statements.

 

F-14


 

Table of Contents

Note 3.  Fair Value Measurements

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

The Company applies the guidance in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement , to account for financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis.  Fair value is measured at the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that is determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

The Company uses a fair value hierarchy, which distinguishes between assumptions based on market data (observable inputs) and an entity's own assumptions (unobservable inputs). The guidance requires that fair value measurements be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

 

·

Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

·

Level 2: Quoted prices in markets that are not active or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability;

·

Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).  

 

Determining which category an asset or liability falls within the hierarchy requires significant judgment. The Company evaluates its hierarchy disclosures each reporting period. There were no transfers between Level 1, 2 and 3 during each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

The table below presents the assets and liabilities measured and recorded in the financial statements at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2017 and 2016 categorized by the level of inputs used in the valuation of each asset and liability.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

(In thousands)

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

66,183

 

$

66,183

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Total Assets

 

$

66,183

 

$

66,183

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Total Liabilities

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

(In thousands)

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

67,580

 

$

67,580

 

$

 —

 

$

 

Short-term investments –  corporate bonds

 

 

19,729

 

 

 

 

19,729

 

 

 

Short-term investments – municipal bonds

 

 

8,618

 

 

 

 

8,618

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

95,927

 

$

67,580

 

$

28,347

 

$

 —

 

Total Liabilities

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

The Level 1 assets consist of money market funds, which are actively traded daily. The Level 2 assets consist of corporate bond and municipal bond investments whose fair value may not represent actual transactions of identical securities. The fair value of corporate and municipal bonds is generally determined from quoted market prices received from pricing services based upon quoted prices from active markets and/or other significant observable market transactions at fair value. Since these fair values may not be based upon actual transactions of identical securities, they are classified as Level 2. Since any investments are classified as available-for-sale securities, any unrealized gains or losses are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss within stockholders’ equity on the balance sheet.

 

F-15


 

Table of Contents

Note 4.  Investments

 

The Company held no available-for-sale investments at December 31, 2017. The Company’s available-for-sale investments at December 31, 2016 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

Estimated

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

(In thousands)

    

Cost

    

(Losses)

    

Gains

    

Value

 

Short-term investments – corporate bonds

 

$

19,740

 

$

(11)

 

$

 

$

19,729

 

Short-term investments – municipal bonds

 

 

8,624

 

 

(6)

 

 

 

 

8,618

 

Total short-term investments

 

 

28,364

 

 

(17)

 

 

 —

 

 

28,347

 

Total investments

 

$

28,364

 

$

(17)

 

$

 —

 

$

28,347

 

 

Realized gains and losses from available-for-sale securities were immaterial for 2017, 2016 and 2015. Additionally, there were no losses or other-than-temporary declines in value included in the Company’s statements of operations and comprehensive loss for any securities for the three year period ended December 31, 2017.  See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 3, “Fair Value Measurements” for additional information related to the Company’s investments.

 

Note 5.  Property and Equipment

 

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, net property and equipment at cost consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

(In thousands)

    

2017

    

2016

 

Leasehold improvements

 

$

671

 

$

671

 

Laboratory equipment and other

 

 

5,261

 

 

5,127

 

Total property and equipment, at cost

 

 

5,932

 

 

5,798

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

4,460

 

 

3,945

 

Property and equipment, net

 

$

1,472

 

$

1,853

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense on Property and equipment was approximately $0.7 million, $0.6 million and $0.5 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  See Note 16, “Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information”, for information related to non-cash property additions.

 

Note 6.  Accrued Expenses

 

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, accrued expenses consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

December 31, 

 

(In thousands)

 

2017

    

2016

 

Payroll and related costs

 

$

3,108

 

$

2,498

 

Clinical and nonclinical trial expenses

 

 

3,495

 

 

3,577

 

Professional and consulting fees

 

 

1,317

 

 

840

 

Equipment purchase

 

 

 —

 

 

368

 

Other

 

 

80

 

 

111

 

 

 

$

8,000

 

$

7,394

 

 

 

Included in accrued Payroll and related costs as of December 31, 2017 is the current portion, or $0.6 million, of the remaining $0.9 million of salary continuation severance benefits to be paid in equal installments through May 31, 2019 to a former executive.  The long-term portion of $0.3 million is included within Other liabilities in the Company’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2017.  The Equipment purchase relates to equipment received by the Company that was not in service and unpaid as of December 31, 2016.

 

F-16


 

Table of Contents

Note 7.  Note Payable

 

On September 30, 2014, the Company executed a loan and security agreement with Oxford Finance LLC (“Oxford”). Under the agreement, Oxford committed to lend the Company up to an aggregate principal amount of $3 million, through December 31, 2015, in one or more advances each of which is to be evidenced by a promissory note. The Company received total advances of $0.9 million under the loan and security agreement during the draw down period. The Company’s obligations to Oxford are secured by the specific laboratory, manufacturing, office or computer equipment financed under the agreement. Each equipment advance includes interest at a fixed interest rate equal to the greater of 7.50% per annum and 7.27% plus the three-month U.S. Libor Rate per annum, set at the time of funding. The principal amount of each equipment advance will be repaid in 36 monthly installments commencing on the applicable amortization date, which was July 1, 2015 for any equipment advance made on or before June 30, 2015. Monthly installments payable prior to July 1, 2015 consisted of interest only and monthly installments payable on or after July 1, 2015 consist of principal and accrued interest.

 

The Company is required to pay a final payment in an amount equal to 5.7% of the aggregate advanced amount under each equipment advance at the time that the final monthly installment is due or such earlier date as specified in the loan and security agreement. The final payments are being accrued as interest expense over the term of each equipment advance using the effective interest method. The weighted average annual effective interest rate on the notes payable based on the amount advanced through December 31, 2015, including accrual of the final payment, is 11.1%. If the Company prepays all or a portion of the principal amount of any equipment advance prior to maturity, it will be required to pay Oxford a prepayment fee of between 1% and 3% of the principal amount of such equipment advance.

 

As of December 31, 2017, the total outstanding balance of the note payable to Oxford in the amount of $0.2 million is classified in Current portion of note payable within the accompanying balance sheet.

 

The loan and security agreement includes standard affirmative and restrictive covenants, but does not include any covenants to attain or maintain any financial metrics, and also includes standard events of default, including payment defaults, breaches of covenants following any applicable cure period, a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Oxford’s security interest or in the value of the collateral, a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of the loans and a material adverse change in the business, operations or conditions of the Company. Upon the occurrence of an event of default and following any applicable cure periods, a default interest rate of an additional 5% may be applied to the outstanding loan balances, and Oxford may declare all outstanding obligations immediately due and payable and take such other actions as set forth in the loan and security agreement.

 

The Company assessed all terms and features of the note that the Company issued under its loan and security agreement in order to identify any potential embedded features that would require bifurcation. As part of this analysis, the Company assessed the economic characteristics and risks of the note, including put and call features. The Company determined that all features of the note are clearly and closely associated with a debt host and do not require bifurcation as a derivative liability, or the fair value of the feature is immaterial. The Company will continue to reassess the features to determine if they require separate accounting on a quarterly basis. 

 

 

Note 8.  Collaboration and License Agreements

 

Collaboration with Vivelix

 

In November 2016, the Company entered into an exclusive license and collaboration agreement with Vivelix pursuant to which the Company granted Vivelix worldwide rights to develop and market IMO-9200, an antagonist of TLR7, 8, and 9, for non-malignant gastrointestinal disorders (the GI Field or Field as defined in the Vivelix Agreement), and certain back-up compounds to IMO-9200 (the “Vivelix Agreement”). The Company was previously developing IMO-9200 for potential use in selected autoimmune disease indications. However, the Company determined not to proceed with internal development of IMO-9200 because the large autoimmune disease indications for which IMO-9200 had been developed did not fit within the strategic focus of the Company. Under the terms of the Vivelix Agreement, Vivelix is solely responsible for the development and commercialization of IMO-9200 and any designated back-up compounds. In connection with the Vivelix Agreement, Idera also transferred certain drug material to Vivelix for Vivelix’s use in its development activities.

 

F-17


 

Table of Contents

Note 8.  Collaboration and License Agreements (Continued)

 

In accordance with the Vivelix Agreement, a Joint Research Committee (“JRC”) was formed with equal representation from Idera and Vivelix. The responsibilities of the JRC, include, but are not limited to monitoring the progress of the research program, advising on the designation of back-up compounds, sharing information between the parties and dealing with disputes that may arise between the parties. If a dispute cannot be resolved by the JRC, Vivelix has final decision making authority.

 

If requested by Vivelix pursuant to the Vivelix Agreement, Idera will create, characterize and perform research on back-up compounds.  Such activity is to be mutually agreed upon and moderated by the JRC.  The research period commenced with the execution of the agreement and may last for up to three years. During the research period, the parties will agree on the number of full time equivalents to work on the program.  Vivelix will reimburse Idera at an annual market rate for the services rendered.

 

Vivelix has certain rights under the agreement whereby it may (i) exercise the right of first refusal, (ii) the right of first negotiation to obtain an exclusive license for any compound controlled by Idera that has activity in the field of inflammatory bowel disease and (iii) the right to request an expanded Field beyond the GI Field.    The Company has determined that these rights are substantive options.

 

Under the terms of the Vivelix Agreement, the Company received an upfront, non-refundable fee of $15 million.  In addition, the Company will be eligible for future IMO-9200 related development, regulatory and sales milestone payments totaling up to $140 million, including development and regulatory milestones totaling up to $65 million and sales milestones totaling up to $75 million, and escalating royalties ranging from the mid single-digits to low double-digits of global net sales, which percentages are subject to reduction under agreed upon circumstances.  As it relates to back-up compounds, the Company will be eligible for related designation payments and development, regulatory sales and milestone payments totaling up to $52.5 million, including development and regulatory milestones totaling up to $35 million and sales milestones totaling up to $17.5 million and escalating royalties ranging from the mid single-digits to low double-digits of global net sales, which percentages are subject to reduction under agreed upon circumstances. Under the terms of the agreement and if requested by and at Vivelix’s expense, the Company is responsible for performing research services related to the back-up compounds.

 

At the effective date of the Vivelix Agreement, Baker Bros. Advisors LP and certain of its affiliated funds (“Baker Brothers”) beneficially owned approximately 7.0% of the Company’s outstanding common stock.  Baker Brothers also owned a controlling financial interest of Vivelix at the effective date of the Vivelix Agreement and as of December 31, 2017.  Affiliates of Baker Brothers constitute two of the four directors on the Board of Directors of Vivelix and two of the seven directors on the Board of Directors of the Company.  However, the Boards of the Company and Vivelix share no individual common Board members.

 

Accounting Analysis under ASC 605

 

The Company evaluated the Vivelix Agreement in accordance with the provisions of ASC 605-25. The Vivelix Agreement contains the following initial deliverables: (i) a research and commercialization license for IMO-9200 and back-up compounds to IMO-9200 (the “IMO-9200 License”), (ii) drug materials transferred, and (iii) participation in the JRC (the “JRC Deliverable”).

 

The Company has determined that Vivelix’s right of first refusal, the right of first negotiation and the right to request an expanded field are substantive options.  Vivelix is not contractually obligated to exercise the options and Idera is not contractually obligated to perform. Accordingly, the substantive options are not considered deliverables at the inception of the arrangement and the associated payments are not accounted for at inception of the agreement. 

F-18


 

Table of Contents

Note 8.  Collaboration and License Agreements (Continued)

 

The Company concluded that the IMO-9200 License has standalone value from the undelivered elements as Vivelix could benefit from the IMO-9200 License on a standalone basis as they would be able to sell the compound in the market without any additional involvement or participation from Idera.  Idera has no further obligations related to the IMO-9200 License.  In the event that Vivelix does not make a designated compound payment, the license to back-up compounds reverts back to Idera at the end of the research term at no cost or payment by either party.  The research and development services in the Vivelix Agreement relate to the back-up compounds and Vivelix would be able to conduct research and development activities with external third parties, as IMO-9200 is at an advanced enough stage where Idera’s expertise would not be required.  Accordingly, the IMO-9200 License is a separate unit of accounting.

 

The Company concluded that the materials transferred identified at the inception and the JRC Deliverable of the Vivelix Agreement also have standalone value from the other deliverables based on their nature.  In the case of the materials transferred, it was noted that Vivelix would not be able to realize any of the value associated without the IMO-9200 License; however, the IMO-9200 License was provided  at the inception of the arrangement and therefore, this determination is not relevant.

 

Therefore, the Company has identified three units of accounting in connection with its initial deliverables under the Vivelix Agreement as follows: (i) the IMO-9200 License, (ii) drug materials transferred, and (iii) the JRC Deliverable.

 

Allocable arrangement consideration at inception of the Vivelix Agreement is comprised of the up-front payment of $15 million.  The $15 million was allocated based on the relative values of the best estimate of selling price of the units of accounting.  Allocated revenue associated with the IMO-9200 License was recognized at the inception of the Vivelix Agreement in the fourth quarter of 2016 as Vivelix was granted an exclusive, perpetual license to develop and commercialize IMO-9200 and certain back-up compounds to IMO-9200, subject to certain designation milestone and royalty payments, and the performance obligations of Idera under the agreement are extinguished at that point. Allocable revenue associated with drug materials transferred shortly after the inception of the agreement was recognized upon delivery, in the fourth quarter of 2016.  The JRC deliverable was deemed to be de minimus and no amount separately accounted for.

   

The development and commercial milestones provided for in the Vivelix Agreement are all performance obligations of Vivelix occurring after the Company has completed its obligations.  As a result, they represent contingent revenue to the Company and will be accounted for at the time the contingencies are resolved.

 

The Company will recognize royalty revenue in the period of sale of the related product(s), based on the underlying contract terms, provided that the reported sales are reliably measurable and the Company has no remaining performance obligations, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

 

The Company recognized revenue of less than $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and $15.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 related to the Vivelix Agreement. This revenue is classified as Alliance revenue in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive loss. No such revenues were recognized in 2015.

 

Collaboration with GSK

 

In November 2015, the Company entered into a collaboration and license agreement with GSK to license, research, develop and commercialize pharmaceutical compounds from the Company’s nucleic acid chemistry technology for the treatment of selected targets in renal disease (the “GSK Agreement”). The initial collaboration term is currently anticipated to last between two and four years. In connection with the GSK Agreement, GSK identified an initial target for the Company to attempt to identify a potential population of development candidates to address such target under a mutually agreed upon research plan, currently estimated to take 36 months to complete. From the population of identified development candidates, GSK may designate one development candidate in its sole discretion to move forward into clinical development. Once GSK designates a development candidate, GSK would be solely responsible for the development and commercialization activities for that designated development candidate.

 

F-19


 

Table of Contents

Note 8.  Collaboration and License Agreements (Continued)

 

The GSK Agreement also provided GSK with the option to select up to two additional targets at any time during the first two years of the agreement, for further research under mutually agreed upon research plans. Upon selecting additional targets, GSK then had the option to designate one development candidate for each additional target, at which time GSK would have sole responsibility to develop and commercialize each such designated development candidate. As of December 31, 2017, GSK had not selected any additional targets for research and the option period in which GSK could select additional targets had expired.

 

In accordance with the GSK Agreement, a Joint Steering Committee (“JSC”) was formed with equal representation from Idera and GSK. The responsibilities of the JSC, include, but are not limited to monitoring the progress of the collaboration, reviewing research plans and dealing with disputes that may arise between the parties. If a dispute cannot be resolved by the JSC, GSK has final decision making authority.

 

Under the terms of the GSK Agreement, the Company received a $2.5 million upfront, non-refundable, non-creditable cash payment upon the execution of the GSK Agreement.  Additionally, the Company was eligible to receive a total of up to approximately $100 million in upfront, license, research, clinical development and commercialization milestone payments of which $9 million of these milestone payments would have been payable by GSK upon the identification of the additional targets, the completion of current and future research plans and the designation of development candidates and $89 million would have been payable by GSK upon the achievement of clinical milestones and commercial milestones. As a result of GSK not selecting additional targets during the two-year option period, the Company is eligible to receive a total of up to approximately $20 million in upfront, license, research, clinical development and commercialization milestone payments, of which $1 million of these milestone payments would be payable by GSK upon the designation of a development candidate from the initial target and $17 million would be payable by GSK upon the achievement of clinical milestones and commercial milestones. In addition, the Company is eligible to receive royalty payments based on sales of licensed products following commercialization at varying rates of up to five percent on annual net sales, as defined in the GSK Agreement.

 

Accounting Analysis

 

The Company evaluated the GSK Agreement in accordance with the provisions of ASC 605-25. The GSK Agreement contains the following initial deliverables: (i) a collaboration license for Idera’s proprietary technology related to the initial target (the “Collaboration License”), (ii) research services (the “Research Services”), and (iii) participation in the JSC (the “JSC Deliverable”).

 

The Company determined that GSK’s options to choose up to two additional targets and to purchase additional collaboration licenses for the Company’s proprietary technology related to each additional target were substantive options. GSK was not contractually obligated to exercise the options and as a result of the uncertain outcome of the research activities, there was significant uncertainty as to whether GSK would decide to exercise its options for any additional targets. Consequently, the Company was at risk with regard to whether GSK would exercise the options. Additionally, the Company determined that GSK’s options to choose up to two additional targets and to purchase additional collaboration licenses for the Company’s proprietary technology related to each additional target were not priced at a significant and incremental discount. During 2017, the two-year option period in which GSK could exercise the options had expired.

 

The Company has concluded that the Collaboration License does not qualify for separation from the Research Services. As it relates to the assessment of standalone value, the Company has determined that GSK cannot fully exploit the value of the Collaboration License without receipt of the Research Services from the Company. The Research Services involve unique skills and specialized expertise, particularly as it relates to the Company’s proprietary technology, which is not available in the marketplace. Accordingly, GSK must obtain the Research Services from the Company which significantly limits the ability for GSK to utilize the Collaboration License for its intended purpose on a standalone basis. Therefore, the Collaboration License does not have standalone value from the Research Services. As a result, the Collaboration License and the Research Services have been combined as a single unit of accounting (the R&D Services Unit of Accounting). The Company has concluded that the JSC Deliverable identified at the inception of the arrangement has standalone value from the other deliverables noted based on its nature. Factors considered in this determination included, among other

 

F-20


 

Table of Contents

Note 8.  Collaboration and License Agreements (Continued)

 

things, the capabilities of the collaborator, whether any other vendor sells the item separately, whether the value of the deliverable is dependent on the other elements in the arrangement, whether there are other vendors that can provide the items and if the customer could use the item for its intended purpose without the other deliverables in the arrangement.

 

Therefore, the Company has identified two units of accounting in connection with its initial deliverables under the GSK Agreement as follows: (i) R&D Services Unit of Accounting, and (ii) JSC Deliverable.

 

Allocable arrangement consideration at inception of the GSK Agreement is comprised of the up-front payment of $2.5 million, which was allocated to the R&D Services Unit of Accounting. No amount was allocated to the JSC Deliverable because the related best estimate of selling price was determined to be de minimis. The $2.5 million was recorded as deferred revenue in the Company’s balance sheet and is being recognized as revenue on a straight line basis as the Research Services are delivered.  In the second quarter of 2017, the Company revised its estimate of the research period from 27 months to 36 months, which is being accounted for on a prospective basis.

 

Payments to be received in connection with GSK’s identification of additional targets and designation of development candidates were considered substantive options as a result of the uncertainties related to the research, development and commercialization activities, and the uncertainty as to whether GSK would exercise the options.  Additionally, the substantive options were not priced at a significant incremental discount.  Accordingly, the substantive options were not considered deliverables at the inception of the arrangement and the associated option exercise payments were not accounted for at inception of the agreement. Furthermore, GSK did not exercise such options prior to the two-year option period expiration.

 

The clinical and commercial milestones provided for in the GSK Agreement are all performance obligations of GSK occurring after the Company has completed its obligations.  As a result, they represent contingent revenue to the Company and will be accounted for at the time the contingencies are resolved.

 

The Company will recognize royalty revenue in the period of sale of the related product(s), based on the underlying contract terms, provided that the reported sales are reliably measurable and the Company has no remaining performance obligations, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

The Company recognized revenue of $0.9 million, $1.1 million and $0.1 million related to the GSK Agreement during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. This revenue is classified as Alliance revenue in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive loss. There was $0.5 million of deferred revenue related to the GSK Agreement at December 31, 2017 all classified within the current portion of deferred revenue in the accompanying balance sheet.

Collaboration with Abbott Molecular Inc.

 

In May 2014, the Company entered into a development and commercialization agreement with Abbott Molecular, Inc. (“Abbott Molecular”) for the development of an in vitro companion diagnostic for use in the Company’s clinical development programs to treat certain genetically defined forms of B-cell lymphoma with IMO-8400, the Company’s TLR antagonist lead drug candidate. The agreement provides for the development and subsequent commercialization by Abbott Molecular of a companion diagnostic test utilizing polymerase chain reaction technology to identify with high sensitivity and specificity the presence in tumor biopsy samples of the oncogenic mutation referred to scientifically as MYD88 L265P. Under the agreement, Abbott Molecular is primarily responsible for developing and obtaining regulatory approvals for the companion diagnostic in accordance with an agreed development plan and regulatory plan and for making the companion diagnostic test commercially available in accordance with an agreed commercialization plan. Abbott Molecular will retain all proceeds from commercialization of the companion diagnostic test. Subject to the terms of the agreement, the Company will pay Abbott Molecular fees and fund Abbott Molecular’s development of the companion diagnostic test in an approximate aggregate amount of $6.7 million over an approximately five year development period, which includes clinical trial site costs and Abbott Molecular’s costs of preparation and filing fees for regulatory submissions for the companion diagnostic with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. This amount is subject to increase if Abbott Molecular incurs additional expenses in order to meet unexpected material requirements or obligations not included in the agreement or if the Company is required to conduct additional or different clinical trials which result

F-21


 

Table of Contents

Note 8.  Collaboration and License Agreements (Continued)

 

in Abbott Molecular incurring additional costs. The Company incurred approximately $0.8 million, $0.4 million and $0.9 million in expenses under the Abbott Molecular agreement during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. In September 2016, the Company suspended internal clinical development of IMO-8400 for B-cell lymphomas. However, the Company has maintained its relationship with Abbott under the agreement as the Company may explore potential collaborative alliances to support the development of IMO-8400 for B-cell lymphomas.

 

Note 9.  Stockholders’ Equity

 

Preferred Stock

 

The Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Company permits its board of directors to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, in one or more series, to designate the number of shares constituting such series, and fix by resolution, the powers, privileges, preferences and relative, optional or special rights thereof, including liquidation preferences and dividends, and conversion and redemption rights of each such series. As of December 31, 2017, the Company has designated 1,500,000 shares as Series A convertible preferred stock.

 

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.  The dividends on the Series A convertible preferred stock are payable semi-annually in arrears at the rate of 1% per annum, at the election of the Company, either in cash or additional duly designated, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series A preferred stock. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, after payment of debts and other liabilities of the Company, the holders of the Series A convertible preferred stock then outstanding will be entitled to a distribution of $1 per share out of any assets available to shareholders. The Series A convertible preferred stock is non-voting. All remaining shares of Series A preferred stock rank as to payment upon the occurrence of any liquidation event senior to the common stock. Shares of Series A convertible preferred stock are convertible, in whole or in part, at the option of the holder into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock at $34.00 per share, subject to adjustment. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were 655 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock outstanding.

 

Common Stock

 

Common Stock Authorized

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had 280,000,000 shares of common stock authorized.  In January 2018, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, in connection with the Company’s proposed reverse stock split, as more fully described in Note 17.

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had 78,662,283 shares of common stock reserved for the issuance upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and options to purchase common stock, the conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock, shares available for grant under the Company’s 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and shares available for purchase under the Company’s 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

Put Shares

 

Pursuant to the terms of a unit purchase agreement dated as of May 5, 1998, the Company issued and sold a total of 1,199,684 shares of common stock (the “Put Shares”) at a price of $16.00 per share. Under the terms of the unit purchase agreement, the initial purchasers (the “Put Holders”) of the Put Shares have the right (the “Put Right”) to require the Company to repurchase the Put Shares. The Put Right may not be exercised by any Put Holder unless: (1) the Company liquidates, dissolves or winds up its affairs pursuant to applicable bankruptcy law, whether voluntarily or involuntarily; (2) all of the Company’s indebtedness and obligations, including without limitation the indebtedness under the Company’s then outstanding notes, has been paid in full; and (3) all rights of the holders of any series or class of capital stock ranking prior and senior to the common stock with respect to liquidation, including without limitation the Series A convertible preferred stock, have been satisfied in full. The Company may terminate the Put Right upon written notice to the Put Holders if the closing sales price of its common stock exceeds $32.00 per share for the twenty consecutive trading days prior to the date of notice of

F-22


 

Table of Contents

 

Note 9.  Stockholders’ Equity (Continued)

 

termination. Because the Put Right is not transferable, in the event that a Put Holder has transferred Put Shares since May 5, 1998, the Put Right with respect to those shares has terminated. As a consequence of the Put Right, in the event the Company is liquidated, holders of shares of common stock that do not have Put Rights with respect to such shares may receive smaller distributions per share upon the liquidation than if there were no Put Rights outstanding.

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company has repurchased or received documentation of the transfer of 399,950 Put Shares and 35,780 of the Put Shares continued to be held in the name of Put Holders. The Company cannot determine at this time what portion of the Put Rights of the remaining 763,954 Put Shares have terminated.

 

Equity Financings

 

October 2017 Follow-on Underwritten Public Offering

 

On October 30, 2017, the Company closed a follow-on underwritten public offering, in which it sold 33,333,334 shares of common stock at a price to the public of $1.50 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $50.0 million (“2017 Offering”).  On November 1, 2017, the Company sold an additional 5,000,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise in full of the underwriters’ 30-day option to purchase additional shares of the Company’s common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount.  The net proceeds to the Company from the 2017 Offering, including the exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares and after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions and other offering costs and expenses, were approximately $53.7 million.

 

Baker Brothers, which is affiliated with two of the Company’s directors, participated in the 2017 Offering and purchased 8,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at the price offered to the public.  

 

October 2016 Follow-on Underwritten Public Offering

 

On October 13, 2016, the Company closed a follow-on underwritten public offering, in which it sold 25,000,000 shares of common stock at a price to the public of $2.00 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $50.0 million. On October 28, 2016, the Company sold an additional 1,225,243 shares of common stock pursuant to the underwriters’ 30-day option to purchase additional shares at the public offering price less the underwriting discount.  The net proceeds to the Company from the offering, including the exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares and after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions and other offering costs and expenses, were approximately $48.8 million. Investment funds affiliated with Baker Brothers and Pillar Invest Corporation, two of the Company’s principal stockholders, and certain members of the Company’s board of directors, purchased a total of 5,125,000 shares in this offering at the $2.00 per share purchase price.

 

February 2015 Follow-on Underwritten Public Offering

 

On February 19, 2015, the Company closed a follow-on underwritten public offering, in which it sold 23,000,000 shares of common stock at a price to the public of $3.75 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $86.3 million. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering, after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions and other offering costs and expenses, were $80.6 million. Investment funds affiliated with Baker Brothers and two members of the Company’s board of directors purchased 5,333,333 shares in this offering at the $3.75 per share purchase price.

 

Common Stock Warrants

 

In connection with various financing transactions, the Company has issued warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. The Company accounts for common stock warrants as equity instruments, derivative liabilities, or liabilities, depending on the specific terms of the warrant agreement. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, all of the Company’s outstanding common stock warrants were equity-classified.

F-23


 

Table of Contents

Note 9.  Stockholders’ Equity (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes outstanding warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

Description

 

2017

2016

 

Exercise Price

 

Expiration Date

 

Issued in Series E Preferred Stock financing

 

 —

7,252,081

 

$

0.70

 

Nov 2017

 

Issued in May 2013 financing

 

21,606,327

22,306,327

 

 

0.47

 

May 2018

 

Issued in May 2013 financing (pre-funded)

 

15,816,327

15,816,327

 

 

0.01

 

May 2020

 

Issued in September 2013 financing

 

4,175,975

4,175,975

 

 

0.01

 

Sep 2020

 

Issued in February 2014 financing (pre-funded)

 

2,158,750

2,158,750

 

 

0.01

 

Feb 2021

 

Total

 

43,757,379

51,709,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The table below is a summary of the Company's warrant activity for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

Warrants

 

Exercise Price

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

 

51,709,460

 

$

0.31

Issued

 

 —

 

 

 —

Exercised (1)

 

(7,952,081)

 

 

0.68

Expired

 

 —

 

 

 —

Outstanding at December 31, 2017

 

43,757,379

 

$

0.24

 

(1)

During the year ended December 31, 2017, certain related parties exercised warrants as more fully described in Note 14.

 

Note 10.  Stock-based Compensation

 

As of December 31, 2017, the only equity compensation plans from which the Company may currently issue new awards are the Company’s 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (as amended to date, the “2013 Plan”) and 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2017 ESPP”), each  as more fully described below.

 

Equity Incentive Plans

 

2013 Stock Incentive Plan

 

The Company's board of directors adopted the 2013 Plan ,  which was approved by the Company’s stockholders effective July 26, 2013. The 2013 Plan is intended to further align the interests of the Company and its stockholders with its employees, including its officers, non-employee directors, consultants and advisers by providing equity-based incentives. The 2013 Plan allows for the issuance of up to such number of shares of the Company’s common stock as equal to (a) 25,224,460 shares of common stock; plus (b) such additional number of shares of common stock (up to 6,946,978 shares) as is equal to the sum of the number of shares of common stock subject to awards granted under the Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”) or the Company’s 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan” and, together with the 2005 Plan, the “Existing Plans”) which awards expire, terminate or are otherwise surrendered, canceled, forfeited or repurchased by the Company at their original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right (subject, however, in the case of Incentive Stock Options to any limitations of the Internal Revenue Code).

 

F-24


 

Table of Contents

Note 10.  Stock-based Compensation (Continued)

 

Under the 2013 Plan, the Company may grant options to purchase common stock, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and other forms of stock-based compensation. Stock options generally vest over one to four years, and expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant. The maximum number of shares of common stock with respect to which awards may be granted to any participant under the plan is 1,500,000 per calendar year. The compensation committee of the board of directors has the authority to select the employees to whom options are granted and determine the terms of each option, including (i) the number of shares of common stock subject to the option; (ii) when the option becomes exercisable, which generally may be no earlier than the first anniversary of the date of grant; (iii) the option exercise price, which must be at least 100% of the fair market value of the common stock as of the date of grant; and (iv) the duration of the option, which may not exceed 10 years. Stock options may not be re-priced without shareholder approval. Discretionary awards to non-employee directors are granted and administered by a committee comprised of independent directors. As of December 31, 2017, options to purchase a total of 13,524,763 shares of common stock were outstanding and up to 13,043,817 shares of common stock remain available for grant under the 2013 Plan.

 

The Company is no longer granting stock options or other awards pursuant to the share-based compensation plans that were utilized prior to the approval of the 2013 Plan, including the Existing Plans. Under these earlier plans, stock options generally vested over three to four years and expired no later than 10 years from the date of grant. As of December 31, 2017, options to purchase a total of 4,452,437 shares of common stock were outstanding under these earlier plans.

 

In addition, as of December 31, 2017, non-statutory stock options to purchase an aggregate of 3,425,000 shares of common stock were outstanding that were issued outside of the 2013 Plan to certain employees in 2017, 2015 and 2014 pursuant to the Nasdaq inducement grant exception as a material component of new hires’ employment compensation.

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

 

1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

The Company’s 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “1995 ESPP”), as amended, provided for the issuance of up to 500,000 shares of common stock to participating employees of the Company or its subsidiaries. The 1995 ESPP was terminated effective August 31, 2017 as a result of the adoption by the Board and approval of shareholders of the 2017 ESPP, as described below.

 

2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

In March 2017, the Board adopted the 2017 ESPP which was approved by the Company’s stockholders and became effective June 7, 2017. The 2017 ESPP provides for the issuance of up to 500,000 shares of common stock to participating employees of the Company or its subsidiaries. Participation is limited to employees that would not own 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of the stock of the Company after the grant. As of December 31, 2017, 456,961 shares remained available for issuance.

 

Stock Purchase Plan Administration

 

The 1995 ESPP provided for and 2017 ESPP provides for offerings to employees to purchase common stock with offerings beginning on dates determined by the compensation committee of the Board or on the first business day thereafter.  Each offering begins a “plan period” during which payroll deductions are to be made and held for the purchase of common stock at the end of the plan period.  The compensation committee may, at its discretion, choose a plan period of 12 months or less for subsequent offerings and/or choose a different commencement date for offerings.  During each plan period participating employees may elect to have a portion of their compensation, ranging from 1% to 10% of compensation as defined by the plan, withheld and used for the purchase of common stock at the end of each plan period. The purchase price is equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the first trading date of each plan period or the fair market value of a share of common stock on the last trading day of the plan period, and is limited by participant to $25,000 in fair value of common stock per year as well as other quarterly plan limitations as defined by each plan.

 

F-25


 

Table of Contents

Note 10.  Stock-based Compensation (Continued)

 

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company issued 174,972, 121,460, and 27,951 shares of common stock, respectively, under the Company’s employee stock purchase plans and recognized $0.2 million, $0.1 million and less than $0.1 million, respectively, in related stock-based compensation expense.

 

Accounting for Stock-based Compensation

 

The Company recognizes non-cash compensation expense for stock-based awards based on their grant date fair value, determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the weighted average fair market value of stock options granted was $1.01, $1.75 and $2.51, respectively.

 

Total stock-based compensation expense attributable to share-based payments made to employees and directors and included in operating expenses in the Company's statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Stock-based Compensation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

$

6,494

 

$

2,719

 

$

1,688

General and administrative

 

 

4,226

 

 

4,128

 

 

3,754

Total stock-based compensation expense

 

$

10,720

 

$

6,847

 

$

5,442

 

·

The 2017 charge to research and development expense includes approximately $4.3 million of additional stock-based compensation recognized as a result of modifications to previously issued stock option awards in connection with the resignation of an executive.

 

·

The 2015 charge to general and administrative expense includes approximately $0.3 million of additional stock-based compensation as a result of modifications to previously issued stock option awards in connection with the retirement of a director.

 

Assumptions Used in Determining Fair Value of Stock Options

 

Inherent in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model are the following assumptions:

 

Volatility . The Company estimates stock price volatility based on the Company’s historical stock price performance over a period of time that matches the expected term of the stock options.

 

Risk-free interest rate . The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant commensurate with the expected term assumption.

 

Expected term . The expected term of stock options granted is based on an estimate of when options will be exercised or cancelled in the future.

 

Dividend rate. The dividend rate is based on the historical rate, which the Company anticipates will remain at zero.

 

Forfeitures . The Company accounts for forfeitures when they occur. Ultimately, the actual expense recognized over the vesting period will be for only those shares that vest.  See Note 2.

 

The fair value of each option award at the date of grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. All options granted during the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 were granted at exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the dates of grant .  

 

F-26


 

Table of Contents

Note 10.  Stock-based Compensation (Continued)

 

The following weighted average assumptions apply to the options to purchase 4,216,500, 3,346,250, and 3,533,250 shares of common stock granted to employees and directors during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

Average risk free interest rate

 

 

1.7%

 

 

1.4%

 

 

1.4%

 

Expected dividend yield

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

Expected lives (years)

 

 

4.0

 

 

4.2

 

 

4.2

 

Expected volatility

 

 

86%

 

 

93%

 

 

93%

 

Weighted average exercise price (per share)

 

$

1.62

 

$

2.64

 

$

3.74

 

 

Stock Option Activity

 

The following table summarizes stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

   

 

 

   

Weighted-Average

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

Stock

 

Weighted-Average

 

Contractual Life

 

Intrinsic

 

($ in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Options

 

Exercise Price

 

(in years)

 

Value

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

 

16,950,988

 

$

3.56

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

3,533,250

 

 

3.74

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(405,025)

 

 

1.44

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(2,518,107)

 

 

3.81

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

(1,300,354)

 

 

5.65

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

 

16,260,752

 

$

3.45

 

7.7

 

$

8,274

 

Granted

 

3,346,250

 

 

2.64

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(878,579)

 

 

3.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

(726,903)

 

 

3.85

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

 

18,001,520

 

$

3.30

 

7.1

 

$

1,648

 

Granted

 

4,216,500

 

 

1.62

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(18,250)

 

 

2.04

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(460,319)

 

 

2.39

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

(337,251)

 

 

6.22

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2017 (1)

 

21,402,200

 

$

2.94

 

6.5

 

$

5,805

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2017

 

13,748,469

 

$

3.25

 

5.5

 

$

3,708

 

 

(1)

Includes both vested stock options as well as unvested stock options for which the requisite service period has not been rendered but that are expected to vest based on achievement of a service condition.

 

The fair value of options that vested during 2017, 2016 and 2015 amounted to $7.3 million, $6.9 million and $5.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, there was $9.1 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested options, which the Company expects to recognize over a weighted average period of 2.0 years.

 

F-27


 

Table of Contents

Note 11.  Commitments and Contingencies

 

Lease Commitments

 

The Company leases its facilities in Cambridge, Massachusetts and Exton, Pennsylvania. During 2017, 2016 and 2015, rent expense, including real estate taxes, was $2.4 million, $1.9 million and $1.7 million, respectively. As part of the Cambridge facility lease, the Company is required to restrict approximately $0.3 million of cash for a security deposit as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. The leases are classified as operating leases.

 

Future minimum commitments as of December 31, 2017 under the Company’s lease agreements are approximately:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

December 31, 

 

Operating Leases

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

2018

 

$

2,024

 

2019

 

 

2,084

 

2020

 

 

2,018

 

2021

 

 

1,984

 

2022

 

 

1,348

 

 

 

$

9,458

 

 

The Cambridge facility lease was amended on November 17, 2016 to, among other things, extend the expiration date to August 31, 2022 subject to a five-year renewal option exercisable by the Company.  The Cambridge facility lease amendment includes certain lease incentives including a premises improvement allowance of up to $0.3 million.  Amounts will be recorded in future periods when such premises improvements are made. The Company entered into the Exton facility lease on April 1, 2015 and amended it on September 23, 2015 to include additional space. The Exton facility lease term ends on May 31, 2020 subject to a three-year renewal option exercisable by the Company.

 

 

Note 12.  Income Taxes

 

In December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) was signed into law. Among other things, the TCJA permanently lowers the corporate federal income tax rate to 21% from the existing maximum rate of 35%, effective for tax years including or commencing January 1, 2018. As a result of the reduction of the corporate federal income tax rate to 21%, GAAP requires companies to revalue their deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of the date of enactment, with the resulting tax effects accounted for in the reporting period of enactment. This revaluation resulted in a provision of $27.6 million to income tax expense in and a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowance. As a result, there was no impact to the Company’s statement of operations and comprehensive loss as a result of reduction in tax rates. The Company’s preliminary estimate of the TCJA and the remeasurement of its deferred tax assets and liabilities is subject to the finalization of management’s analysis related to certain matters, such as developing interpretations of the provisions of the TCJA, changes to certain estimates and the filing of the Company’s tax returns. U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions interpreting the TCJA may require further adjustments and changes in the Company’s estimates. The final determination of the TCJA and the remeasurement of the Company’s deferred assets and liabilities will be completed as additional information becomes available, but no later than one year from the enactment of the TCJA.

 

Certain provisions from the Tax Reform Act of 1986 were not impacted by TCJA, such as those limiting the amount of net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) and tax credit carryforwards that companies may utilize in any one year in the event of cumulative changes in ownership over a three-year period in excess of 50%. The Company has completed several financings since the effective date of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, which as of December 31, 2017, have resulted in ownership changes in excess of 50% that will significantly limit the Company’s ability to utilize its NOL and tax credit carryforwards. In December 2017, the Company completed a study which determined that a cumulative three-year ownership change in excess of 50% had occurred in February 2015. The 2017 and 2016 federal and state NOLs, tax credit carryforwards and related deferred tax assets shown below have been adjusted to reflect the ownership change limitations that resulted from this study.

 

F-28


 

Table of Contents

Note 12.  Income Taxes (Continued)

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had cumulative federal and state NOLs of approximately $200.4 million and $177.0 million available to reduce federal and state taxable income, respectively. These NOLs expire through 2037. In addition, at December 31, 2017, the Company had cumulative federal and state tax credit carryforwards of $12.7 million and $1.8 million available to reduce federal and state income taxes, respectively, which expire through 2037 and 2032, respectively. 

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the components of the deferred tax assets are approximately as follows:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Operating loss carryforwards

 

$

53,276

 

$

56,832

 

Tax credit carryforwards

 

 

14,099

 

 

9,428

 

Other

 

 

7,552

 

 

7,710

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

74,927

 

 

73,970

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(74,927)

 

 

(73,970)

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

 

The Company has provided a full valuation allowance for its deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty surrounding the ability to realize these assets.

 

The difference between the 34% U.S. federal corporate tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

 

2016

 

2015

Expected federal income tax rate

 

(34.0)

%

 

(34.0)

%

 

(34.0)

%

Expiring credits and NOLs

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

0.9

 

 

42.2

 

 

39.8

 

Federal and state credits

 

(6.9)

 

 

(9.9)

 

 

(7.4)

 

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

 

(3.7)

 

 

(3.7)

 

 

(4.5)

 

Permanent differences

 

2.4

 

 

3.5

 

 

2.4

 

Rate change related to TCJA

 

41.9

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

(0.6)

 

 

1.9

 

 

3.7

 

Effective tax rate

 

0.0

%

 

0.0

%

 

0.0

%

 

The Company applies ASC 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of ASC 740 . ASC 740-10 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in financial statements and requires the impact of a tax position to be recognized in the financial statements if that position is more likely than not of being sustained by the taxing authority. The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

The Company has not, as of yet, conducted a study of its research and development credit carryforwards. Such a study might result in an adjustment to the Company’s research and development credit carryforwards, however, until a study is completed and any adjustment is known, no amounts are being presented as an uncertain tax position under ASC 740-10. A full valuation allowance has been provided against the Company’s research and development credits and, if an adjustment is required, this adjustment would be offset by an adjustment to the valuation allowance. Thus, there would be no impact to the statements of operations and comprehensive loss if an adjustment was required.

 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal, Massachusetts and Pennsylvania jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to tax examinations for years before 2014, except to the extent that it utilizes NOLs or tax credit carryforwards that originated before 2014. The Company does not believe there will be any material changes in its unrecognized tax positions over the next 12 months. The Company has not incurred any interest or penalties. In the event that the Company is assessed interest or penalties at some point in the future, they will be classified in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss as general and administrative expense.

F-29


 

Table of Contents

 

Note 13.  Employee Benefit Plan

 

The Company has an employee benefit plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan allows employees to make contributions up to a specified percentage of their compensation. Under the plan, the Company matches a portion of the employees’ contributions up to a defined maximum. The Company is currently contributing up to 3% of employee base salary, by matching 50% of the first 6% of annual base salary contributed by each employee. Approximately $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million of 401(k) benefits were charged to operating expenses during 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

 

Note 14.  Related Party Transactions

 

Overview of Related Parties

 

Youssef El Zein, a member of the Company’s Board until his resignation in October 2017, is a director and controlling stockholder of Pillar Invest Corporation (“Pillar Invest”), which is the general partner of Pillar Pharmaceuticals I, L.P. (“Pillar I”), Pillar Pharmaceuticals II, L.P. (“Pillar II”), Pillar Pharmaceuticals III, L.P. (“Pillar III”), Pillar Pharmaceuticals IV, L.P. (“Pillar IV”) and Pillar Pharmaceuticals V, L.P. (“Pillar V”) and limited partner of Pillar I, Pillar II, Pillar III, Pillar IV and Pillar V. Entities affiliated with Pillar Invest and Participations Besancon (“Besancon”), an investment fund advised by Pillar Invest having no affiliation with Mr. El Zein, Pillar I, Pillar II, Pillar III, Pillar IV, Pillar V or Pillar Invest (collectively, the “Pillar Investment Entities”), own approximately 13.1% of the Company's common stock as of December 31, 2017.

 

Julian C. Baker, a member of the Company’s Board, is a principal of Baker Bros. Advisors LP.  Baker Bros. Advisors LP, and certain of its affiliated funds, owned approximately 9.4% of the Company's common stock as of December 31, 2017. Additionally, one of the Company’s directors, Kelvin M. Neu, is an employee of Baker Bros. Advisors LP as of December 31, 2017.

 

Pillar Investment Entities

 

During 2017, Pillar II exercised 5,034,061 warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a total exercise price of approximately $3.5 million and Besancon exercised 2,918,020 warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a total exercise price of approximately $1.9 million.  The warrant exercise prices had been established at the time that the warrants were purchased.

 

During 2016, Pillar I exercised 1,370,000 warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a total exercise price of approximately $2 million. The warrant exercise prices had been established at the time that the warrants were purchased. Additionally during 2016, investment funds affiliated with Pillar Invest Corporation purchased shares of the Company’s common stock in connection with the 2016 Offering as more fully described in Note 9.

 

During 2015, Pillar II exercised 232,759 warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a total exercise price of approximately $0.2 million and Pillar III exercised 2,600,000 warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a total exercise price of approximately $1.2 million. The warrant exercise prices had been established at the time that the warrants were purchased.

 

As of December 31, 2017, Besancon held warrants to purchase up to 1,200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.47 per share.

 

Baker Brothers

 

During 2017, 2016 and 2015, Baker Brothers purchased shares of the Company’s common stock in connection with underwritten public offerings of shares of the Company’s common stock as more fully described in Note 9.

 

As of December 31, 2017, Baker Brothers held warrants to purchase up to 20,316,327 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.47 per share and pre-funded warrants to purchase up to 22,151,052 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share.

F-30


 

Table of Contents

 

Note 14.  Related Party Transactions (Continued)

 

Board Fees Paid in Stock

 

Pursuant to the Company’s director compensation program, in lieu of director board and committee fees of approximately $0.1 million, $0.2 million, and $0.1 million incurred during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, the Company issued 62,939, 101,239, and 40,934 shares of common stock, respectively, to certain of its directors.  Director board and committee fees are paid in arrears and the number of shares issued  was calculated based on the market closing price  of the Company’s common stock on the  issuance date.

 

 

Note 15.  Net Loss per Common Share Applicable to Common Stockholders

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share applicable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing net loss applicable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration of common stock equivalents. The Company’s potentially dilutive shares, which include outstanding stock option awards, common stock warrants and convertible preferred stock, are considered to be common stock equivalents and are only included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share when their effect is dilutive. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, diluted net loss per common share applicable to common stockholders was the same as basic net loss per common share applicable to common stockholders as the effects of the Company’s potential common stock equivalents are antidilutive.

 

Total antidilutive securities that were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share, due to their anti-dilutive effect, were 65,161,505, 69,712,906 and 70,782,788 as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and consisted of stock options, preferred stock and warrants.

 

 

Note 16.  Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information for the periods presented is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

42

 

$

72

 

$

93

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing and investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash property additions

 

$

150

 

$

425

 

$

123

 

Accrued financing transaction costs

 

$

17

 

$

166

 

$

 

 

 

17.  Subsequent Events

 

The Company considers events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but prior to the issuance of the financial statements to provide additional evidence relative to certain estimates or to identify matters that require additional disclosure.

 

Reverse   Stock   Split Proposal

 

On January 4, 2018, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, to effect a reverse stock split of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock by a whole number ratio of not less than 1-for-4 and not more than 1-for-8, such ratio and the implementation and timing of such reverse stock split to be determined in the discretion of the Board at any time prior to the Company’s 2018 annual meeting of stockholders, and, in connection therewith, to decrease the number of authorized shares of the Company’s common stock on a basis proportional to the reverse stock split ratio.  The Company’s stockholders also approved an amendment to the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, to set the number of authorized shares of the Company’s common stock at a number determined by calculating the product of 280,000,000 multiplied by two times (2x) the reverse stock split ratio.

F-31


 

Table of Contents

 

17.  Subsequent Events (Continued)

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger

 

On January 21, 2018, the Company, BioCryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“BioCryst”), Nautilus Holdco, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of BioCryst (“Holdco”), Island Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco (“Merger Sub A”), and Boat Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco (“Merger Sub B”), entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions specified therein, (a) Merger Sub A will be merged with and into Idera (the “Idera Merger”), with Idera surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco, and (b) Merger Sub B will be merged with and into BioCryst (the “BioCryst Merger”, and, together with the Idera Merger, the “Mergers”), with BioCryst surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco.  Holdco will be renamed prior to the closing of the Mergers.

 

Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, each share of BioCryst common stock will be exchanged for 0.50 shares of the new company stock and each share of Idera common stock will be exchanged for 0.20 shares of the new company stock.  The exchange ratio reflects an “at market” combination based upon the approximate 30-day average volume weighted trading prices for each company. On a proforma, fully diluted basis, giving effect to all dilutive stock options, units and warrants, BioCryst stockholders will own 51.6 percent of the stock of the combined company and Idera stockholders will own 48.4 percent.

 

The board of directors of each of Idera and BioCryst has unanimously approved the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby. The transaction is subject to approval by the stockholders of both companies, as well as regulatory approvals and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions. A significant stockholder of each company has agreed to enter into a voting and support agreement and has agreed to vote in favor of the transaction. This stockholder owns approximately 9% of Idera shares outstanding and approximately 14% of BioCryst shares outstanding.

 

F-32


Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

HYBRIDON, INC.

 

As further amended on March 15, 1994

 

 


 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

Article 1 – Stockholders

1

 

 

 

 

Section

1.1

Place of Meetings

1

Section

1.2

Annual Meetings

1

Section

1.3

Special Meetings

1

Section

1.4

Notice of Meetings

1

Section

1.5

Voting List

2

Section

1.6

Quorum

2

Section

1.7

Adjournments

2

Section

1.8

Voting and Proxies

2

Section

1.9

Action at Meeting

3

Section

1.10

Nomination of Directors

3

Section

1.11

Notice of Business at Annual Meetings

4

Section

1.12

Action without Meeting

5

Section

1.13

Organization

5

 

 

 

 

Article 2 – Directors

6

 

 

 

 

Section

2.1

General Powers

6

Section

2.2

Number; Election and Qualification

6

Section

2.3

Classes of Directors

6

Section

2.4

Terms of Office

6

Section

2.5

Allocation of Directors Among Classes In the Event of Increases or Decreases in the Number of Directors

7

Section

2.6

Vacancies

7

Section

2.7

Resignation

7

Section

2.8

Regular Meetings

7

Section

2.9

Special Meetings

7

Section

2.10

Notice of Special Meetings

8

Section

2.11

Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls

8

Section

2.12

Quorum

8

Section

2.13

Action at Meeting

8

Section

2.14

Action by Consent

8

Section

2.15

Removal

9

Section

2.16

Committees

9

Section

2.17

Compensation of Directors

9

-i-


 

 

Article 3 – Officers

10

 

 

 

 

Section

3.1

Enumeration

10

Section

3.2

Election

10

Section

3.3

Qualification

10

Section

3.4

Tenure

10

Section

3.5

Resignation and Removal

10

Section

3.6

Vacancies

11

Section

3.7

Chairman of the Board and Vice-Chairman of the Board

11

Section

3.8

Chief Executive Officer

11

Section

3.9

President

11

Section

3.10

Vice Presidents

11

Section

3.11

Secretary and Assistant Secretaries

12

Section

3.12

Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers

12

Section

3.13

Salaries

13

 

 

 

 

Article 4 – Capital Stock

13

 

 

 

 

Section

4.1

Issuance of Stock

13

Section

4.2

Certificates of Stock

13

Section

4.3

Transfers

13

Section

4.4

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates

14

Section

4.5

Record Date

14

 

 

 

 

Article 5 – General Provisions

15

 

 

 

 

Section

5.1

Fiscal Year

15

Section

5.2

Corporate Seal

15

Section

5.3

Waiver of Notice

15

Section

5.4

Voting of Securities

15

Section

5.5

Evidence of Authority

15

Section

5.6

Certificate of Incorporation

15

Section

5.7

Transactions with Interested Parties

15

Section

5.8

Severability

16

Section

5.9

Pronouns

16

 

 

 

 

Article 6 – Amendments

16

 

 

 

 

Section

6.1

By the Board of Directors

16

Section

6.2

By the Stockholders

17

Section

6.3

Certain Provisions

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

-ii-


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS OF

HYBRIDON, INC.

ARTICLE 1 - Stockholders

1.1         Place of Meetings .  All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if there is no Chief Executive Officer, the President, or, if not so designated, at the registered office of the corporation.

1.2         Annual Meeting .  The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held within six months after the end of each fiscal year of the corporation on a date to be fixed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if there is no Chief Executive Officer, the President (which date shall not be a legal holiday in the place where the meeting is to be held), at the time and place to be fixed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if there is no Chief Executive Officer, the President, and stated in the notice of the meeting. If no annual meeting is held in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the Board of Directors shall cause the meeting to be held as soon thereafter as convenient. If no annual meeting is held in accordance with the foregoing provisions, a special meeting may be held in lieu of the annual meeting, and any action taken at that special meeting shall have the same effect as if it had been taken at the annual meeting, and in such case all references in these By-Laws to the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be deemed to refer to such special meeting.

1.3         Special Meetings .  Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Chief Executive Officer, or if there is no Chief Executive Officer, the President, or by the Board of Directors. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

1.4         Notice of Meetings .  Except as otherwise provided by law, written notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder


 

 

entitled to vote at such meeting. The notices of all meetings shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

1.5         Voting List .  The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each   stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time of the meeting, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

1.6         Quorum.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

1.7         Adjournments .  Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these By-Laws by the stockholders present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum, or, if no stockholder is present, by any officer entitled to preside at or to act as Secretary of such meeting. It shall not be necessary to notify any stockholder of any adjournment of .less than 30 days if the time and place of the adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which adjournment is taken, unless after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

1.8         Voting and Proxies .  Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. Each stockholder of record

-2-


 

 

entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, may vote or express such consent or dissent in person or may authorize another person or persons to vote or act for him by written proxy executed by the stockholder or his authorized agent and delivered to the Secretary of the corporation. No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from the date of its execution, unless the proxy expressly provides for a longer period.

1.9         Action at Meeting .  When a quorum is present at any meeting, the holders of a majority of the stock present or represented and voting on a matter (or if there are two or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class, the holders of a majority of the stock of that class present or represented and voting on a matter) shall decide any matter to be voted upon by the stockholders at such meeting, except when a different vote is required by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. Any election by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election.

1.10       Nomination of Directors .  Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors. Nomination for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation at a meeting of stockholders may be made by the Board of Directors or by any stockholder of the corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors at such meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.10. Such nominations,  other than those made by or on behalf of the Board of Directors, shall be made by notice in writing delivered or mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary, and received not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to such meeting; provided, however, that if less than 70 days' notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such nomination shall have been mailed or delivered to the Secretary not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the date on which the notice of the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made, whichever occurs first. Such notice shall set forth (a) as to each proposed nominee (i) the name, age, business address and, if known; residence address of each such nominee, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of each such nominee, (iii) the number of shares of stock of the corporation which are beneficially owned by each such nominee, and (iv) any other information concerning the nominee that must be disclosed as to nominees in proxy solicitations pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of

-3-


 

 

1934, as amended (including such person's written consent to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected); and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice (i) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation's books, of such stockholder and (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by such stockholder. The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the corporation.

The chairman of the meeting may, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

1.11       Notice of Business at Annual Meetings .  At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting {or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (b) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (c) otherwise properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, if such business relates to the election of directors of the corporation, the procedures in Section 1.10 must be complied with. If such business relates to any other matter, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the meeting; provided, however, that in the event that less than 70 days' notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the date on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made, whichever occurs first. A stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (b) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation's books, of the stockholder proposing such business, (c) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder, and (d) any material interest of the

-4-


 

 

stockholder in such business. Notwithstanding anything in these By-Laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.11 and except that any stockholder proposal which complies with Rule 14a-8 of the proxy rules (or any successor provision) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is to be included in the corporation's proxy statement for an annual meeting of stockholders shall be deemed to comply with the requirements of this Section 1.11.

The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.11, and if he should so determine, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

1.12       Action without Meeting .  Until the closing of a firm commitment, underwritten public offering of the corporation's Common Stock (a "Public Offering"), any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on such action were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Effective upon the closing of a Public Offering, stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

1.13       Organization .  The Chairman of the Board, or in his absence the Vice Chairman of the Board designated by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President in the order named, shall call meetings of the stockholders to order, and shall act as chairman of such meeting, provided, however, that the Board of Directors may appoint any stockholder to act as chairman of any meeting in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Secretary of the corporation shall act as secretary at all meetings of the stockholders; but in the absence of the Secretary at any meeting of the stockholders, the presiding officer may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

-5-


 

 

ARTICLE 2 - Directors

2.1         General Powers .  The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the corporation except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

2.2         Number; Election and Qualification .  The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, but in no event shall be less than three. The number of directors may be decreased at any time and from time to time by a majority of the directors then in office, but only to eliminate vacancies existing by reason of the death, resignation, removal or expiration of the term of one or more directors. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders by such stockholders as have the right to vote on such election. Directors need not be stockholders of the corporation.

2.3         Classes of Directors .  The Board of Directors shall be and is divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. No one class shall have more than one director more than any other class. If a fraction is contained in the quotient arrived at by dividing the designated number of directors by three, then, if such fraction is one-third, the extra director shall be a member of Class I, and if such fraction is two-thirds, one of the extra directors shall be a member of Class I and one of the extra directors shall be a member of Class II, unless otherwise provided from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

2.4         Terms of Office .  Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting following the annual meeting at which such director was elected; provided , that each initial director in Class I shall serve for a term ending on the date of the annual meeting of stockholders in 1995; and each initial director in Class II shall serve for a term ending on the date of the annual meeting of stockholders in 1996 and that each initial director in Class III shall serve for a term ending on the date of the annual meeting of stockholders in 1997; and provided further , that the term of each director shall be subject to the election and qualification of his successor and to his earlier death, resignation or removal.

-6-


 

 

2.5         Allocation of Directors Among Classes in the Event of Increases or Decreases in the Number of Directors .  In the event of any increase or decrease in the authorized number of directors, (i) each director then serving as such shall nevertheless continue as a director of the class of which he is a member and (ii) the newly created or eliminated directorships resulting from such increase or decrease shall be apportioned by the Board of Directors among the three classes of directors so as to ensure that no one class has more than one director more than any other class. To the extent possible, consistent with the foregoing rule, any newly created directorships shall be added to those classes whose terms of office are to expire at the latest dates following such allocation, and any newly eliminated directorships shall be subtracted from those classes whose terms of offices are to expire at the earliest dates following such allocation, unless otherwise provided from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

2.6         Vacancies .  Any vacancy in the Board of Directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the Board, shall be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office, and a director chosen to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen, subject to the election and qualification of his successor and to his earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.7         Resignation .  Any director may resign by delivering his written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the President or Secretary.  Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

2.8         Regular Meetings .  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination.  A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

2.9         Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, designated in a call by the Chairman of the

-7-


 

 

Board, Chief Executive Officer, or if there is no Chief Executive Officer, the President, two or more directors, or by one director in the event that there is only a single director in office.

2.10       Notice of Special Meetings .  Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director (i) by giving notice to such director in person or by telephone at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (ii} by sending a telegram, telecopy, or telex, or delivering written notice by hand, to his last known business or home address at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or (iii) by mailing written notice to his last known business or home address at least 72 hours in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

2.11       Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls .  Directors or any members of any committee designated by the directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

2.12       Quorum .  A majority of the total number of the whole Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the Board of Directors. In the event one or more of the directors shall be disqualified to vote at any meeting, then the required quorum shall be reduced by one for each such director so disqualified; provided, however, that in no case shall less than one-third (l/3) of the number so fixed constitute a quorum.  In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

2.13       Action at Meeting .  At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of those present shall be sufficient to take any action, unless a different vote is specified by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

2.14       Action by Consent.  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a

-8-


 

 

meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing, and the written consents are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

2.15       Removal .  Directors of the corporation may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of two­ thirds of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

2.16       Committees .  The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Dela­ware, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these By-Laws for the Board of Directors.

2.17       Compensation of Directors .  Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary corporations in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

-9-


 

 

ARTICLE 3 - Officers

3.1         Enumeration .  The officers of the corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, including a Chairman of the Board, a Vice-Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

3.2         Election .  The Chief Executive Officer, President, Treasurer and Secretary shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Other officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at such meeting or at any other meeting.

3.3         Qualification .  No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person .

3.4         Tenure.  Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, each officer shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote choosing or appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.5         Resignation and Removal .  Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the Chief Executive Officer, President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by vote of a majority of the entire number of directors then in office.

Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, no officer who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any compensation as an officer for any period following his resigna­tion or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether his compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise, unless such compensation is expressly provided in a duly authorized written agreement with the corporation.

-10-


 

 

3.6         Vacancies .  The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy occurring in any office for any reason and may, in its discretion, leave unfilled for such period as it may determine any offices other than those of President, Treasurer and Secretary. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term of his predecessor and until his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.7         Chairman of the Board and Vice-Chairman of the Board .  The Board of Directors may appoint a Chairman of the Board and may designate the Chairman of the Board as Chief Executive Officer. If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, he shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned to him by the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors appoints a Vice-Chairman of the Board, he shall, in the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board and shall perform such other duties and possess such other powers as may from time to time be vested in him by the Board of Directors.

3.8         Chief Executive Officer . The Board of Directors may appoint a Chief Executive Officer. If the Board of Directors appoints a Chief Executive Officer, he shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned to him by the Board of Directors.

3.9         President .  The President shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general charge and supervision of the business of the corporation. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, he shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, if he is a director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. Unless the Board of Directors has designated the Chairman of the Board or another officer as Chief Executive Officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation. The President shall perform such other duties and shall have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

3.10       Vice Presidents .  Any Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the President, the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President and when so performing shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice Presi­dent the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

-11-


 

 

3.11       Secretary and Assistant Secretaries .  The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of the secretary, including without limitation the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to attend all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors and keep a record of the proceedings, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the cor­porate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assis­tant Secretary, (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

3.12       Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers .  The Treasurer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the President. In addition, the Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories selected in accordance with these By-Laws, to disburse such funds as ordered by the Board of Directors, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board of Directors statements of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation.

The Assistant Treasurers shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer, (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

-12-


 

 

3.13       Salaries . Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 4 - Capital Stock

4.1         Issuance of Stock .  Unless otherwise voted by the stockholders and subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation held in its treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

4.2         Certificates of Stock .  Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board of Directors, certifying the number and class of shares owned by him in the corporation. Each such certificate shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice-Chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.

Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorpora­tion, the By-Laws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of shareholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

4.3         Transfers .  Except as otherwise established by rules and regulations adopted by the Board of Directors, and subject to applicable law, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its trans­fer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or the authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all

-13-


 

 

purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-Laws.

4.4         Lost. Stolen or Destroyed Certificates .  The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity as the Board of Directors may require for the protection of the corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

4.5         Record Date .  The Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or to express consent (or dissent) to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action. Such record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action to which such record date relates.

If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

-14-


 

 

ARTICLE 5 - General Provisions

5.1         Fiscal Year .  Except as from time to time otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on the first day of January in each year and end on the last day of December in each year.

5.2         Corporate Seal .  The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

5.3         Waiver of Notice .  Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, a waiver of such notice either in writing signed by the person entitled to such notice or such person's duly authorized attorney, or by telegraph, cable or any other available method, whether before, at or after the time stated in such waiver, or the appearance of such person or persons at such meeting in person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice.

5.4         Voting of Securities .  Except as the directors may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer, President or Treasurer may waive notice of, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact for this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at, any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by this corporation.

5.5         Evidence of Authority .  A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

5.6         Certificate of Incorporation .  All references in these By-Laws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

5.7         Transactions with Interested Parties .  No contract or transaction between the corporation and one or more of the directors or officers, or between the corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of the directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer

-15-


 

 

is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors which autho­rizes the contract or transaction or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if:

(1)        The material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum;

(2)        The material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or

(3)        The contract or transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee of the Board of Directors, or the stockholders.

Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

5.8         Severability .  Any determination that any provision of these By-Laws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these By-Laws.

5.9         Pronouns .  All pronouns used in these By-Laws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

ARTICLE 6 - Amendments

6.1         By the Board of Directors .  These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new by-laws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present.

-16-


 

 

6.2         By the Stockholders .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3, these By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new by-laws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, provided notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new by-laws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.

6.3         Certain Provisions.  Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By­ Laws, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with Section 1.3, Section 1.10, Section 1.11, Section 1.12, Section 1.13, Article 2 or Article 6 of these By­ Laws.

 

-17-


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS OF

 

IDERA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

January 21, 2018

 

Pursuant to the resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”) on January 21, 2018, the Amended and Restated By-laws of the Corporation have been amended to:

 

(i) amend and restate Section 1.7 in its entirety as follows:

 

Adjournments .  The Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board (including an absence because no Chairman of the Board shall have been designated), the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or, in the absence of all of them, a Vice President, or, in the absence of all of them, a person designated by the Board, or in the absence of all of them, a person designated by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting shall act as the chairman of such meeting. The chairman of each meeting of stockholders shall call such meeting to order, determine the order of business at such meeting and otherwise preside over such meeting.  The chairman of any meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of the chairman of such meeting, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting.”

 

and

 

(ii) add a new Article 7 that provides as follows:

 

Article 7 .   Forum Selection.   Unless the corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery (the “ Chancery Court ”) of the State of Delaware (or, in the event that the Chancery Court does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, other employee or stockholder of the corporation to the corporation or to the corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the Law or the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws (as either may be amended from time to time), (d) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws or (e) any action asserting a claim against the corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine.  Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the corporation shall be deemed to have notice of, and to have consented to, the provisions of this Article 7.”


Exhibit 10.30

SCIENTIFIC ADVISOR AGREEMENT

 

THIS SCIENTIFIC ADVISOR AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into this 1st day of June 2017 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. , having a place of business at 167 Sidney Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139, USA (hereinafter referred to as “Idera”)   and  Sudhir Agrawal, of Shrewsbury, Massachusetts (hereinafter referred to as the “Advisor”).  Idera and Advisor may be referred to herein individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”

 

BACKGROUND

 

WHEREAS, Idera wishes to engage the Advisor to provide the Services described herein and Advisor agrees to provide the Services for the compensation and otherwise in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, Idera and the Advisor, intending to be legally bound, agree to the terms set forth below.

 

1.

TERM.    

 

Commencing as of the Effective Date, and ending on the date that is six (6) calendar months thereafter  (the “Term”), Advisor agrees that he will serve as an Advisor to Idera.  This Agreement may be renewed or extended for any period as may be agreed in writing by the Parties.

 

2.

SERVICES.

 

(a)

Advisor’s duties and responsibilities shall be to provide the following services: a) serving as a member of the Joint Steering Committee for the GSK – Idera collaboration, b) serving as a member of the Joint Steering Committee for the Vivelix – Idera collaboration, c) assisting Idera in its efforts to enter into a second collaboration agreement with GSK and d) and such other consulting services as the parties may mutually agree in connection with Idera’s business requirements (the “Services”). The Services, if any, will be scheduled on an as-needed basis. 

 

(b)

Advisor represents and warrants to Idera that Advisor is under no contractual or other restrictions or obligations that are inconsistent with the execution of this Agreement, or that will interfere with the performance of the Services.  Advisor represents and warrants that the execution and performance of this Agreement will not violate any policies or procedures of any other person or entity for which it performs Services concurrently with those performed herein.

 

(c)

In performing the Services, Advisor shall comply, to the best of his knowledge, with all business conduct, regulatory, ethical, and health and safety guidelines

 

 


 

 

established by any governmental authority with respect to Idera’s business. 

 

3.

CONSULTING FEE. 

 

Subject to the provisions hereof, Idera shall pay Advisor the following:

 

 

(a)

A monthly retainer fee of ten thousand dollars ($10,000) for professional services.

 

(b)

The aggregate amount of all invoices hereunder shall not exceed $60,000 (sixty thousand United States dollars) without Idera’s written approval.

 

(c)

Advisor shall submit monthly invoices indicating the services provided during the previous month. Such invoices shall be substantially the same as the Invoice/Report provided in Exhibit A , and Advisor shall submit all invoices to:

 

Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Attn: Accounts Payable

167 Sidney Street

Cambridge, MA  02139

Fax: 617-679-5560

e-mail: accountspayable@iderapharma.com

 

The Consulting Fee shall be paid within thirty (30) days after Idera’s receipt of the invoice/report.

 

(d)

Advisor shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement for all pre-approved reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of the Services, upon submission and approval of written statements and receipts in accordance with the then regular procedures of Idera, which are attached hereto as Exhibit B

 

4.

INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.

 

Advisor agrees that all Services will be rendered by Advisor as independent contractor and that this Agreement does not create an employer-employee relationship between Advisor and Idera. Unless otherwise provided for in a separate agreement, Advisor shall have no right to receive any employee benefits including, but not limited to, health and accident insurance, life insurance, sick leave, and/or vacation time. Advisor agrees to pay all taxes including, self-employment taxes due in respect of the Consulting Fee and to indemnify Idera in the event Idera is required to pay any such taxes on behalf of Advisor.

 

5.

EARLY TERMINATION.

   

(a)

If Advisor: (i) voluntarily ceases performing the Services; (ii) becomes physically or mentally unable to perform the Services; or (iii) is terminated for cause, then, in each instance, the Consulting Fee shall cease and terminate as of such date.  Any

2

 


 

 

termination “For Cause” shall be made in good faith by Idera. Upon termination under Section 5(a)(ii) and (iii), Idera will pay advisor the full monthly retainer fee for the month in which the Agreement is terminated.

 

(b)

This Agreement may be terminated without cause by Idera upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice by either Party to the other. Upon termination under Section 5(b), Idera will pay advisor on a pro rata basis for any work performed in the month following the date on which Idera provided the notice of termination. By way of  example only, if Idera were to provide notice of termination on July 20, 2017 and Advisor were to provide consulting services through August 19, 2017, Idera would pay Advisor $6,129 for work performed in August (calculated as $10,000/31 * 19).

 

(c)

Except as provided above, upon termination under Sections 5(a) or 5(b), neither Party shall have any further obligations under this Agreement, except for the obligations which by their terms survive this termination as noted in Section 18 hereof.  Upon termination and, in any case, upon Idera’s request, Advisor shall immediately return to Idera all Confidential Information, as hereinafter defined, and all copies thereof.

 

6.

RESTRICTED ACTIVITIES.  

 

In addition to any similar obligations Advisor may have under a separate agreement, during the Term and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, Advisor will not, directly or indirectly:

 

(a)

solicit or request any employee of or Advisor to Idera to leave the employ of or cease consulting for Idera;

 

(b)

solicit or request any employee of or Advisor to Idera to join the employ of, or begin consulting for, any individual or entity that researches, develops, markets or sells products that compete with those of Idera;

 

(c)

solicit or request any individual or entity that researches, develops, markets or sells products that compete with those of Idera, to employ or retain as an Advisor any employee or Advisor of Idera; or

 

(d)

induce or attempt to induce any supplier or vendor of Idera to terminate or breach any written or oral agreement or understanding with Idera.

 

7.

PROPRIETARY RIGHTS.

 

(a)

Definitions .  For the purposes of this Section 7, the terms set forth below shall have the following meanings:

 

(i)

Discoveries . If Advisor makes or assists in making any invention, discovery, innovation, improvements or ideas conceived in connection with the Services

3

 


 

 

hereunder, whether patentable or not (collectively, “Discovery”), Advisor will immediately inform Idera in writing. Advisor agrees to not reduce such Discovery to practice, either actually or constructively, during the term of the Services, except as directed by Idera. In the event that such Discovery is constructively or actively reduced to practice either by Advisor or Idera during the Term of this Agreement, the Discovery will be Idera’s property, and title to the Discovery will vest in Idera or in Idera’s nominees, successors or assigns.  Advisor will assign, and hereby assigns, to Idera all its rights, title and interest in and to any Discovery without any consideration beyond what is provided for by this Agreement. Advisor will execute all documents necessary to protect the interest of Idera in each such Discovery. Advisor will provide assistance as needed in publishing or protecting such Discovery by patent or otherwise in any and all countries, including in any patent office proceeding or litigation involving such Discovery. To the extent any such assistance is required after the termination of this Agreement, the Company agrees to an hourly rate for Advisor’s time of $500.

 

(ii)

Copyrights .  Any copyrightable work Advisor creates in the performance of the Services hereunder is a “work made for hire”, whether published or not (hereinafter “Work Product”). Idera will have all rights to and in such work, and it shall be Idera’s property. Advisor will assign, and hereby assigns, to Idera, without further compensation, all of his rights, title and interest in and to any copyrightable Work Product. Advisor agrees to execute any documents of assignment that may be required to vest ownership of the copyright in Idera. Advisor may not publish on any matter arising from the Services without first obtaining written permission from Idera.

 

(iii)

Restrictions on use of Advisor’s Name on Publications . Subject to Advisor’s obligations to provide assistance as set forth above in Sections 7(a)(i) and (ii), Idera may not use Advisor’s name in any publications relating to any matter arising from the Services without first obtaining written permission from Advisor.

 

(iv)

Confidential Information . For the purposes of this Agreement, Confidential Information shall mean and collectively include: all information relating to the business, plans, and/or technology of Idera including, but not limited to technical information including inventions, methods, plans, processes, specifications, characteristics, assays, raw data, scientific preclinical or clinical data, records, databases, formulations, clinical protocols, equipment design, know-how, experience, and trade secrets; developmental, marketing, sales, customer, supplier, consulting relationship information, operating, performance, and cost information; computer programming techniques whether in tangible or intangible form, and all record bearing media containing or disclosing the foregoing information and techniques including, written business plans, patents and patent applications, grant applications, notes, and

4

 


 

 

memoranda, whether in writing or presented, stored or maintained in or by electronic, magnetic, or other means.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include any information that: (a) can be demonstrated to have been in the public domain or was publicly known or available prior to the date of the disclosure to Advisor; (b) can be demonstrated in writing to have been rightfully in the possession of Advisor prior to the disclosure of such information to Advisor by Idera; (c) lawfully becomes part of the public domain or publicly known or available by publication or otherwise, not due to any unauthorized act or omission on the part of Advisor; or (d) is supplied to Advisor by a third party without binder of secrecy, so long as that such third party has no obligation to Idera or any of its affiliated companies to maintain such information in confidence.

 

Confidential Information may be disclosed to the extent that it is required by any law, regulation, or order of court to be disclosed, and to the extent otherwise provided by Section 7(d) below. Except as otherwise provided by Section 7(d) below, prior to disclosing proprietary or Confidential Information of Idera, Advisor agrees that he will provide Idera with prompt written notice of such request or requirement prior to such disclosure so that Idera may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy.  If such protective order or other remedy is not obtained or Idera grants a written waiver hereunder, the Advisor may furnish only that limited portion of the Confidential Information which the Advisor is legally compelled to disclose or else stand liable for contempt or suffer other material censure or penalty; provided, however, that the Advisor shall use his best efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded the Confidential Information so disclosed.

 

(b)

Non‑Disclosure to Third Parties .  Except as may be required by Advisor for the sole purpose of performing the Services, Advisor shall not, at any time now or in the future, directly or indirectly, use, publish, disseminate or otherwise disclose any Confidential Information or Concepts and Ideas to any third party without the prior written consent of Idera, which consent may be denied in each instance and all of the same, together with publication rights, shall belong exclusively to Idera, subject to the restrictions on the use of Advisor’s name as set forth in Section 7(a)(iii) of this Agreement.

 

(c)

Idera Property .  All documents, diskettes, tapes, procedural manuals, guides, specifications, plans, drawings, designs and similar materials, lists of present, past or prospective customers, customer proposals, invitations to submit proposals, price lists and data relating to the pricing of Idera' products and services, records, notebooks, and all other materials containing Confidential Information or information about Discoveries or Work Product (including all copies and reproductions thereof), that come into Advisor’s possession or control by reason of Advisor’s performance of the relationship, whether prepared by Advisor or others: (a) are the property of Idera, (b) will not be used by Advisor in any way other than in connection with the performance of the Services, (c) will not be provided or

5

 


 

 

shown to any third party by Advisor, (d) will not be removed from Idera's or Advisor’s premises (except as Advisor's Services require), and (e) at the termination (for whatever reason), of Advisor's relationship with Idera, will be left with, or forthwith returned by Advisor to Idera. No license or conveyance of any ownership rights to the Advisor is granted or implied under this Agreement.

 

(d)

Scope of Disclosure Restrictions .  Nothing in this Agreement prohibits Advisor from communicating with government agencies about possible violations of federal, state, or local laws or otherwise providing information to government agencies or participating in government agency investigations or proceedings.  Advisor is not required to notify Idera of any such communications; provided, however, that nothing herein authorizes the disclosure of information Advisor obtained through a communication that was subject to the attorney-client privilege.  Further, notwithstanding Advisor’s confidentiality and nondisclosure obligations, Advisor is hereby advised as follows pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act: “An individual shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (A) is made (i) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (B) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.  An individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to the attorney of the individual and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual (A) files any document containing the trade secret under seal; and (B) does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.”

 

 

8.

EQUITABLE RELIEF.    

 

Advisor agrees that any breach of Sections 6 and 7 above by it would cause irreparable damage to Idera and that, in the event of such breach, Idera shall have, in addition to any and all remedies of law, the right to an injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief to prevent the violation or threatened violation of Advisor’s obligations hereunder.

 

9.

WAIVER.    

 

Any waiver by Idera of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision hereof.  All waivers by Idera shall be in writing.

 

6

 


 

 

10.

SEVERABILITY; REFORMATION.    

 

In case any one or more of the provisions or parts of a provision contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or part of a provision of this Agreement; and this Agreement shall, to the fullest extent lawful, be reformed and construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision, or part of a provision, had never been contained herein, and such provision or part reformed so that it would be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent possible. Without limiting the foregoing, if any provision (or part of provision) contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the fullest extent compatible with then existing applicable law.

 

11.

ASSIGNMENT.    

 

Idera shall have the right to assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party which assumes Idera' obligations hereunder.  Advisor shall not have the right to assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Idera, which consent may be withheld.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Advisor’s successors, permitted assigns and, in the case where Advisor is an individual, heirs and legal representatives in the event of his/her death or disability.

 

12.

USE OF NAMES. 

 

Advisor shall not use the name of Idera for any purpose without obtaining Idera’s prior written approval thereof; provided, however, that nothing herein shall preclude Advisor from identifying on his curricula vitae and to any third parties, including on social media and to the press, that he was a founder of Idera and that he served Idera in various leadership roles since 1990.  Subject to the restrictions on the use of Advisor’s name as set forth in Section 7(a)(iii) of this Agreement, Idera may use the name of Advisor for activities related to its standard business operations, which may include press releases and other public announcements. 

 

13.

HEADINGS.    

 

Headings and subheadings are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement.

 

14.

AMENDMENTS.    

 

This Agreement may be amended or modified, in whole or in part, only by an instrument in writing signed by the Parties. 

 

7

 


 

 

15.

NOTICES.    

 

Any notices or other communications required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered in person or when mailed, by certified or registered first class mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to the Parties at their addresses specified in the preamble to this Agreement or to such other addresses of which a Party shall have notified the others in accordance with the provisions of this Section 14.

 

16.

COUNTERPARTS.    

 

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which shall be deemed a single agreement.

 

17.

GOVERNING LAW.    

 

This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed for all purposes by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to conflict of laws provisions.

 

18.

SURVIVAL.    

 

The provisions of Sections 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 17 and 18 of this Agreement shall survive the expiration of the Term or the termination of this Agreement. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, between Idera and Advisor relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

 

[Signature Page To Follow]

 

8

 


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Idera Pharmaceuticals, inc.

 

Sudhir Agrawal

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Vincent J. Milano

 

By:

/s/ Sudhir Agrawal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

April 18, 2017

 

Date:

April 18, 2017

 

 

 

 

9

 


 

 

Exhibit A

Sample Invoice/Report

 

ADVISOR NAME

123 Street Name

Town name, STATE ZIP

 

 

Date: ______________

 

Attn: Accounts Payable

Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

167 Sidney Street

Cambridge, MA 02139

Fax: 617-679-5560

 

 

 

Dear Accounts Payable Representative,

 

In accordance with our Consulting Services Agreement with Idera, dated 24 June 2014, the following summarizes services performed for the monthly invoice period of ______________ to ________________:

 

 

 

 

Date(s):

Description of Activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In accordance with the Consulting Services Agreement, please remit the monthly payment of $____________ within thirty (30) days.

 

 

Regards,

 

 


10

 


 

 

Exhibit B

 

Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Travel Policy (POLICY NO. 217)

 

1. TRAVEL & ENTERTAINMENT

 

PURPOSE:   To establish guidelines for Company travel and entertainment and to ensure travel is consistent with Idera’s business objectives.

 

SCOPE: All Idera employees, directors and Advisors (“Employees”).

 

POLICY: Idera will reimburse Employees who travel on approved Company business for all necessary reasonable business expenses. However, in no event will reimbursement exceed actual expenses.  Neither luxury, nor sub-standard modes of transportation and accommodations should be used.

 

PROCEDURE FOR TRAVEL:

 

Employees are expected to pay for their travel with personal credit cards or cash.  Employees are expected to pay their own credit card bill and any late fees or finance charges are the responsibility of the Employee. Any credit card rewards from use of the card belong to the Employee.

  

PROCEDURE FOR REIMBURSEMENT:

 

1.

Upon return from your pre-approved business related travel, Idera requires the Employee to submit an original travel and expense report with the business purpose identified.  Travel should be via the lowest cost alternative within reason. All original receipts are requested but receipts for expenses greater than $20 USD are required.  Expense reports must be submitted in a timely fashion.  Please attach original receipts to your travel and expense report and complete within five (5) business days from your return.  Deduct any personal expenses. Any receipts not provided must be noted on the travel and expense report.  If business travel was overseas, convert to U.S. dollars and list the exchange rate used.

2.

Travel and expense reports must be signed by the Employee and approved by the Employee’s manager before forwarding to accounting.  Reimbursement will be made via the next scheduled check run, which should be within fifteen (15) days after the accounting department receives an approved travel and expense report.

3.

In the event that the Employee owes the Company funds, the funds should accompany the completed travel and expense report.  Any amounts due the Company and not paid will be deducted from any future payment requests.

4.

Any expense submitted that does not comply with the guidelines of this policy will not be reimbursed, unless accompanied by a valid exception approved by the CFO, President or CEO. 

11

 


 

 

LODGING:

 

Employees are permitted to reserve hotel rooms for out of town travel.  Neither luxury, nor sub-standard accommodations should be used.  Employees will only be reimbursed for standard hotel rooms.  No upgrades to suites are permitted. Saturday night stays are permitted, but not required, if the stay results in airfare savings in excess of the extra night(s) stay and meals. Where appropriate, Employees are expected to book their accommodations using conference hotels and discounts.  It is the Employee’s responsibility to cancel reservations not expected to be utilized. The Company will not reimburse no-show fees.

 

AIRFARE:

 

Air travel will be via the most direct and economical means.  Employees are expected to book their airfare as far in advance as possible – at least seven (7) days in most instances. Use of "Non-Refundable" airfare is recommended. (In most cases, if the travel must change or the trip is canceled all together, the funds can be used as a credit toward future travel, less a service charge imposed by the airline. Employees must include this credit on their next travel and expense report that includes air travel.)  Employees may fly business class on international flights where in-flight time exceeds six hours in duration.  Benefits from frequent flier memberships are considered to belong to the Employee. The Company does not reimburse any fees or dues associated with such memberships.

 

PERSONAL TRANSPORTATION/MILEAGE:

 

Employees with a valid driver’s license may submit expenses for the use of their personal car while on business.  Employees will be reimbursed the standard IRS rate for every mile driven on behalf of the Company that exceeds their normal commuting mileage, defined as from the Employee home to the Company’s facility.  Receipts should be submitted for any parking expenses or tolls. 

 

RENTAL CARS:

 

Compact or midsize cars can be rented when having a car is deemed necessary (i.e., taxi cabs are not prevalent or the distance from the airport or hotel to the destination is excessive).  When possible, every effort should be made to return rental cars with the proper fuel level. Receipts should be submitted for gas with the T&E report. Additional liability and physical damage insurance should be waived for cars rented in the United States as the Company’s travel insurance policy covers Company travel via rental cars. Employees renting cars should include the Company’s name somewhere on the rental agreement. Additional liability and physical damage insurance should be purchased from the rental agency for cars rented outside the United States.

 

12

 


 

 

TRAIN FARE:

 

Train travel will be via the most direct and economical means.  Employees are expected to book their train fare as far in advance as possible. Use of "Non-Refundable" train fare is recommended. The Acela express service, where all seats are business class, is permitted for travel between Boston and New York and DC. Employees may use first class train accommodations where on-train time exceeds seven hours in duration.  Benefits from frequent traveler memberships are considered to belong to the Employee. The Company does not reimburse any fees or dues associated with such memberships.

 

TELEPHONE/FACSIMILES/INTERNET SERVICES:

 

Reasonable expenses incurred while traveling for telephone, fax, internet, and telegraph for Company business communications are reimbursable.  Where applicable, Employees should use their Company issued cell phones when traveling and not incur extensive calls through their hotel rooms. Necessary business calls made from the Employee’s residence are reimbursable.  A copy of the telephone bill and an explanation of the business purpose should be submitted with your travel and expense report. 

 

BUSINESS MEALS AND ENTERTAINMENT:

 

Meals . Individual meals can be purchased while an Employee is traveling for approved business purposes. Individual meals will be reimbursed at the lower of $30 USD per meal or $50 USD per day.

 

When in the best interest of the Company, meals may be purchased for clients, affiliates, and others with whom the Company has business dealings.  In addition, the government requires detailed record keeping legitimizing the expense.  The items to be documented are:

 

§

Individuals present

§

Business affiliations

§

Location

§

Date

§

BUSINESS PURPOSE OF MEETING.  This can be a short phrase such as “discuss new business”, “conduct employee review”, or “scientific discussions”

 

Reimbursements may include gratuities up to a maximum of 20%.

 

Entertainment . Entertainment expenses are generally not reimbursed by the Company.  Entertainment expenses are only reimbursable with management prior approval.  Pre-approved entertainment will only be reimbursed where an original receipt is submitted with the T & E report. 

 

13

 


 

 

NON-REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES, include but are not limited to the following:

 

§

Airline club or other travel memberships

§

Airline upgrade coupon booklets

§

Airline headsets

§

Sundries

§

Laundry services (unless a trip is unexpectedly extended)

§

Lost airline tickets applications

§

Mini-bar services

§

In room movies

§

Barber/Hair Stylist

§

Manicurist

§

Masseur/Spa services

§

Birthday or other celebration gifts

§

Unauthorized donations, contributions

§

Car insurance

§

Personal items other than emergency services items purchased while traveling because of lost or damaged baggage

§

Clothing purchases

§

Personal liquor or entertainment when not included in  business  dinner

§

Traffic violations and citations

§

Pet care, lawn care and snow removal while traveling

§

Theft, loss or damage to personal property

§

Cash advances and ATM fees

§

Daily newspapers while traveling

14

 


 

Exhibit 10.35

PICTURE 1

 

 

November 11, 2015

Joanna Horobin

47 Norwich Road

Wellesley, MA 02481

Dear Joanna:

On behalf of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”), I am pleased to confirm the following terms of your employment with the Company.

1.           Employment. You will be employed to serve on a full time basis as the Company’s Chief Medical officer, effective as of November 30, 2015 (the “Commencement Date”). You will be responsible for performing such duties as are consistent with your position, plus such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to you by the Chief Executive Officer. Your regular place of work shall be the Company’s Massachusetts location and you shall report solely to the Chief Executive Officer. You agree to devote your full business time, best efforts, skill, knowledge, attention and energies to the advancement of the Company’s business and interests and to the performance of your duties and responsibilities as an employee of the Company.

2.           Base Salary and Bonus .

(a)        Your annual base salary shall be $390,000 per year and shall be payable to you at periodic intervals in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices for salaried employees. Such base salary may be increased from time to time in accordance with normal business practices and in the sole discretion of the Company.

(b)        You shall be eligible to receive, for each fiscal year of the Company ending during your employment with the Company, an annual bonus of up to 40% of your annual base salary, whether pursuant to a formal bonus or incentive plan or program of the Company or otherwise.  Such bonus, if any, will be prorated based on your hire date for the first calendar year. Such bonus, if any, will be approved by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (together, the “Board”) in its sole discretion and will be based on both individual and Company performance objectives as developed and determined by the Company in its sole discretion. Any bonus earned by you and approved by the Board under this Section 2(b) shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s Annual Incentive Plan Plan Document.

(c)        All salary, bonus and other compensation payable to you pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to applicable withholding taxes.


 

Joanna Horobin, M.B., Ch.B.
November 11, 2015
Page 2

 

 

3.           Benefit Programs .   You may participate in any and all benefit programs that the Company may establish and make available to its employees from time to time, provided you are eligible under (and subject to all provisions of) the plan documents governing those programs. Such benefits may include medical, dental and retirement plans. Any benefits made available by the Company, and the rules, terms and conditions for participation in such benefit plans, may be changed by the Company at any time and from time to time without advance notice.

4.           Reimbursement of Expenses .   The Company shall reimburse you, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy, for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other expenses incurred or paid by you in connection with, or related to, the performance of your duties, responsibilities or services under this Agreement, specifically including expenses for travel between offices of the Company, upon presentation by you of appropriate documentation, expense statements, vouchers and/or such other supporting information as the Company may request and in accordance with Section 11(e) below.

5.           Equity .   Upon the commencement of your employment with the Company, you will be granted an option to purchase 600,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, 275,000 options of which will be considered a non-statutory inducement grant outside the Company’s 2013 Stock Incentive Plan. The exercise price will be equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the Commencement Date (the “Option(s)The Option(s) shall vest over four years with the first installment vesting on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date and the balance of the shares vesting in equal quarterly installments over the remaining three years. The Option shall be evidenced by an option agreement that is consistent with the form of option agreement generally used by the Company and the terms of this letter.

6.           Termination of Employment Period .   Your employment by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(a)        At the election of the Company, for Cause (as defined on Exhibit A ), immediately upon written notice by the Company to you, which notice shall identify the Cause upon which the termination is based.

(b)        At the election of either party, upon not less than thirty days’ prior written notice of termination.

7.           Effect of Termination.

(a)        In the event your employment is terminated pursuant to Section 6(a) or 6(b), the Company shall pay to you the compensation and benefits otherwise payable you


 

Joanna Horobin, M.B., Ch.B.
November 11, 2015
Page 3

 

 

under Section 2 through the last day of your actual employment by the Company.

(b)        In the event that the Company terminates your employment with the Company at any time without Cause pursuant to Section 6(b), then, subject to Section 7(e) the Company shall also (i) continue to pay you your then current base salary for a period of twelve (12) months, payable in accordance with and at the times contemplated by the Company’s then current payroll practices and (ii) pay you any bonus earned by you and approved by the Board prior to such termination that is then unpaid.

(c)         Notwithstanding Section 7(b) above, and in lieu of any payment owed under Section 7(b), if any, in the event that the Company terminates you without Cause or you resign from employment with the Company for Good Reason upon a Change in Control (as such terms are defined below) or within the twelve (12) month period following the Change in Control, then, subject to Section 7(e), (i) the Company shall continue to pay you your then current base salary for a period of twelve (12) months, payable in accordance with and at the times contemplated by the Company’s then current payroll practices, (ii) the Company shall pay you any bonus earned by you and approved by the Board prior to such termination or resignation that is then unpaid and (iii) the Options shall vest in full and become immediately exercisable.

(d)        Following a termination of your employment entitling you to severance payments under Section 7(b) or Section 7(c), and subject to Section 7(e), if you are eligible for and elect to continue receiving group medical and/or dental insurance under the continuation coverage rules known as COBRA, the Company will pay the share of the premium for such coverage that it pays for active and similarly-situated employees who receive the same type of coverage (single, family, or other) until the earlier of (i) the end of the period for which the Company is paying you your then current base salary pursuant to Section 7(b) or Section 7(c) above (as applicable, the “Severance Period”) or (ii) the date your COBRA continuation coverage expires.

(e)        Notwithstanding anything in this Section 7 to the contrary, the Company’s obligations to make severance payments and provide benefits to you pursuant to this Section 7 shall be contingent upon your execution of a separation and release agreement (the “Release Agreement”) in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company which Release Agreement must become irrevocable within 60 days (or such earlier date as the Release Agreement provides) following the date of your termination of employment. Such payments and benefits shall begin to be paid or provided in the first regular payroll period beginning after the Release


 

Joanna Horobin, M.B., Ch.B.
November 11, 2015
Page 4

 

 

Agreement becomes binding on you; provided, however, that if the 60 th day after termination occurs in the calendar year following the year of your date of termination, the severance payments and benefits shall be paid or provided no earlier than January 1 of such subsequent calendar year (whether or not the Release Agreement is executed prior to such date).  You must continue to comply with the Invention, Non-Disclosure and Non-Competition Agreement referenced in Section 8 to continue to receive severance payments and benefits. The severance payments and benefits shall constitute your sole remedy in connection with the termination of your employment in the event of a termination of your employment by the Company without Cause or by you for Good Reason.

8.           Invention, Non-Disclosure and Non-Competition Agreement .   As a condition to your employment, you will be required to execute an Invention, Non-Disclosure and Non- Competition Agreement with the Company.

9.           Background Check .   Your employment is fully contingent upon a satisfactory background check.

10.         Company Policies and Procedures As an employee of the Company, you will be required to comply with all Company policies and procedures. Violations of the Company’s policies may lead to immediate termination of your employment. Further, the Company’s premises, including all workspaces, furniture, documents and other tangible materials, and all information technology resources of the Company (including computers, data and other electronic files, and all internet and e-mail) are subject to oversight and inspection by the Company at any time. Company employees should have no expectation of privacy with regard to any Company premises, materials, resources or information.

11.         Other Agreements and Governing Law .   You represent that you are not bound by any employment contract, restrictive covenant or other restriction preventing you from continuing in employment with or carrying out your responsibilities for the Company, or which is in any way inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement. Please note that this Agreement supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous agreements, discussions and/or understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement or your employment with the Company. The resolution of any disputes under this Agreement will be governed by Massachusetts law.

12.         Compliance with Section 409A .   Subject to the provisions in this Section 11, any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement (including under Section 7 hereof) shall begin only upon the date of your “separation from service” (determined as set forth below) which occurs on or after the date of termination of your employment.


 

Joanna Horobin, M.B., Ch.B.
November 11, 2015
Page 5

 

 

The following rules shall apply with respect to distribution of the payments and benefits, if any, to be provided to you under this Agreement:

(a)         It is intended that each installment of the severance payments and benefits provided under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A. Neither the Company nor you shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments or benefits except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.

(b)        If, as of the date of your “separation from service” from the Company, you are not a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then each installment of the severance payments and benefits shall be made on the dates and terms set forth in this Agreement.

(c)        If, as of the date of your “separation from service” from the Company, you are a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then:

(i)         Each installment of the severance payments and benefits due under this Agreement that, in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein, will in all circumstances, regardless of when the separation from service occurs, be paid within the Short-Term Deferral Period (as hereinafter defined) shall be treated as a short-term deferral within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) to the maximum extent permissible under Section 409A. For purposes of this Agreement, the “Short-Term Deferral Period” means the period ending on the later of the fifteenth day of the third month following the end of your tax year in which the separation from service occurs and the fifteenth day of the third month following the end of the Company’s tax year in which the separation from service occurs; and

(ii)        Each installment of the severance payments and benefits due under this Agreement that is not described in Section 11(c)(i) above and that would, absent this subsection, be paid within the six-month period following your “separation from service” from the Company shall not be paid until the date that is six months and one day after such separation from service (or, if earlier, your death), with any such installments that are required to be delayed being accumulated during the six-month period and paid in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day following your separation from service and any subsequent installments, if any, being paid in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein; provided ,   however , that the preceding provisions of this sentence shall not apply to any installment of severance payments and benefits if


 

Joanna Horobin, M.B., Ch.B.
November 11, 2015
Page 6

 

 

and to the maximum extent that such installment is deemed to be paid under a separation pay plan that does not provide for a deferral of compensation by reason of the application of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) (relating to separation pay upon an involuntary separation from service). Any installments that qualify for the exception under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) must be paid no later than the last day of your second taxable year following your taxable year in which the separation from service occurs.

(d)        The determination of whether and when your separation from service from the Company has occurred shall be made in a manner consistent with, and based on the presumptions set forth in, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). Solely for purposes of this Section 11(d), “Company” shall include all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code.

(e)        All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent that such reimbursements or in-kind benefits are subject to Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirements that (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during your lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred and (iv) the right to reimbursement is not subject to set off or liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

(f)         Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall have no liability to you or to any other person if the payments and benefits provided hereunder that are intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A are not so exempt or compliant.

13.         Successors and Assigns .   This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any corporation with which or into which the Company may be merged or which may succeed to its assets or business; provided ,   however , that your obligations to the Company are personal and shall not be assigned by you.

14.         Acknowledgment . You state and represent that you have had an opportunity to fully discuss and review the terms of this Agreement with an attorney. You further state and represent that you have carefully read this Agreement, understand the contents herein,


 

Joanna Horobin, M.B., Ch.B.
November 11, 2015
Page 7

 

 

freely and voluntarily assent to all of the terms and conditions hereof, and sign your name of your own free act.

15.         Miscellaneous .

(a)        No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

(b)        The captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement.

(c)        In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.

If this Agreement correctly sets forth the initial terms under which you will be employed by the Company, please sign the enclosed duplicate of this Agreement in the space provided below, along with the enclosed Invention, Non-Disclosure and Non-Competition Agreement, and return them to me.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/S/ VINCENT J. MILANO

 

Vincent J. Milano

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

The foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of my employment with Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. I am not relying on any representations other than as set forth above.

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ JOANNA HOROBIN

    

Date:

 

November 16, 2015

Joanna Horobin M.B., Ch.B.

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

EXHIBIT A

Definitions

The following terms shall have the following definitions for purposes of this Agreement:

(a)        Cause shall mean (i) a material breach of any material term of this Agreement, (ii) a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, or conviction of, a felony offense, (iii) repeated unexplained or unjustified absence, or refusals to carry out the lawful directions of the Board or (iv) material breach of a fiduciary duty owed to the Company under this Agreement, provided that any action or inaction described by (i), (iii) or (iv), above, shall not be the basis of a termination of your employment with the Company for "Cause" unless the Company provided you with at least 20 days advance written notice specifying in reasonable detail the conduct in need of being cured and such conduct was not cured within the notice period or prior to termination.

(b)        Change in Control shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a change in the composition of the Board over a period of thirty-six consecutive months or less such that a majority of the members of the Board ceases to be comprised of individuals who are Continuing Members; for such purpose, a "Continuing Member" shall mean an individual who is a member of the Board on the date of this Agreement and any successor of a Continuing Member who is elected to the Board or nominated for election by action of a majority of Continuing Members then serving on the Board; (ii) any merger or consolidation that results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto representing (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) less than 60% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; (iii) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (iv) the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or (v) the acquisition of "beneficial ownership" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities (other than through a merger or consolidation or an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) by any "person," as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of stock of the Company; provided however that, where applied to compensation subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the guidance issued thereunder (“Section 409A”), any acceleration of or change in payment shall only apply (if required by

1


 

 

Section 409A) if the Change in Control is also a change in control event described in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5).

(c)        Good Reason shall mean any action on the part of the Company not consented to by you in writing having the following effect or effects: (i) a material reduction in your base salary; (ii) a material diminution in your duties, responsibilities or authority as set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement, (iii) the Company requires you to permanently relocate and work full-time from another location that is more than 50 miles from the location you are then performing your ongoing and regular services) or (iv) the Company relocates your current place of work to a location that makes it unreasonable for you to commute to the Company’s offices four or more business days per week. You must (A) give notice to the Company of your intention to resign for Good Reason within 90 days after the occurrence of the event (or series of events) that you assert entitle you to resign for Good Reason, (B) state in that notice the condition that you consider to provide you with Good Reason to resign, (C) provide the Company with at least 30 days after you deliver your notice to cure the condition and (D) if the condition is not cured, resign for Good Reason on or prior to the 60 th day after you deliver your notice.

2


 

Exhibit 10.36

OFFICEART OBJECT

 

 

February 2, 2017

Jonathan Yingling

74 High Ridge Rd.

Skillman NJ 08558-2374

Dear Jonathan

On behalf of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”), I am pleased to confirm the following terms of your employment with the Company.

1.          Employment.  You will be employed to serve on a full time basis as the Company’s Senior Vice President, Early Development, effective as of February 6, 2017 (the “Commencement Date”).  You will be responsible for performing such duties as are consistent with your position, plus such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to you by the Chief Executive Officer.  Your regular place of work shall be the Company’s Exton, Pennsylvania location and you shall report solely to the Chief Executive Officer.  You agree to devote your full business time, best efforts, skill, knowledge, attention and energies to the advancement of the Company’s business and interests and to the performance of your duties and responsibilities as an employee of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Idera acknowledges and agrees that you currently serve as a consultant to Clavius Pharmaceuticals, LLC providing general management services and that in the future you may become a member of the Clavius board of directors while serving as an employee of Idera.

2.          Base Salary and Bonus .

(a)         Your annual base salary shall be $385,000 per year and shall be payable to you at periodic intervals in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices for salaried employees.  Such base salary may be increased from time to time in accordance with normal business practices and in the sole discretion of the Company.

(b)         You shall be eligible to receive, for each fiscal year of the Company ending during your employment with the Company, an annual bonus of up to 40% of your annual base salary, whether pursuant to a formal bonus or incentive plan or program of the Company or otherwise.  Such bonus, if any, will be prorated based on your hire date for the first calendar year.  Such bonus, if any, will be approved by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (together, the “Board”) in its sole discretion and will be based on both individual and Company performance objectives as developed and determined by the Company in its sole discretion.  Any bonus earned by you and

 


 

Jonathan Yingling
February 2, 2017
Page 2

 

 

approved by the Board under this Section 2(b) shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s Annual Incentive Plan Plan Document.

(c)         All salary, bonus and other compensation payable to you pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to applicable withholding taxes.

3.          Benefit Programs .  You may participate in any and all benefit programs that the Company may establish and make available to its employees from time to time, provided you are eligible under (and subject to all provisions of) the plan documents governing those programs. Such benefits may include medical, dental and retirement plans.  Any benefits made available by the Company, and the rules, terms and conditions for participation in such benefit plans, may be changed by the Company at any time and from time to time without advance notice.

4.          Reimbursement of Expenses .  The Company shall reimburse you, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy, for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other expenses incurred or paid by you in connection with, or related to, the performance of your duties, responsibilities or services under this Agreement, specifically including expenses for travel between offices of the Company, upon presentation by you of appropriate documentation, expense statements, vouchers and/or such other supporting information as the Company may request and in accordance with Section 12(e) below.

5.          Equity Upon the commencement of your employment with the Company, you will be granted an option to purchase 600,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, 275,000 options of which will be considered a non-statutory inducement grant outside the Company’s 2013 Stock Incentive Plan. The exercise price will be equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the Commencement Date (the “Option(s)The Option(s) shall vest over four years with the first installment vesting on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date and the balance of the shares vesting in equal quarterly installments over the remaining three years. The Option shall be evidenced by an option agreement that is consistent with the form of option agreement generally used by the Company and the terms of this letter.

6.          Relocation Assistance.  The Company will provide you with Education Insight Services in order to help you with your assessment of a potential relocation to within approximately 30 miles of a Company work location.  Should you decide to relocate to within one year of your start date, the Company will also provide you with relocation assistance, components of which are outlined in Exhibit B.  Such relocation assistance will be subject to a Repayment Agreement, a sample of which is contained in Exhibit C.

7.          Termination of Employment Period .  Your employment by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following:

 


 

Jonathan Yingling
February 2, 2017
Page 3

 

 

(a)         At the election of the Company, for Cause (as defined on Exhibit A ), immediately upon written notice by the Company to you, which notice shall identify the Cause upon which the termination is based.

(b)         At the election of either party, upon not less than thirty days’ prior written notice of termination.

8.          Effect of Termination.

(a)         In the event your employment is terminated pursuant to Section 7(a) or 7(b), the Company shall pay to you the compensation and benefits otherwise payable you under Section 2 through the last day of your actual employment by the Company.

(b)         In the event that the Company terminates your employment with the Company at any time without Cause pursuant to Section 7(b), then, subject to Section 8(e) the Company shall also (i) continue to pay you your then current base salary for a period of twelve (12) months, payable in accordance with and at the times contemplated by the Company’s then current payroll practices and (ii) pay you any bonus earned by you and approved by the Board prior to such termination that is then unpaid .

(c)         Notwithstanding Section 8(b) above, and in lieu of any payment owed under Section 8(b), if any, in the event that the Company terminates you without Cause or you resign from employment with the Company for Good Reason upon a Change in Control (as such terms are defined below) or within the twelve (12) month period following the Change in Control, then, subject to Section 8(e), (i) the Company shall continue to pay you your then current base salary for a period of twelve (12) months, payable in accordance with and at the times contemplated by the Company’s then current payroll practices, (ii) the Company shall pay you any bonus earned by you and approved by the Board prior to such termination or resignation that is then unpaid and (iii) the Options shall vest in full and become immediately exercisable.

(d)         Following a termination of your employment entitling you to severance payments under Section 7(b) or Section 7(c), and subject to Section 7(e), if you are eligible for and elect to continue receiving group medical and/or dental insurance under the continuation coverage rules known as COBRA, the Company will pay the share of the premium for such coverage that it pays for active and similarly-situated employees who receive the same type of coverage (single, family, or other) until the earlier of (i) the end of the period for which the Company is paying you your then current base salary pursuant to Section 8(b) or Section 8(c) above (as applicable, the “Severance Period”) or (ii) the date your COBRA continuation coverage expires.

 


 

Jonathan Yingling
February 2, 2017
Page 4

 

 

(e)         Notwithstanding anything in this Section 7 to the contrary, the Company’s obligations to make severance payments and provide benefits to you pursuant to this Section 8 shall be contingent upon your execution of a separation and release agreement (the “Release Agreement”) in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company which Release Agreement must become irrevocable within 60 days (or such earlier date as the Release Agreement provides) following the date of your termination of employment.  Such payments and benefits shall begin to be paid or provided in the first regular payroll period beginning after the Release Agreement becomes binding on you; provided, however, that if the 60 th day after termination occurs in the calendar year following the year of your date of termination, the severance payments and benefits shall be paid or provided no earlier than January 1 of such subsequent calendar year (whether or not the Release Agreement is executed prior to such date).  You must continue to comply with the Invention, Non-Disclosure and Non-Competition Agreement referenced in Section 9 to continue to receive severance payments and benefits.  The severance payments and benefits shall constitute your sole remedy in connection with the termination of your employment in the event of a termination of your employment by the Company without Cause or by you for Good Reason.

9.          Invention, Non-Disclosure and Non-Competition Agreement As a condition to your employment, you will be required to execute an Invention, Non-Disclosure and Non-Competition Agreement with the Company.

10.        Background Check .  Your employment is fully contingent upon a satisfactory background check.

11.        Company Policies and Procedures .  As an employee of the Company, you will be required to comply with all Company policies and procedures.  Violations of the Company’s policies may lead to immediate termination of your employment.  Further, the Company’s premises, including all workspaces, furniture, documents and other tangible materials, and all information technology resources of the Company (including computers, data and other electronic files, and all internet and e-mail) are subject to oversight and inspection by the Company at any time.  Company employees should have no expectation of privacy with regard to any Company premises, materials, resources or information.

12.        Other Agreements and Governing Law .  You represent that you are not bound by any employment contract, restrictive covenant or other restriction preventing you from continuing in employment with or carrying out your responsibilities for the Company, or which is in any way inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement.  Please note that this Agreement supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous agreements, discussions and/or understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this

 


 

Jonathan Yingling
February 2, 2017
Page 5

 

 

Agreement or your employment with the Company.  The resolution of any disputes under this Agreement will be governed by Massachusetts law.

13.        Compliance with Section 409A .  Subject to the provisions in this Section 13, any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement (including under Section 8 hereof) shall begin only upon the date of your “separation from service” (determined as set forth below) which occurs on or after the date of termination of your employment.  The following rules shall apply with respect to distribution of the payments and benefits, if any, to be provided to you under this Agreement:

(a)         It is intended that each installment of the severance payments and benefits provided under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A.  Neither the Company nor you shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments or benefits except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.

(b)         If, as of the date of your “separation from service” from the Company, you are not a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then each installment of the severance payments and benefits shall be made on the dates and terms set forth in this Agreement.

(c)         If, as of the date of your “separation from service” from the Company, you are a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then:

(i)          Each installment of the severance payments and benefits due under this Agreement that, in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein, will in all circumstances, regardless of when the separation from service occurs, be paid within the Short-Term Deferral Period (as hereinafter defined) shall be treated as a short-term deferral within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) to the maximum extent permissible under Section 409A.  For purposes of this Agreement, the “Short-Term Deferral Period” means the period ending on the later of the fifteenth day of the third month following the end of your tax year in which the separation from service occurs and the fifteenth day of the third month following the end of the Company’s tax year in which the separation from service occurs; and

(ii)         Each installment of the severance payments and benefits due under this Agreement that is not described in Section 13 (c)(i) above and that would, absent this subsection, be paid within the six-month period following your “separation from service” from the Company shall not be paid until the date that is six months and one day after such separation from service (or, if earlier, your death), with any such installments that are required to be delayed being accumulated during the six-month period

 


 

Jonathan Yingling
February 2, 2017
Page 6

 

 

and paid in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day following your separation from service and any subsequent installments, if any, being paid in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein; provided ,   however , that the preceding provisions of this sentence shall not apply to any installment of severance payments and benefits if and to the maximum extent that such installment is deemed to be paid under a separation pay plan that does not provide for a deferral of compensation by reason of the application of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) (relating to separation pay upon an involuntary separation from service).  Any installments that qualify for the exception under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) must be paid no later than the last day of your second taxable year following your taxable year in which the separation from service occurs.

(d)         The determination of whether and when your separation from service from the Company has occurred shall be made in a manner consistent with, and based on the presumptions set forth in, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).  Solely for purposes of this Section 13(d), “Company” shall include all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code.

(e)         All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent that such reimbursements or in-kind benefits are subject to Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirements that (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during your lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred and (iv) the right to reimbursement is not subject to set off or liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

(f)          Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall have no liability to you or to any other person if the payments and benefits provided hereunder that are intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A are not so exempt or compliant.

14.        Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any corporation with which or into which the Company may be merged or which may succeed to its assets or business; provided ,   however , that your obligations to the Company are personal and shall not be assigned by you.

 


 

Jonathan Yingling
February 2, 2017
Page 7

 

 

15.        Acknowledgment .  You state and represent that you have had an opportunity to fully discuss and review the terms of this Agreement with an attorney.  You further state and represent that you have carefully read this Agreement, understand the contents herein, freely and voluntarily assent to all of the terms and conditions hereof, and sign your name of your own free act.

16.        Miscellaneous .

(a)         No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right.  A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

(b)         The captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement.

(c)         In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.

If this Agreement correctly sets forth the initial terms under which you will be employed by the Company, please sign the enclosed duplicate of this Agreement in the space provided below, along with the enclosed Invention, Non-Disclosure and Non-Competition Agreement, and return them to me.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/S/ VINCENT J. MILANO

 

Vincent J. Milano

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

The foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of my employment with Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.  I am not relying on any representations other than as set forth above.

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ JONATHAN YINGLING

    

Date:

 

February 3, 2017

Jonathan Yingling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

EXHIBIT A

Definitions

The following terms shall have the following definitions for purposes of this Agreement:

(a)         Cause shall mean (i) a material breach of any material term of this Agreement , (ii) a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, or conviction of, a felony offense, (iii) repeated unexplained or unjustified absence, or refusals to carry out the lawful directions of the Board or (iv) material breach of a fiduciary duty owed to the Company under this Agreement, provided that any action or inaction described by (i), (iii) or (iv), above, shall not be the basis of a termination of your employment with the Company for "Cause" unless the Company provided you with at least 20 days advance written notice specifying in reasonable detail the conduct in need of being cured and such conduct was not cured within the notice period or prior to termination.

(b)         Change in Control shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a change in the composition of the Board over a period of thirty-six consecutive months or less such that a majority of the members of the Board ceases to be comprised of individuals who are Continuing Members; for such purpose, a "Continuing Member" shall mean an individual who is a member of the Board on the date of this Agreement and any successor of a Continuing Member who is elected to the Board or nominated for election by action of a majority of Continuing Members then serving on the Board; (ii) any merger or consolidation that results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto representing (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) less than 60% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; (iii) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (iv) the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or (v) the acquisition of "beneficial ownership" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities (other than through a merger or consolidation or an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) by any "person," as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of stock of the Company; provided however that, where applied to compensation subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the guidance issued thereunder (“Section

1


 

 

409A”) , any acceleration of or change in payment shall only apply (if required by Section 409A) if the Change in Control is also a change in control event described in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5).

(c)         Good Reason shall mean any action on the part of the Company not consented to by you in writing having the following effect or effects: (i) a material reduction in your base salary; (ii) a material diminution in your duties, responsibilities or authority as set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement, (iii) the Company requires you to permanently relocate and work full-time from  another location that is more than 50 miles from the location you are then performing your ongoing and regular services) or (iv) the Company relocates your current place of work to a location that makes it unreasonable for you to commute to the Company’s offices four or more business days per week.  You must (A) give notice to the Company of your intention to resign for Good Reason within 90 days after the occurrence of the event (or series of events) that you assert entitle you to resign for Good Reason, (B) state in that notice the condition that you consider to provide you with Good Reason to resign, (C) provide the Company with at least 30 days after you deliver your notice to cure the condition and (D) if the condition is not cured, resign for Good Reason on or prior to the 60 th day after you deliver your notice.

2


 

 

EXHIBIT B

Relocation Assistance Offering Summary

 

 

 

 

Benefit

    

Description

Eligibility

 

     Full time, regular employee, relocating at Idera Pharmaceuticals Inc.’s request

     New hire, Executive level

Website

 

     Customized web access for relocation assistance

     Login Credentials provided by Aires

Miscellaneous Allowance

 

     One month’s new base salary, capped at $10,000

     Paid upon effective date of transfer

     Taxable, grossed-up

Lump Sum Allowance

 

     Home Finding Trip; including meals, lodging and travel

     Temporary Living; including lodging and return trips home

     Final Move

     Taxable, grossed-up

Home Sale Assistance

 

     Marketing Assistance through Aires

     Buyer Value Option

     Not subject to repayment agreement

School Search Assistance

 

     Assistance with school search in the destination location

     Taxable, grossed-up

Home Purchase Closing Costs Assistance

 

     For current homeowners who purchase within one-year reimbursement of actual, reasonable, and customary buyer’s closing costs, up to 2% of the net purchase price

     Taxable, grossed-up

New Home Mortgage

 

     Aires - Mortgage Solutions Powered by Quicken Loans

     Optional Program

Household Goods Move

 

     Packing, shipping, delivery, and one debris pick-up

     Partial unpack

     Valuation protection at $7.50/lb up to $125,000

     Storage in-transit for up to 30 days

Tax Gross Up

 

     Assistance for federal (supplemental rate), state, local, and FICA determined using Idera Pharmaceuticals Inc.’s derived income

Repayment Terms

 

     Pro-rated reimbursement to Idera of all expenses if employment is terminated for other than Good Reason or Cause within 24 months of the effective date of relocation.

 

3


 

 

EXHIBIT C

Sample Relocation Expense Repayment Agreement

Employee Name: 

    

Work Location:

Job Title: 

 

Anticipated Effective Date of Relocation:

 

As of the effective date of this Relocation Expense Repayment Agreement (this “Agreement”), Idera Pharmaceuticals (the “Company”)  has agreed to incur expenses or reimburse the undersigned employee (the “Employee”) for certain expenses for the purpose of relocating Employee and Employee’s eligible household members to a Company Work Location.  The relocation benefits being offered are described in the Company’s Homeowner Relocation Policy, a copy of which is attached hereto for reference.

Employee confirms that neither he/she nor any other household member is receiving relocation benefits from any other company or source.  Employee acknowledges that relocation benefits paid by the Company are subject to reduction in an amount equal to any relocation benefits paid by another source.

If, within twenty-four (24) months after the effective date of relocation (defined as the first day that Employee reports to work following a the household move contemplated herein),

(a)   Employee voluntarily terminates employment with the Company for any reason other than Good Reason, or

(b)   the Company terminates Employee's employment for other than Cause,

Employee agrees to repay the Company within 30 days of terminating employment any and all relocation expenses or payments incurred or reimbursed by the Company, on a prorated basis.

If termination occurs after more than twenty-four (24) months after the effective date of relocation, the Employee will not be required to repay relocation expenses.

Any repayment required under this Agreement will be due and payable to the Company within 30 days of terminating employment.  The Company reserves the right to deduct any sums due and owing to the Company from Employee’s final pay check(s), including, without limitation, salary, commissions, bonuses, vacation or other paid leave, severance or separation pay, and expense reimbursements, up to the full amount of the Employee Sale/Company Purchase expense owed to the Company.  If such deduction does not fully satisfy the amount of reimbursement due, Employee agrees to immediately repay the remaining unpaid balance to the Company.

Employee's employment is at will and may be terminated for any reason at any time by either the Company or Employee.  Nothing in this Agreement constitutes a contract or guarantee of employment for any specific term or limits either party's right to terminate the employment relationship.

Employee:

 

    

Date :

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

4


 

Exhibit 10.39 

Director Compensation Program

 

 

Under our director compensation program, we pay our non-employee directors retainers in cash. Each director receives a cash retainer for service on the board of directors and for service on each committee on which the director is a member. The chairmen of each committee receive higher retainers for such service. These fees are paid quarterly in arrears and, effective January 1, 2018, are as follows:

 

Cash Fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Member

    

Chairman

 

 

 

Annual Fee

 

Annual Fee

 

Board of Directors

 

$

35,000

 

$

70,000

 

Audit Committee

 

$

7,500

 

$

15,000

 

Compensation Committee

 

$

6,250

 

$

12,500

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

$

4,000

 

$

8,000

 

Scientific Advisory Committee

 

$

4,000

 

 

n/a

 

 

Under our director compensation program, we also reimburse our directors for travel and other related expenses for attendance at meetings.

 

Equity Fees

 

Our director compensation program includes a stock-for-fees policy, under which directors have the right to elect to receive common stock in lieu of cash fees. The number of shares issued to participating directors is determined on a quarterly basis by dividing the cash fees to be paid through the issuance of common stock by the fair market value of our common stock, which is the closing price of our common stock, on the first business day of the quarter following the quarter in which the fees are earned.

 

Under our current director compensation program, upon their initial election to the board of directors, new non-employee directors receive an initial option grant to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock, and all non-employee directors, other than the chairman, receive an annual option grant to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock. The chairman receives an annual option grant for 63,000 shares of our common stock. The annual grants are made on the date of our annual meeting of stockholders and fully vest one year from that date of grant. The initial options granted to our non-employee directors vest with respect to one third of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the balance of the underlying shares vest in eight equal quarterly installments following the first anniversary of the date of grant, subject to continued service as a director. These options are granted with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of our common stock, which is the closing price of our common stock, on the date of grant and will become immediately exercisable in full if there is a change in control of our company.

 

Under our retirement policy for non-employee members of the board, if a non-employee director is deemed to retire, then:

·

all outstanding options held by such director will automatically vest in full; and

·

the period during which such director may exercise the options will be extended to the expiration of the option under the plan.

 

Under the policy, a non-employee director will be deemed to have retired if:

·

the director resigns from the board or determines not to stand for re-election or is not nominated for re-election at a meeting of our stockholders and has served as a director for more than 10 years; or

·

the director does not stand for re-election or is not nominated for re-election due to the fact that he or she is or will be older than 75 at the end of such director’s term.  


 

Exhibit 10.45

 

THE HANKIN GROUP

707 Eagleview Boulevard

Post Office Box 562, Exton, PA 19341

Lease

LEASE MADE THIS 31 st day of March, 2015 between 505 Eagleview Boulevard Associates, L.P. a Pennsylvania limited partnership (“Landlord”), with its office at 707 Eagleview Boulevard, Exton, PA 19341.

AND

Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a corporation (“Tenant”), with its office at 167 Sidney Street, Cambridge, MA 02039.

This Lease consists of Part I, consisting of Section 1, and Part II, consisting of Sections 2 through 43, and the following exhibits:

A   Plan of Leased Space

B-1 Plans for Landlord’s Work

B-2 Specifications for Landlord’s Work

C   Rules and Regulations

Part I of II

1. Basic Lease Terms and Definitions.

(a)          “Leased Space” means Suite 210 in the Building, as more fully shown on the plan attached hereto as Exhibit A, which the parties agree consists of 4,323 rentable square feet of space, together with all fixtures, improvements, additions and other property installed therein at the Commencement Date, or at any time during the term of this Lease (other than Tenant’s movable personal property and trade fixtures).

(b)         “Building” means the building with an address of 505 Eagleview Boulevard, Eagleview Corporate Center, Uwchlan Township, Chester County, Pennsylvania, which the parties agree consists of 152,345 rentable square feet of space.

(c)         “Center” means Eagleview Corporate Center, located at the intersection of Eagleview Boulevard and Route 100 (Pottstown Pike), in Uwchlan and Upper Uwchlan Townships, Chester County, Pennsylvania.

(d)          “Use” means professional office, and no other use.

(e)         “Term” means a period of five (5) years beginning at 12:01 a.m., prevailing time at the place where the Building is located, measured from the Commencement Date, ending at 11:59 p.m., prevailing time at the place where the Building is located, on such last day of the period so measured; provided that, if the Commencement Date is not the first day of the month, the Term shall be extended by the number of days from the Commencement Date until the end of the month in which the Commencement Date occurs, so that in such event the Term shall expire five (5) years measured from the first day of the first full calendar month following the Commencement Date, and ending at 11:59 p.m.

(f)         “Commencement Date” means the date of substantial completion of Landlord’s Work, as evidenced by a Certificate of Occupancy from Uwchlan Township, Chester County, PA.


 

 

 

(g)              “Expiration Date” means the last day of the Term.

(h)              “Minimum Annual Rent” means the amounts below, payable in monthly installments as indicated:

 

 

 

 

Period

Rate per rentable
square foot

Minimum Annual
Rent

Monthly Installment

Year 1

$17.25

$74,571.75

$6,214.31

Year 2

$17.77

$76,819.71

$6,401.64

Year 3

$18.30

$79,110.90

$6,592.58

Year 4

$18.85

$81,488.55

$6,790.71

Year 5

$19.42

$83,952.66

$6,996.06

 

For the purposes of this subsection (h), “Year 1” shall mean the period from the Commencement Date until the expiration of 12 months thereafter, provided, however, that if the Commencement Date is not the first day of the month, Year 1 shall be extended until the expiration of 12 months from the first day of the month following the Commencement Date, and Minimum Annual Rent for Year 1 shall be increased to include an amount equal to the Minimum Annual Rent pro-rated to include the period from the Commencement Date through the end of the calendar month in which the Commencement Dare occurs. Each subsequently numbered Year shall be the one year period immediately following the expiration of the preceding Year.

(i)               “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” means (1) with respect to Real Estate Taxes, and those Operating Expenses not described in clause (2) below, including without limitation, insurance premiums, common area janitorial costs, common area electrical costs, common area natural gas costs, window washing, extermination service, grounds maintenance, snow plowing, alarm monitoring (and related telephone charges), plant care, and Center common area charges (allocable to the Building), 2.84%, being the ratio of Tenant’s rentable area of the Leased Space set forth in Section 1(a) above to the total amount of rentable area available in the Building set forth in Section 1(b) above, whether occupied or not, and (2) with respect to janitorial costs for occupied usable areas, supplies, trash disposal, water and sewer charges, maintenance and management fees, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of such rentable area of the Leased Space to the weighted average number of rentable square feet occupied by all tenants in the Building during the applicable year.

(j)               “Real Estate Taxes” means all taxes and assessments levied, assessed or imposed at any time by any governmental authority upon or against the Building and the land upon which the Building is situate, and also any tax or assessment levied, assessed or imposed at any time by any governmental authority in connection with the receipt of income or rents from said Building or land to the extent that the same shall be in lieu of (and/or in lieu of an increase in) all or a portion of any of the aforesaid taxes or assessments upon or against the said Building and/or land. If, however, any assessment included within Real Estate Taxes is payable in installments extending beyond the term of this Lease, Tenant shall only be obligated to pay those installments coming due during the term of this Lease. “Real Estate Taxes” shall not include any penalty or interest as a result of Landlord’s late payment. Landlord further agrees to make payment of Real Estate Taxes in a timely manner so as to take advantage of any applicable discount. Real Estate Taxes shall not include taxes on the Landlord’s business (such as income, excess profits, franchise, capital stock, estate, inheritance) except to the extent the same are in lieu of Real Estate Taxes or increases in Real Estate Taxes.

(k)               “Operating Expenses” means that part of any and all expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with its ownership, maintenance and operation of the Building, the land upon which the Building is situate, excluding Real Estate Taxes and interest or amortization payments on any mortgage, but including, without limitation, electricity and natural gas (other than as billed directly to tenants by the provider of the electricity or Landlord based on usage, or pursuant to Section 5(c) below), insurance maintained on the Building which, in Landlord’s judgment, shall be necessary, all direct and indirect labor costs, a management fee not exceeding four percent (4%) of the aggregate Minimum Annual Rent and Real Estate Taxes and Operating

2


 

 

 

Expenses (“Management Fee”), legal expenses, service contracts and supplies used in connection with the cleaning, operating, labor and maintenance of the Building, all repairs and decorating required to be performed by Landlord as provided for in this Lease (other than Landlord’s Work), common area maintenance and snow removal, building supplies, equipment, purchases of goods and services which are expensed, rather than capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), all charges for the entire Building (including leaseable portions as well as nonleaseable portions) for steam, oil, and water (including sewer rentals and including any taxes on such utilities) (unless such steam, oil and/or water is billed directly to tenants based on usage), removal of trash, rubbish, garbage and refuse, the cost of operating or leasing an identification sign or signs for the Building, replacing of paving, curbs, walkways, directions or other signs, drainage, maintenance of fire sprinkling systems (if any), and such other expenses as Landlord may deem necessary and proper in connection with the operation and maintenance of the Building, excluding any costs which under generally accepted accounting principles are capital expenditures; provided, however; that Operating Expenses shall also include the annual amortization (over the anticipated useful life) of a capital improvement falling within any of the following categories: (i) a labor saving device or improvement which is intended to reduce or eliminate any other component of Operating Expenses; (ii) an installation or improvement required by reason of any law, ordinance or regulation, which requirement did not exist on the date of this Lease and is generally applicable to similar office buildings; (iii) an installation or improvement which directly enhances safety of tenants in the Building or the Center generally. If and to the extent there is any concession granted to Tenant in the nature of “free rent” in the form of either an abatement or deferral of payment of Minimum Annual Rent for any period, Landlord’s management fee shall not be reduced on account of any such abatement or deferral, and the Minimum Annual Rent abatement or deferral shall be disregarded for purposes of calculating any management fee based on a percentage of rental revenues.

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, Operating Expenses shall not include:

(1)        any payments (such as salaries or fees) to the Landlord’s executive personnel or in-house site managers except for the Management Fee;

(2)        depreciation or interest, except to the extent permitted above in connection with capital improvements;

(3)        mortgage or ground lease payments;

(4)        leasing commissions, broker’s fees or legal fees incurred in connection with leases of space in the Building;

(5)        legal fees that do not directly benefit Tenant or the Building (provided that legal fees incurred in connection with leases of space in the Building or in enforcing tenant obligations shall not be deemed to benefit the Building);

(6)        costs to correct original construction defects or defective repairs or replacements hereinafter provided by or at the direction of Landlord;

(7)        costs of repairs covered by valid warranties under which Landlord receives payment or reimbursement;

(8)        expenses paid directly by a tenant for any reason (such as excessive utility use, direct utility consumption or damage for which such tenant is responsible);

(9)        costs for improving any tenant’s space;

(10)      any repair or other work necessitated by condemnation, fire or other insured casualty and for which Landlord receives reimbursement from either condemnation or insurance proceeds;

3


 

 

 

(11)             any costs, fines and the like due to Landlord’s violation of any law, governmental rule or authority;

(12)             refinancing costs;

(13)             costs for any conversion of the heating system to gas heat except to the extent such conversion is undertaken in an effort to reduce Operating Expenses and the cost thereof is treated in the same manner as a capital improvement;

(14)             costs paid to Landlord or its affiliates other than the Management Fee which exceed those reasonably charged in arm’s length transactions with third parties in the general area of the Building; and

(15)             services, benefits or both provided to some tenants but not to Tenant.

(1)            “Security Deposit” means the sum of $8,953.00.

(m)             “Initial Pass Through Rate” means $7.60.

(n)              “Landlord’s Work” means the furnishing and installation of the improvements in the Leased Space by Landlord as described in Exhibits B-1 and B-2 hereof, if any.

(o)              “Work Period” means the period ending three (3) months following the last to occur of receipt of final construction drawings approved in writing by Tenant and issuance of a building permit for the Landlord’s Work by the local building code enforcement officer, which permit enables Landlord to commence and complete the Landlord’s Work.

(p)              “Broker” means (Not Applicable).

(q)              “Notice Address” means for Landlord, c/o The Hankin Group, 707 Eagleview Boulevard, Exton, PA 19341, and for Tenant, on and after the Commencement Date, the address of the Leased Space, and prior thereto, 760 Constitution Drive, Suite 14, Exton, PA 19341, or for either party, such other address as is designated by such party by written notice to the other issued in the manner provided by this Agreement.

(r)               “Transfer” means Tenant’s effectuating an assignment, sublease, mortgage or other transfer of its rights in this Lease, or any interest therein or in the Leased Space or any part thereof, including the sale or assignment of a controlling interest in the Tenant corporation, partnership, company or other business organization.

(s)              “Affiliate” means, if Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business organization other than a sole proprietorship, the parent or wholly owned subsidiary of Tenant or an entity under common control with Tenant.

(t)               “Permitted Transfer” means a Transfer to (i) an Affiliate, (ii) any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company or other business entity in which or with which Tenant, or its corporate successors or assigns, is merged or consolidated, in accordance with applicable statutory provisions governing merger and consolidation of business entities or successor corporation under which the surviving entity assumes and is bound to perform all duties of the Tenant under this Lease by operation of law or (iii) any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company or other business entity acquiring all or substantially all of the Tenant’s assets or ownership interests, provided that such assignee (1) has a net worth equal to or greater than that of Tenant immediately preceding such Transfer and (2) assumes the obligations of Tenant pursuant to a Transfer Assumption Agreement.

(u)              “Transfer Assumption Agreement” means an instrument in form acceptable to Landlord in the exercise of its reasonable judgment, by which a transferee under a Transfer agrees to abide by and perform all obligations of Tenant under this Lease.

4


 

 

 

Part II of II

2. Lease of Leased Space

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant the Leased Space together with the right to use, in common with others, the lobbies, entrances, stairs, parking lot, elevators and other public portions of the Building. The Leased Space shall be used and occupied for the Use and for no other purpose.

3. Landlord’s Work/Substantial Completion

Landlord shall exercise reasonable efforts in good faith to substantially complete Landlord’s Work, if any, within the Work Period. The Leased Space shall be deemed substantially completed when Landlord’s Work has reached such level of completion as shall enable Tenant to reasonably and conveniently use and occupy the Leased Space for the conduct of its business, and Landlord has obtained a certificate of occupancy or its equivalent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the issuance of a certificate of occupancy requires a furnishings or work station plan or installation of furnishings, work stations or the like, or any work which is not part of Landlord’s Work, and all substantial completion criteria other than such plan or installation have been achieved, then substantial completion shall be deemed to have been achieved notwithstanding the absence of a certificate of occupancy. In addition, substantial completion shall be deemed to have been achieved even though minor or insubstantial details of construction, mechanical adjustment or decoration remain to be performed, the non-completion of which does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Leased Space or the conduct of its business therein.

Landlord shall apply for said building permit when the Lease has been fully executed and all construction drawings have been prepared by the Landlord’s architect.

If the substantial completion of Landlord’s Work does not occur within six (6) months (the “Outside Date”) following the execution date of this Lease, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice delivered to Landlord at any time after the Outside Date, in which event neither party shall have any further rights or obligations hereunder.

4. Rent

(a)             Tenant shall pay Landlord the Minimum Annual Rent on the first day of each calendar month in advance. If the Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, rent from the Commencement Date to the first day of the following month shall be apportioned at the Minimum Annual Rent rate for the initial year (based on a 365-day year) and shall be paid on or before the Commencement Date. All rent shall be payable, in advance, and without prior notice or demand, at the address of Landlord set forth in the heading of this Lease or such other place, or to such other person as Landlord may from time to time direct.

(b)             In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent in equal monthly installments one twelfth (1/12) of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of annual Real Estate Taxes and Operating Expenses for the Building, at the time of payment of each monthly installment of Minimum Annual Rent, based upon the most recent costs of Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes available. For the period from the Commencement Date until the issuance of a statement pursuant to Section 4(c) below, such monthly installment shall be equal to the Initial Pass Through Rate multiplied by the agreed square footage of the Leased Space, divided by 12. If there is any concession granted to Tenant in the nature of free Minimum Annual Rent, whether by abatement or deferral of payments, monthly installments of Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes shall be paid on the date Minimum Annual Rent would be otherwise payable but for such abatement or deferral.

(c)             Within ninety (90) days following the expiration of each calendar year Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a written statement of the actual Operating Expenses and Real Estate

5


 

 

 

Taxes incurred for such year. Within thirty (30) days of the rendition of such statement, Tenant shall pay any amounts in excess of those collected pursuant to the payments on account of Real Estate Taxes and Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 4(b) exclusive of electricity and natural gas billed separately pursuant to Section 5(c) below hereof. In the event the first and/or last years of the term of this Lease shall not be full calendar years, then Tenant’s obligation for Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes attributable to such years shall be prorated.

5. Additional Rent

Tenant shall pay to Landlord as “Additional Rent” in addition to sums payable, pursuant to Sections 4(b) and 4(c) the following:

(a)               Expenses Incurred by Landlord as a Result of Tenant’s Default. All sums which may become due by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with any of the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease to be kept and observed by Tenant, and any and all damages, costs and expenses (including without limitation thereto reasonable attorney’s fees) which Landlord may suffer or incur by reason of any default of Tenant and any damage to the Building or the real estate of which the Building is a part caused by any act or omission of Tenant, together with interest to the date of payment (whether before or after entry of judgment and issuance of execution thereon) at a rate equal to the greater of fifteen (15%) percent or five (5%) percent above the prime interest rate as published in The Wall Street Journal, or if such publication is discontinued, such other publication as Landlord selects, during the period said payment is due (“Default Rate”).

(b)               Use and Occupancy Taxes. All use and occupancy taxes imposed by any governmental body allocable to the Leased Space.

(c)               Utilities. All charges for gas and electric service for the Leased Space, whether billed directly by the providers of the same to Tenant, or by Landlord as the owner of the Building.

For the purpose of this Section 5(c):

“Vacant Leaseable Areas” shall mean non-common, leaseable areas in the Building which either are not leased, or if leased, the term of the lease or the tenant’s right to occupancy thereunder has not commenced; and

“Tenant’s Gas and Electricity Usage Share” shall mean, for any measuring period, the ratio of: (i) the rentable square footage of the Leased Space to (ii) the sum of (A) the weighted average of the total rentable square footage of all leaseable areas in the Building covered by a submeter which are not Vacant Leasable Areas plus (B) twenty-five (25%) percent of the weighted average of the total rentable square footage of Vacant Leaseable Areas covered by such submeters.

For the purpose of this Section 5(c) , if the Leased Space is part of a larger leaseable area of space within the Building, which larger area is submetered for gas or electricity usage separately from common areas, then Tenant shall pay monthly as billed by Landlord: (1) for gas and electricity usage in the Leased Space, Tenant’s Gas and Electricity Usage Share of usage costs for gas and/or electricity measured by the submeter for the leaseable area in question; and (2) for gas and electricity service to common areas, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of usage costs for gas and electricity as measured by the submeter for the common areas.

In addition, Landlord may, based on its reasonable assessment of Tenant’s excessive usage of gas or electricity as evidenced by Tenant’s equipment, hours of operation or other factors, separately meter or submeter the Leased Space at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in which event Tenant shall pay one hundred percent (100%) of the gas and/or electricity usage cost as billed by Landlord based on the reading of such separate meter or submeter.

6


 

 

 

6. Negative Covenants of Tenant

Tenant will not:

(a)          damage the Leased Space or any other part of the Building;

(b)          bring into or permit to be kept in the Leased Space any dangerous, explosive, or obnoxious substances;

(c)          have property of substantial size or quantity delivered to or removed from the Leased Space without first making arrangements satisfactory to Landlord;

(d)          bring into the Leased Space or use any furniture or equipment that might be harmful thereto or harmful or unreasonably annoying to others in the Building;

(e)          conduct itself or permit its agents, servants, employees or invitees to conduct themselves in a manner that in Landlord’s judgment reasonably exercised is improper or unsafe;

(f)           manufacture any commodity or prepare or dispense any food or beverages in the Leased Space, except for consumption in the Leased Space by Tenant, its employees or invitees;

(g)          do or suffer to be done, any act, matter or thing objectionable to the fire insurance companies or Board of Underwriters whereby the fire insurance or any other insurance now in force or hereafter to be placed on the Leased Space or the Building or Center shall become void or suspended, or whereby the same shall be rated as a more hazardous risk than at the Commencement Date. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, any and all increases in premiums for insurance carried by Landlord on the Leased Space, or on the Building, caused in any way by the occupancy of Tenant.

(h)         violate or fail to comply, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, with all laws,ordinances, notices, orders, rule, regulations and requirements affecting the Leased Space and the Building (collectively “Laws”), all manufacturer’s instructions and all requirements of insurers, which relate to the treatment, production, storage, handling, transfer, processing, transporting, use, disposal and release of hazardous substances, hazardous mixtures, chemicals, pollutants, petroleum products, toxic or radioactive matter at the Leased Space by Tenant, or Tenant’s agents, contractors, licensees or invitees; or

(i)          violate or fail to comply, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, with all Laws (including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act), which impose any duty upon Landlord or Tenant with respect to Tenant’s particular use or occupancy (as opposed to general occupancy thereof by any tenant) or alteration of, Tenant’s installations in or upon the Leased Space and the Building, and the Rules and Regulations attached hereto, as amended by Landlord from time to time. Compliance with the foregoing may require Tenant to make alterations or improvements, in a manner so as to comply with the requirements of Section 9 , provided however, that Tenant shall not be required by virtue of the foregoing to perform alterations to the footings, foundations, structural steel columns and girders forming a part of the Building. Such alterations may be performed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense if the need for the same arises out of Tenant’s particular use or occupancy (as opposed to general occupancy thereof by any tenant) or alteration of the Leased Space or Building, or by any act or omission of Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, contractors, licensees or invitees.

7. Late Payment

If any payment required by Tenant under any of the terms hereof shall not be paid within five (5) days after written notice from Landlord that such payment is overdue, Tenant shall, upon demand, pay a late charge to Landlord equal to the greater of (a) Fifty ($50.00) Dollars or (b) $.06 for each dollar so due, and such late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent for purposes of

7


 

 

 

this Lease; provided, however, that such late charge shall be due immediately without notice upon any failure to pay when due during any twelve (12) month period in which Landlord shall have given such written notice on two (2) prior occasions.

8. Construction of Leased Space

Landlord shall, without cost to Tenant, complete Landlord’s Work.

If, at Tenant’s request, Landlord performs any items of work or furnishes any materials which it is not required to perform or furnish hereunder, Tenant shall pay Landlord for such additional work and materials, at such reasonable rates as Landlord may charge. All plans and specifications depicting the Landlord’s Work when completed shall be initialed for identification by Landlord and Tenant and become part of this Lease when so initialed.

Within thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall give Landlord a written list (the “Final Punch List”) of all contended defects, if any, in Landlord’s construction work and of all contended variances in Landlord’s Work from the requirements hereof. Except for defects or deficiencies which are not then discoverable by Tenant in the exercise of reasonable diligence, or which are covered by third party warranties or Landlord’s warranty (as set forth below), any and all such defects and variances not set forth in the Final Punch List shall be conclusively deemed to be waived by Tenant. Landlord shall correct all items on the Final Punch List that constitute valid defects or variances within sixty (60) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Punch List, unless the nature of the defect or variance is such that a longer period of time is required to repair or correct the same, in which case Landlord shall exercise due diligence in correcting such defect or variance at the earliest possible date and with a minimum of interference with the operation of Tenant. Any disagreement that may arise between Landlord and Tenant with respect to whether an item on the Final Punch List constitutes a valid defect or variance shall be conclusively resolved by the decision of Landlord’s architect. By occupying the Leased Space as a Tenant, or by installing fixtures, facilities or equipment or by performing finishing work, Tenant shall be conclusively deemed to have accepted the same and to have acknowledged that the Leased Space is in the condition required by this Lease, except as to any defects or variances set forth in the Final Punch List.

In addition to (and not in lieu of) Landlord’s obligations under this Lease with respect to repairs, Landlord warrants to Tenant that the Landlord’s Work will be free from material defects in workmanship and materials for a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion. Therefore, if prior to the expiration of such warranty period, it is determined that any of the workmanship or material used in Landlord’s Work is defective in any material respect (and such defect was not caused by the act or omission of Tenant or its agents, contractors or any of their employees), and Tenant shall, prior to the expiration of the applicable warranty period, so notify Landlord in writing that such workmanship or material is defective, Landlord shall cause such defective workmanship or material to be appropriately corrected, repaired or replaced without cost or expense to Tenant. Such correction, repair or replacement shall be performed as promptly as practical and in such manner so as to minimize interference with Tenant’s operation in or about the Leased Space. Landlord makes no express or implied warranties to Tenant with respect to the construction of the Landlord’s Work other than as expressly stated in this Lease, and shall have no liability to Tenant for defective work other than the correcting, repair or replacement obligation stated above, Tenant waiving any claim for indirect, special or consequential damages.

9. Tenant’s Alterations

Tenant shall make no alteration, additions or improvement (“Alterations”) to the Leased Space without the consent of the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If Landlord consents to such Alterations it may impose such conditions with respect thereto as Landlord deems appropriate, including, without limitation, requiring Tenant to furnish Landlord with security for the payment of all cost to be incurred in connection with such work, insurance, and copies of the plans, specifications and permits necessary for such work.

8


 

 

 

Alterations shall be done at Tenant’s expense by employees of or contractors hired by Landlord, except to the extent that Landlord gives prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) to the Tenant to hire its own contractors. Upon execution of the construction contract(s) for the desired work, Tenant shall promptly pay Landlord, or to Tenant’s contractors, as the case may be, 50% of the cost of all such work, with the remainder to be paid upon substantial completion of such work. If Tenant’s contractor performs such work, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its then standard hourly rate for review and approval of plans and specifications relating thereto, which is currently $125 per hour. All Alterations shall be done in a first class, workmanlike manner and shall comply with all insurance requirements and all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereover, and if performed by Tenant’s contractors hired with Landlord’s consent, with all reasonable requirements of Landlord imposed as a condition of such consent.

Landlord’s consent shall not be required for Tenant Alterations which (i) do not adversely impact the structural integrity of the Building or the systems serving the Building or their operation, (ii) are not visible from the Building exterior and (iii) the cost of which is $10,000 or less with respect to any Tenant Alteration project (or $20,000 or less in the aggregate with respect to Tenant Alteration projects undertaken over any twelve (12) consecutive month period), provided that Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice thereof at least ten (10) days prior to commencement of work, accompanied by any plans and specifications required for the issuance of any building permits required for such work, and copies of such permits. Tenant Alterations described in this paragraph for which Landlord’s consent is not required hereinafter are called “Permitted Tenant Alterations.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, painting or carpeting of the interior of the Leased Space and like cosmetic improvements shall not be deemed Tenant Alterations regardless of the cost thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s option, to install a security system or other access control system for the Leased Space, subject to Landlord’s review and approval of the placement of such system and the method of installation, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

All Alterations shall become a part of the Leased Space when made and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Leased Space at the end of the term, provided, however, if prior to the installation of an Alteration, Landlord so directs by written notice to Tenant, then upon termination of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly remove said Alteration which was so designated by Landlord in said written notice to Tenant. Tenant shall repair any damage occasioned by such removal, and, in default thereof, Landlord may effect said removal and repairs at Tenant’s expense. Any property left in the Leased Space by the Tenant shall be deemed to have been abandoned; Landlord may dispose of such property at Tenant’s expense and without notice to Tenant.

10. Mechanic’s Liens

If any mechanics’ or other lien shall be filed against the Leased Space or the Building purporting to be for labor or material furnished or to be furnished at the request of the Tenant, then Landlord shall notify Tenant of such lien and Tenant shall have thirty (30) days to contest (with Landlord’s reasonable cooperation) the validity of such lien. If Tenant is unsuccessful in contesting the validity of such lien within said thirty (30) day period then Tenant shall at its expense cause such lien to be discharged of record by payment, bond or otherwise, within forty (40) days after the filing thereof.

If Tenant shall fail to cause such lien to be discharged by payment, bond or otherwise within such period, Landlord may cause such lien to be discharged by payment, bond or otherwise, without investigation as to the validity thereof or as to any offsets or defenses thereto, and Tenant shall, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for all amounts paid and cost incurred, including attorneys’ fees, in having such lien discharged of record.

9


 

 

 

11. Condition of Leased Space

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, except as expressly set forth in this Lease, there have been no representations or warranties made by or on behalf of Landlord with respect to the Leased Space or the Building or with respect to the suitability of either for the conduct of Tenant’s business. The taking possession of the Leased Space by Tenant shall conclusively establish that the Leased Space and the Building were at such time in satisfactory condition, order and repair as required by Section 3 hereof, subject to the provisions respecting the Final Punch List and Landlord’s warranty in Section 8 hereof.

12. Building Services

Provided Tenant has not committed an Event of Default under any of the provisions of this Lease, Landlord shall provide, during normal business hours, five (5) days a week, all heat, light, electricity, air conditioning, restroom facilities and janitorial services, all as are commercially reasonable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have access to the Leased Space on a 24 hours per day, 7 days per week basis and Landlord shall provide heat, light, electricity, air conditioning and restroom facilities during those hours, provided, however, that Landlord shall not be obligated to provide maintenance services, including without limitation, janitorial, repairs, and snow removal other than during normal business hours.

Landlord shall not be liable in damages or otherwise for temporary delay or failure in furnishing any services or facilities to be provided by Landlord under this Lease or any other agreement between Tenant and Landlord (or its agents) or implied by law.

13. Assignment and Subletting

Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, effectuate a Transfer, with the exception of a Permitted Transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may effectuate a Permitted Transfer without the consent of Landlord, provided that with respect to a Permitted Transfer: (i) the transferee shall assume the obligations of Tenant; (ii) Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice of the proposed Permitted Transfer not less than fifteen (0 5) days in advance of such Permitted Transfer becoming effective; (iii) a copy of the documents effectuating the Permitted Transfer shall be delivered to Landlord within five (5) days after the Permitted Transfer becomes effective; and (iv) if requested by Landlord, the transferee shall execute and deliver to Landlord a Transfer Assumption Agreement. As to Transfer other than a Permitted Transfer, Landlord agrees that it shall not unreasonably withhold its consent, provided that the business of Tenant’s transferee is no more hazardous than that of Tenant, it being understood that it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to require, as a condition of such consent:

(a)         That fifty percent (50%) of any money or other economic consideration received by Tenant as a result of such Transfer (other than with respect to a Permitted Transfer), whether denominated as rent or otherwise, which exceeds, in the aggregate, the total sums which Tenant is obligated to pay Landlord under this Lease (prorated to reflect obligations allocable to that portion of the Leased Space subject to the sublease or assignment) shall be payable to Landlord as Additional Rent under this Lease without affecting or reducing any other obligation of Tenant hereunder; and

(b)         That Landlord shall not be obligated to consent to a Transfer at any time when there exists comparable space available for lease in the Center; and

(c)         That the transferee execute and deliver to Landlord a Transfer Assumption Agreement.

Regardless of Landlord’s consent, and with respect to a Permitted Transfer, no Transfer shall release Tenant of Tenant’s obligation or alter the primary liability of Tenant to pay the rental and to perform all other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. The acceptance of rental by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision hereof.

10


 

 

 

Consent to one Transfer shall not be deemed consent to any subsequent Transfer. In the event of default by any transferee from Tenant in the performance of any of the terms hereof, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against such transferee. Landlord may consent to subsequent Transfers or amendments or modifications to this Lease with transferees from Tenant, without notifying Tenant, or any transferee from Tenant, and without obtaining its or their consent thereto and such action shall not relieve Tenant of liability under this Lease.

14. Access to Leased Space

Landlord, its employees and agents, shall have the right to enter the Leased Space at all reasonable times for the purpose of examining or inspecting the same, showing the same to prospective purchasers or tenants of the Building, or mortgagees, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Leased Space or to the Building as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable provided such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions do not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s business or use of the Leased Space or, except with Tenant’s consent, alter in any material respect the Landlord’s Work or approved Tenant’s Alterations. Except in case of emergency in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, any such entry shall be after reasonable notice to Tenant and in compliance with Tenant’s practices from time to time established with respect to areas where confidential information is located. Tenant shall provide Landlord with the names and home phone numbers of at least three of Tenant’s employees to be utilized by Landlord in the event of an emergency. If a representative of Tenant shall not be present to open and permit entry into the Leased Space at any time when such entry by Landlord is necessary in an emergency, Landlord may enter by means of a master key (or forcibly) without liability to Tenant and without such entry constituting an eviction of Tenant or termination of this Lease. No locks or similar devices shall be attached to any doors or windows in the Leased Space without the prior written consent of Landlord.

15. Repairs

(a)         Landlord shall repair, maintain and as necessary, replace, the roof, load hearing walls (other than paint and wall coverings), floors (excluding carpeting), foundations and other structural elements of the Building, and all plumbing, air conditioning and electrical systems, fixtures and equipment and HVAC system components serving the Building, elevators and all other items which constitute a part of the Leased Space and are installed or furnished by Landlord; provided, however that Landlord shall not be obligated for any such repairs until the expiration of a reasonable period of time after written notice from Tenant that such repair is needed. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to repair any damage caused by an act, omission or negligence of the Tenant or its employees, agents, invitees, licensees, subtenants or contractors, the cost of which shall be the responsibility of Tenant. Any such repairs and any labor performed or materials furnished in, on or about the Leased Space shall be performed and furnished by Landlord in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, ordinances and requirements of duly constituted authorities or central bodies having jurisdiction over the Building and the requirements of any board of underwriters having jurisdiction thereof.

(b)         Except as the Landlord is obligated for repairs as provided above, Tenant shall make, at its sole cost and expense, all repairs necessary to maintain the Leased Space and shall keep the Leased Space and the fixtures therein in neat and orderly condition. If the Tenant refuses or neglects to make such repairs, or fails to diligently prosecute the same to completion, after written notice from Landlord of the need therefor, Landlord may make such repairs at the expense of Tenant and such expense shall be collectible as Additional Rent. Any such repairs and any labor performed or materials furnished in, on or about the Leased Space shall be performed and furnished by Tenant in strict compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, ordinances and requirements of all duly constituted authorities or governmental bodies having jurisdiction over the Building, the requirements of any board of underwriters having jurisdiction thereof, as well as any reasonable regulations imposed by Landlord pertaining thereto. Tenant agrees that prior to performing any

11


 

 

 

work which will become permanently affixed to the Leased Space, Tenant shall provide Landlord with plans and specifications of its proposed improvements for Landlord’s review and, if acceptable, its approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(c)          Provided that Landlord shall exercise reasonable efforts to effectuate its repairs in a manner which will keep at a minimum Landlord’s interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Leased Space, Landlord shall not be liable by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements in or to the Leased Space, or the Building or Center or to any appurtenances or equipment therein.

16. Termination and Extension

This Lease shall terminate at the end of the Term without notice from either party.

17. Early Cancellation Option

If at any time Landlord (or an affiliate of Landlord) and Tenant execute a lease of not less than 5,404 rentable square feet for similar quality space as the Leased Space, on terms comparable to the terms of this Lease, or other terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord (or its affiliate) and Tenant in their discretion, this Lease shall be terminable by Tenant effective as of the commencement date of such other lease.

18. Surrender of Leased Space

At the end of the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Leased Space to Landlord, together with all alterations, additions and improvements thereto (other than those Tenant Alterations required by Landlord to be removed by Tenant pursuant to Section 9 above), in broom clean condition and in good order and repair except for ordinary wear and tear and damage for which Tenant is not obligated to make repairs under this Lease. Subject to Section 9 hereof and if no Tenant Event of Default is then existing under any of the terms hereof, Tenant shall have the right at the end of the Term to remove any equipment, furniture, trade fixtures or other personal property placed in the Leased Space by Tenant, provided that Tenant promptly repairs any damage to the Leased Space caused by such removal. Tenant shall repair all damage to the Leased Space caused by such removal and restore the Leased Space to the condition in which it was prior to the installation of the items so removed. Tenant shall surrender the Leased Space to Landlord at the end of the Term, without notice of any kind, and Tenant waives all right to any such notice as may be provided under any laws now or hereafter in effect in Pennsylvania. If Tenant shall fail to remove any of its equipment, furniture, trade fixtures or other personal property, Landlord may remove and store the same at the expense of Tenant or sell the same on behalf of Tenant at public or private sale in such manner as is commercially reasonable, with any proceeds thereof to be first applied to the costs and expenses, including attorney’s fees, of the storage and sale and the payment of any amounts owed hereunder by the Tenant.

19. Indemnification and Insurance

Tenant covenants and agrees that it shall, without notice or demand and at its own cost and expense, indemnify and save harmless Landlord against and from, and Landlord not be liable to Tenant for, any and all claims by or on behalf of any person arising in any manner whatsoever from, out of or in connection with

(a)         the use (including the installation of fixtures) and occupancy of the Leased Space by Tenant, its agents, employees and invitees,

(b)         any failure by Tenant to perform any of the terms or conditions of this Lease

12


 

 

 

required to be performed by Tenant,

(c)            any failure by Tenant to comply with any statutes, regulations, ordinances or orders of any governmental authority, or

(d)            any accident, death, injury, or damage, loss or theft of property in or about the Leased Space (whether involving property belonging to Tenant or any other person) resulting from any cause whatsoever, except to the extent that such accident, death, injury, damage, loss or theft is caused by the negligence or misconduct of the Landlord, its agents, employees, or invitees, and from and against all costs, attorney fees, expenses and liabilities incurred in or as a result of any such claim or action or proceeding brought against Landlord by reason of any such claim. Tenant, upon notice from Landlord covenants to resist or defend such action or proceeding by legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

Tenant shall keep in force commercial general liability insurance with respect to the Tenant’s operations at the Leased Space with companies with at least a Best rating of A-X, and in form acceptable to the Landlord, to afford protection of not less than Two Million ($2,000,000) Dollars per occurrence with respect to personal injury or death and property damage, combined single limit, and naming the Landlord as an additional insured. Such insurance shall be endorsed to provide that the insurance shall be primary to and not contributory to any similar insurance carried by Landlord, and that Landlord shall receive thirty (30) days written notice prior to non-renewal, cancellation or material change of any insurance, and shall contain a severability of interest clause. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord with evidence of compliance with the insurance requirements set forth above, in the form of an approved ACCORD certificate of insurance, and if such certificate does not evidence the endorsements referenced above, copies of the declarations page of the insurance policy and such endorsements.

Subject to the provisions regarding waivers of claims as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 19, Landlord covenants and agrees that it shall, without notice or demand and at its own cost and expense, indemnify and save harmless Tenant against and from, and Tenant shall not be liable to Landlord for, any and all claims by or on behalf of any person arising in any manner whatsoever from, out of, or in connection with any accident, death, injury, or damage, loss or theft of property in or about the Leased Space (whether involving property belonging to Landlord or any other person) resulting from the gross negligence or wanton and willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or employees, and from and against all costs, reasonable attorney fees, expenses and liabilities incurred in or as a result of any such claim or action or proceeding brought against Tenant by reason of any such claim. Landlord, upon notice from Tenant covenants to resist or defend such action or proceeding by legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to Tenant.

Landlord shall keep in force commercial general liability insurance with respect to the Building with companies and in form reasonably acceptable to Tenant to afford protection of not less than Two Million ($2,000,000.00) Dollars with respect to personal injury or death and property damage.

The indemnification obligations under this Section shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Tenant, or any other person, under Workers or Workman’s Compensation statutes, disability benefits statutes or other employee benefit laws.

Landlord and Tenant each waives all claims for recovery against the other for any loss or damage which may be inflicted on the property of such party and damages suffered by either arising from loss of use of the Leased Space or the Building arising from fire or other casualty, even if such loss or damage shall be caused by the fault or negligence of the other party or any of its agents; provided however that such waiver by Landlord shall not apply with respect to any liability of Tenant described in Section 6(h) and in Section 19(c). Each party shall cause its applicable policies of property insurance to contain a clause to the effect that this waiver shall not affect said policies or the right of the insured to recover thereunder. If any policy does not contain such a clause, the

13


 

 

 

insured party shall, at the written request of the other party to this Lease, have such a clause added to said policy if an endorsement so providing is obtainable.

20. Fire or Other Casualty

(a)          If the Leased Space is partially damaged by fire or other casualty, and insurance proceeds are available to Landlord, the damages shall be repaired by and at the expense of Landlord and the rent, until such repairs shall be made, shall be apportioned from the date of such fire or other casualty according to the part of the Leased Space which is usable by Tenant. Landlord agrees to repair such damage within a reasonable period of time after receipt from Tenant of written notice of such damage, except that Tenant agrees to repair and replace its own furniture, furnishings and equipment. If Landlord is unable to complete reconstruction of the damaged premises within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of the casualty, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease, by written notice delivered to Landlord within five (5) business days following the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day period, in which event such notice shall be effective to terminate the Lease on the date stated in such notice which shall be not later than 45 days after the expiration of such 180 day period. If Tenant does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to this section, Landlord shall complete the reconstruction within a reasonable time after the expiration of the 180 day period.

(b)          If the Leased Space or Building is totally damaged or is rendered wholly untenantable by fire or other casualty, each party shall have the right to terminate the Lease by written notice to the other on or before thirty (30) days after such casualty occurred. If, however, Landlord commits in writing within thirty (30) days following such casualty to reconstruct the damaged Leased Space or Building to the condition which existed prior to such casualty and a reputable contractor acceptable to Landlord and Tenant determine that such reconstruction can be substantially completed within the earlier of (1) one hundred fifty (150) days from the date of such casualty, or (2) one year prior to the Expiration Date, then neither party shall have the right to terminate this Lease and Landlord shall undertake reconstruction of the damaged premises. If, however, Landlord is unable to complete reconstruction of the damaged premises within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of the casualty, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease.

21. Condemnation

If the Leased Space or the Building or any material part of either shall be condemned for public use, then and in that event, upon the vesting of title to the same for such public use, this Lease shall terminate, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, except that Tenant shall have the right to prove and collect the value of the trade fixtures installed by it, including moving expenses. In the event of such termination of this Lease, all rent paid in advance shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if only a part of the Leased Space shall be so taken and the part not so taken shall be sufficient for the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant, at its election, may retain the part not so taken and there shall be a proportional reduction in the rent. All compensation awarded or paid upon such a total or partial taking of the Leased Space shall belong to and be the property of the Landlord without any participation by the Tenant, provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Tenant from prosecuting any claim directly against the condemning authority in such condemnation proceedings for loss of business, or depreciation to, damage to, or cost of removal of, or for the value of stock, trade fixtures, furniture, and other personal property belonging to the Tenant; provided, however, that no such claim shall diminish or otherwise adversely affect the Landlord’s award or the award of any mortgagee.

22. Estoppel Certificates

At any time, and from time to time, upon the written request of Landlord or any “Mortgagee” (as defined in Section 30 hereof), Tenant, within ten (10) business days of the date of

14


 

 

 

such written request, agrees to execute and deliver to Landlord and/or such Mortgagee, a written statement: (a) ratifying this Lease; (b) confirming the commencement and expiration dates of the Term; (c) certifying that Tenant is in occupancy of the Leased Space, and that the Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, assigned, supplemented or amended except by such writings as shall be stated; (d) certifying that all conditions and agreements under this Lease to be satisfied or performed by Landlord have been satisfied and performed except as shall be stated; (e) certifying that Landlord is not in default under the Lease and there are no defenses or offsets against the enforcement of this Lease by Landlord, or stating the defaults and /or defenses claimed by Tenant; (f) reciting the amount of advance rent, if any paid by Tenant and the date to which such rent has been paid; (g) reciting the amount of security deposited with Landlord, if any; and (h) any other information which Landlord or the Mortgagee shall reasonably require. The failure of Tenant, after signed receipt, to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord and/or any Mortgagee a statement in accordance with the provisions herein within the period set forth herein shall constitute an acknowledgment by Tenant which may be relied upon by any person holding or intending to acquire any interest whatsoever in the Leased Space or the Building that this Lease has not been assigned, amended, changed or modified, is in full force and effect and that the Minimum Annual Rent, and Additional Rent have been duly and fully paid not beyond the respective due dates immediately preceding the date of the request for such statement and shall constitute as to any persons entitled to rely on such statements a waiver of any defaults by Landlord or defenses or offsets against the enforcement of this Lease by Landlord which may exist prior to the date of the written request, and Landlord, at its option, may treat such failure as an event of default.

23. Default

The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” and breach of this Lease by Tenant:

(a)      A failure by Tenant to pay, when due, any installment of rent hereunder or any such other sum herein required to be paid by Tenant where such failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice thereof from Landlord; provided however said written notice shall not be required to be given by Landlord more than twice in any twelve (12) month period.

(h)      A failure by Tenant to observe and perform any other terms or conditions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that, if such default is of a nature that cannot be reasonably cured within such thirty (30) day period, no default shall exist so long as Tenant has commenced cure within such thirty (30) day period and diligently pursues same to completion within ninety (90) days.

(c)      The making by Tenant of any assignment for the benefit of creditors; an adjudication that Tenant is bankrupt, insolvent, or unable to pay its debts; the filing by or against Tenant of a petition in bankruptcy or of a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within ninety (90) days after the filing thereof); the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located in the Leased Space or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease (unless possession is restored to Tenant within sixty (60) days after such appointment); or the attachment, execution or levy against, or other judicial seizure of, substantially all of Tenant’s assets located in the Leased Space or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease (unless the same is discharged within sixty (60) days after issuance thereof).

24. Remedies

Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default:

(a)      Landlord may perform for the account of Tenant any such act, the omission of which constituted an Event of Default by Tenant and immediately recover as Additional Rent any

15


 

 

 

expenditures made and the amount of any obligations incurred in connection therewith, plus interest at the Default Rate from the date the obligations are incurred by Landlord until payment therefor to Landlord, whether before or after entry of judgment and issuance of execution thereon.

(b)          Landlord may accelerate all Minimum Annual Rent and Additional Rent due for the balance of the Term of this Lease and declare the same, to be immediately due and payable, which shall be discounted to present value, at a discount rate equal to the yield to maturity on US Treasury Securities having a maturity date nearest to the scheduled Expiration Date. Such amount shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the date of acceleration until payment in full.

(c)          In determining the amount of any future payments due Landlord relating to Operating expenses and /or Real Estate Taxes, Landlord may make such determination based upon the most recent estimates of Operating Expenses and/or Real Estate Taxes available.

(d)          Landlord, at its option, may serve notice upon Tenant that this Lease and the then unexpired term hereof shall cease and expire and become absolutely void on the date specified in such notice, to be not less than five (5) days after the date of such notice without any right on the part of the Tenant to save the forfeiture by payment of any sum due or by the performance of any term or condition broken; and, thereupon at the expiration of the time limit in such notice, this Lease and the Term hereof, as well as the right, title and interest of the Tenant hereunder, shall wholly cease and expire and become void in the same manner and with the same force and effect (except as to Tenant’s liability) as if the date fixed in such notice were the date herein granted for expiration of the Term of this Lease. Thereupon, Tenant shall immediately quit and surrender to Landlord the Leased Space, and Landlord may enter into and repossess the Leased Space by summary proceedings, detainer, ejectment or otherwise and remove all occupants thereof and, at Landlord’s option, any property thereon without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor. No such expiration or termination of this Lease shall relieve Tenant of its liability and obligations under this Lease, whether or not the Leased Space shall be relet.

(e)          Landlord may, at any time after the occurrence of any Event of Default, re-enter and repossess the Leased Space and any part thereof and attempt in its own name, as agent for Tenant if this Lease not be terminated, or on its own behalf if this Lease be terminated, to relet all or any part of the Leased Space for and upon such terms and to such persons and for such period or periods as Landlord, in its sole discretion, shall determine, including a term beyond the termination of this Lease; and Landlord shall not be required to accept any tenant offered by Tenant or observe any instruction given by Tenant about such reletting. For the purpose of such reletting, Landlord may decorate or make repairs, changes, alterations or additions in or to the Leased Space to the extent deemed by Landlord desirable or convenient; and the cost of such decoration, repairs, changes, alteration or additions shall be charged to and be payable by Tenant as Additional Rent hereunder, as well as any reasonable brokerage and attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord; and any sums collected by Landlord from any new tenant obtained shall be credited against the balance of the rent due hereunder as aforesaid. Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly, on the days when the rent would have been payable under this Lease, the amount due hereunder less the amount obtained by Landlord from such new tenant.

(f)           Landlord shall have the right of injunction, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of the terms and conditions hereof, to restrain the same and the right to invoke any remedy allowed by law or in equity, whether or not other remedies, indemnities or reimbursements are herein provided. The rights and remedies given to Landlord in this Lease are distinct, separate and cumulative remedies; and no one of them, whether or not exercised by Landlord, shall be deemed to be in exclusion of any of the others.

(g)         In the event of any breach of Tenant hereunder, Landlord shall have the right to change the locks on the Leased Space and exclude Tenant therefrom, and to discontinue all or part of the services and facilities provided to Tenant under this Lease or otherwise, which action shall not be deemed an eviction. Such action may be taken, however, only upon five (5) days prior notice to Tenant, and Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any liability for any damages sustained by Tenant or its property as a result of the same.

16


 

 

 

(h) If Tenant has paid accelerated rent to Landlord and Landlord thereafter re-lets any portion of the Leased Space, any sums collected by Landlord from any new tenant obtained in excess of the cost of decoration, repairs, changes, alterations or additions, and any reasonable brokerage and attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord in connection with such re-letting, to the extent the same exceed all other damages incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s default, shall be paid to Tenant if, as and when received by Landlord from the replacement tenant, but in no event shall the amount to be paid to Tenant by Landlord exceed the amount of accelerated rent and other damages paid by Tenant to Landlord.

25. Confession of Judgment

If Tenant fails to vacate the Leased Space upon termination of this Lease or an Event of Default shall have occurred, Landlord, after five (5) days prior written notice to Tenant, shall have the further remedy of confession of judgment for possession:

WHEN THIS LEASE SHALL BE TERMINATED BY COVENANT OR CONDITION BROKEN, EITHER DURING THE ORIGINAL TERM OR ANY RENEWALS OR EXTENSIONS THEREOF, AND ALSO WHEN AND AFTER THE TERM HEREBY CREATED OR, ANY RENEWAL OR EXTENSION THEREOF SHALL HAVE EXPIRED, IT SHALL BE LAWFUL FOR ANY ATTORNEY OF ANY COURT OF RECORD AS ATTORNEY FOR TENANT TO CONFESS JUDGMENT IN EJECTMENT AGAINST TENANT AND ALL PERSONS CLAIMING UNDER TENANT, AND A JUDGMENT FOR THE RECOVERY BY LANDLORD OF POSSESSION MAY ISSUE FORTHWITH WITHOUT ANY PRIOR WRIT OR PROCEEDINGS WHATSOEVER. IF FOR ANY REASON AFTER SUCH ACTION SHALL HAVE BEEN COMMENCED, IT SHALL BE CANCELED OR SUSPENDED AND POSSESSION OF THE LEASED SPACE REMAINS IN OR IS RESTORED TO TENANT, LANDLORD SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT UPON ANY SUBSEQUENT DEFAULT OR TERMINATION OF THIS LEASE, OR ANY RENEWAL OR EXTENSION HEREOF, TO BRING ONE OR MORE ACTIONS IN CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT FOR EJECTMENT AS HEREINBEFORE SET FORTH TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE LEASED SPACE. IF IN ANY ACTION TO CONFESS JUDGMENT IN EJECTMENT, LANDLORD SHALL CAUSE TO BE FILED IN SUCH ACTION AN AFFIDAVIT SETTING FORTH THE FACTS NECESSARY TO AUTHORIZE THE ENTRY OF JUDGMENT AND IF A TRUE COPY OF THIS LEASE (AND THE TRUTH OF THE COPY STATED IN SUCH AFFIDAVIT SHALL BE SUFFICIENT PROOF) BE FILED IN SUCH ACTION, IT SHALL NOT BE NECESSARY TO FILE THE ORIGINAL AS A WARRANT OF ATTORNEY, ANY LAW, RULE OF COURT, CUSTOM OR PRACTICE TO THE CONTRARY NOTWITHSTANDING. TENANT EXPRESSLY RELEASES TO LANDLORD, AND TO ANY AND ALL ATTORNEYS WHO MAY APPEAR FOR TENANT, ALL ERRORS IN THE SAID PROCEEDINGS, AND ALL LIABILITY THEREFOR. TENANT EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE BENEFIT OF ALL LAWS, NOW OR HEREAFTER IN FORCE, EXEMPTING ANY GOODS WITHIN THE LEASED SPACE OR ELSEWHERE FROM DISTRAINT, LEVY OR SALE.

Tenant hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by law, the duties imposed on any person relying upon or exercising the warrant of attorney to confess judgment contained in this instrument, as such duties are provided in Section 5601.3(b) of the Pennsylvania Probate Estate and Fiduciaries

17


 

 

 

Code, 20 Pa.C.S.A., Section 5601.3(b). Tenant acknowledges that it is its expectation that Landlord shall, upon the occurrence of an event of default under this instrument, enter judgment by confession against Tenant and thereafter recover possession of the Leased Space, and that such actions by Landlord are not contrary to Tenant’s best interest, and such action by Landlord shall not constitute an absence of Landlord’s good faith, nor an action beyond the scope of authority granted by this instrument.

 

Tenant:

 

IDERA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

/s/ Vincent J. Milano

 

By:

Vincent J. Milano

 

25. Waiver

The failure or delay on the part of Landlord to enforce or exercise at any time any of the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be construed to be a waiver thereof, nor in any way to affect the validity of this Lease or any part hereof, or the right of Landlord to thereafter enforce each and every such term or condition. No waiver by Landlord of any breach of this Lease shall be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The receipt by Landlord of rent at a time when the rent is in default under this Lease shall not be construed as a waiver of such default. The receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the rent due shall not be construed to be other than a payment on account of the rent then due, nor shall any statement on Tenant’s check or any letter accompanying Tenant’s check be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of the rent due or to pursue any other remedies provided in this Lease. No act or thing done by this Lease shall be deemed an acceptance or a surrender of the Leased Space, and no agreement to accept such a surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord.

26. Quiet Enjoyment

If and so long as Tenant pays the rent reserved hereunder and observes and performs all the terms and conditions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed hereunder, Tenant shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Leased Space for the entire Term hereof, subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

27. Force Majeure

Time periods for Landlord’s performance of its obligations under any of the term of this Lease shall be extended for periods of time during which the Landlord’s performance is prevented due to circumstances beyond the Landlord’s control, including without limitation, strikes, embargoes and governmental regulations, acts of God, war or other strife.

28. Successors

The respective rights and obligations provided in this Lease shall bind and shall inure to the parties hereto, and their successors and permitted assigns.

29. Landlord’s Liability

Landlord’s responsibility under this Lease shall be limited to its interest in the Leased Space and in the Building, including the rents, profits and proceeds thereof, and no members of Landlord’s

18


 

 

 

partnership shall be personally liable hereunder. Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Leased Space and in the Building, including the rents, profits and proceeds thereof, for the collection of any judgment, and, in entering any such judgment, the person entering the same shall request the prothonotary to mark the judgment index accordingly. If the Leased Space or the Building is transferred or conveyed and such successor assumes the obligations of this Lease, Landlord shall be relieved of all covenants and obligations under this Lease thereafter, provided that notice of said transfer or conveyance is given to Tenant by Landlord and Landlord delivers the Security Deposit to such successor.

30. Subordination

Upon delivery of a non-disturbance and attornment agreement which is reasonably satisfactory to Tenant, Tenant agrees; (a) that, except as hereinafter provided, this Lease is, and all of Tenant’s rights hereunder are and shall always be, subject and subordinate to any mortgage, leases of Landlord’s property (in sale-leaseback) pursuant to which Landlord has or shall retain the right of possession of the Leased Space (and/or the Building) or security instruments (collectively called “Mortgage”) that now exist, or may hereafter be placed upon the Leased Space or the Building, or any part thereof and all advances made or to be made thereunder and extensions thereof; and (b) that if the holder of any such Mortgage (“Mortgagee”) or if the purchaser at any foreclosure sale or at any sale under a power of sale contained in any Mortgage shall at its sole option so request, Tenant will, attorn to, and recognize such Mortgagee or purchaser, as the case may be, as Landlord under this Lease for the balance then remaining of the term of this Lease, subject to all terms of this Lease, Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, any Mortgagee may at any time subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease, without Tenant’s consent, by execution of a written document subordinating such Mortgage to this Lease to the extent set forth therein, and thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage to the extent set forth in such written document without regard to their respective dates of execution, delivery and/or recording and in that event, to the extent set forth in such written document such Mortgagee shall have the same rights with respect to this Lease as though this Lease had been executed and a memorandum thereof recorded prior to the execution, delivery and recording of the Mortgage as though this Lease had been assigned to such Mortgagee. Should Landlord or any Mortgagee or purchaser desire confirmation of either such subordination or such attornment, as the case may be, Tenant upon written request, and from time to time, will execute and deliver without charge and in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant, to the Mortgagee or the purchaser all instruments and/or documents that may be required to acknowledge such subordination and/ or agreement to attorn, in recordable form within ten (10) business days following a request therefor from Landlord. The foregoing subordination and attornment provisions are subject to the Mortgagee’s agreement that such Mortgagee agrees to recognize this Lease and to allow Tenant to remain in possession of the Leased Space and exercise all of its rights under the Lease so long as Tenant does not suffer an Event of Default under this Lease and this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession is not terminated in accordance with the terms of this Lease. Tenant shall agree to any reasonable changes to this Lease as may be required by a Mortgagee, which changes do not materially alter the non-economic terms, or alter in any way the economic terms, of this Lease.

31. Intentionally Deleted

32. Rules and Regulations

Tenant agrees to comply with the rules and regulations established by Landlord for time to time, which Landlord agrees will be applied uniformly to all tenants. The existing rules and regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit “C”.

19


 

 

 

33. Governing Laws

This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Building is located.

34. Severability

If any provisions of this Lease shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal, it shall in no way affect any other provision hereof and the remaining provisions shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect.

35. Holding Over

If Tenant shall, with the consent of Landlord, hold over after the expiration of the Term, such tenancy shall be deemed a month-to-month tenancy, which tenancy may be terminated as provided by applicable state law. During such tenancy, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the fair market value for the Leased Space, as reasonably determined by Landlord, and to be bound by all the terms and conditions herein. If Landlord shall not give consent in writing to such holdover, such tenancy may be terminated as above provided, and until Tenant has vacated the Leased Space, it agrees to pay to Landlord rent at a monthly rental equal to 150% of the rate payable by Tenant at the expiration of the Term for the first month of the holdover, and 200% of the rate payable by Tenant at the expiration of the Term thereafter.

36. Notices

All notices and statements required or permitted under this Lease shall be in writing, delivered in person or sent by United States Certified Mail, postage prepaid, by Federal Express or other recognized overnight courier service, or by hand delivery, addressed to the party intended to receive such notice at such party’s Notice Address.

37. Brokers

Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant has not dealt with any broker, firm, company or person in connection with the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Lease, except the Broker, if any named in Section 1 of this Lease, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claim by any person claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant with regard to this Lease, and any attorney’s fees or other expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith. If any Broker is named in Section 1 of this Lease, Landlord shall compensate such Broker for its services in accordance with a separate agreement between Landlord and Broker.

38. Signs

Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, paint, place or erect any sign on the exterior doors or walls of the Leased Space or of the Building or Center. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall provide Tenant with Building standard signage at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, which shall consist of Tenant’s name on the Building directory in the Building lobby and the Tenant’s name, logo and suite number at the entrance to the Leased Space. Additionally, Landlord shall provide Tenant with signage on the Building’s monument sign at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, which shall include Tenant’s name and logo as described on Exhibit D attached hereto.

20


 

 

 

39. Security Deposit

Upon the execution of this Lease, Tenant agrees to deposit with Landlord the Security Deposit, to be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance of all the terms and conditions of this Lease. Should the Tenant breach any of the terms and conditions of this Lease which continues beyond any applicable cure period and required notice, Landlord shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, to apply the Security Deposit or any part thereof, for the purpose of curing any such Event of Default or for the purpose of reimbursing Landlord for any damage or costs occasioned by such Event of Default, but the right of Landlord to apply the Security Deposit shall not affect any other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease or under applicable law. If the Security Deposit, or any part thereof, is so applied by Landlord, Tenant shall within ten (10) business days after demand, deposit additional funds with Landlord to restore the Security Deposit, and failure to do so shall constitute a default under this Lease.

If the Tenant shall have faithfully complied with all the terms and conditions of this Lease, the Security Deposit (without interest) shall be refunded to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the expiration or sooner determination of this Lease; provided, however, that Tenant first shall have vacated the Leased Space and surrendered possession thereof to the Landlord by delivery of keys, in accordance with the Lease provisions and shall have returned the Leased Space to Landlord in good order and repair.

Nothing herein contained shall require Landlord to hold the sums so deposited as a trust fund, nor establish any relationship other than that of debtor and creditor with respect to said funds so deposited.

If Landlord shall assign or otherwise transfer its interest in this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to transfer the Security Deposit to the assignee or other transferee of such interest (with like right of transfer to any subsequent assignee or other transferee) and upon such transfer, Landlord shall be released and relieved from all liability and/or responsibility with respect to this Security Deposit and/or the return or application thereof.

40. Right of First Offer for Additional Space

(a)          Adjacent to the Leased Space is additional space in the Building consisting of 6,692 rentable square feet designated as “Additional Space” on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Additional Space”), which Additional Space is not currently the subject of a Lease, but which is subject to certain priority rights to lease (the “XL Rights”) granted to XL Global, Inc. (“XL”), another tenant at the Building, as of the date hereof.

(b)          Subject to the XL Rights, if at any time prior to the leasing of the Additional Space, Tenant desires to lease all or a portion thereof which is contiguous to the Leased Space, and which portion will not result in the remaining, unleased Additional Space consisting of less than 1500 rentable square feet in a configuration which Landlord in its reasonable judgment determines is not marketable, Tenant shall have a right of first offer to lease such Additional Space in accordance with the following procedure. If Tenant desires to lease such Additional Space, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing (a “Tenant Expansion Notice”) that Tenant elects to lease such Additional Space and specify which portion of the Additional Space that Tenant so elects to lease (the “ROFO Space”), accompanied by a space plan showing the layout of such ROFO Space and the improvements to the ROFO Space required by Tenant. If Tenant elects to lease the ROFO Space, the ROFO Space shall be added to the Leased Space by amendment to this Lease and all of the terms and conditions of this Lease will apply to such ROFO Space, except that Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any Landlord’s Work. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall provide an improvement allowance with respect to the ROFO Space equal to $0.75 per rentable square foot of the ROFO Space multiplied by the number of months remaining in the Term, with Tenant being obligated to pay for the cost of any improvements installed by Landlord in excess of such allowance, on or before the date of substantial completion of such work. Minimum Annual Rent and Additional Rent with respect to the ROFO Space at the then applicable rate per rentable square foot under this Lease shall commence upon the date of substantial completion of any improvements to the ROFO Space such that Tenant is able to use the ROFO Space for its intended

21


 

 

 

purpose (the “ROFO Space Commencement Date”). Within five (5) business days of submission of the plans and specifications for the improvements to the ROFO Space to Tenant for approval, Tenant shall either (1) approve in writing such plans and specifications for the improvements to the ROFO Space, or (2) provide Landlord with specific comments with respect thereto which identify material discrepancies between such plans and specifications as submitted by Landlord and (A) the space plan provided by Tenant which accompanied the Tenant Expansion Notice, and/or (B) the level and character of finishes within the Leased Space. Any resubmission of plans and specifications by Landlord in response to Tenant’s comments shall be subject to the same requirements for Tenant’s approval or comments until the plans and specifications are approved. In the absence of Tenant’s timely approval or appropriate comments to the plans and specifications for the improvements to the ROFO Space as required above, then the ROFO Space Commencement Date shall be the date which is the first to occur of: (1) twelve (12) weeks after Landlord has delivered to Tenant for approval plans and specifications for the ROFO Space which are substantially consistent with the space plan provided by Tenant which accompanied the Tenant Expansion Notice, and the level and character of finishes within the Leased Space, or (2) the date of substantial completion of any improvements to the ROFO Space such that Tenant is able to use the ROFO Space for its intended purpose. Upon any expansion of the Leased Space pursuant to this Section: (i) upon the ROFO Space Commencement Date, any terms of this Lease dependent upon the size of the Leased Space such as Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall automatically be adjusted to account for the applicable increase in the rentable square footage of the Leased Space occurring as of such date, and (ii) to the extent requested by either party, the parties will execute an amendment to this Lease which expressly accounts for all applicable modifications to the terms hereof arising by virtue of such expansion.

(c)          If at any time Landlord receives a request for a proposal to lease all or a portion of the Additional Space to a third party (other than XL), which Landlord desires to issue, and if XL has waived the XL Rights with respect to such portion of the Additional Space, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the same, which shall identify the portion of the Additional Space which is the subject of the request for proposal (the “Third Party Inquiry Notice”). If Tenant desires to lease fifty (50%) percent or more of the Additional Space which is the subject of the Third Party Inquiry Notice, Tenant shall issue to Landlord a Tenant Expansion Notice within ten (10) business days after receipt of the Third Party Inquiry Notice, and the requirement that the remaining portion of the Additional Space be not less than 1500 rentable square feet in a configuration which Landlord in its reasonable judgment determines is marketable shall apply to the portion of the Additional Space identified in such Tenant Expansion Notice, and the provisions of subsection (b) above shall apply with respect to rent, improvement allowance and the like, and the Tenant Expansion Notice shall be accompanied by a space plan showing the layout of such Additional Space and the improvements to the Additional Space required by Tenant, which shall be treated as ROFO Space in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) above. If Tenant elects not to expand into such Additional Space within the ten (10) business day period, then Landlord may proceed to lease such space to any third party free and clear of any rights of Tenant under this clause (c). All of the terms and conditions of this Lease will apply to any such ROFO Space leased by Tenant, in the same manner as if such ROFO Space were leased to Tenant pursuant to subsection (b) above.

(d)         In the event that Landlord leases any portion of the Additional Space to a third party, at such time as Landlord becomes aware that such third party intends to vacate the Additional Space at the end of its term, if XL has waived the XL Rights with respect to such portion of the Additional Space, Landlord shall provide to Tenant written notice of the expiration date of such lease, in which event the provisions of subsection (b) and (c) above shall apply to such vacated Additional Space, giving rise to the rights of first offer described in subsections (b) and (c) as to such vacated Additional Space when vacated and the term of such third party lease has expired.

(e)         Any lease of Additional Space between Landlord and Tenant shall be coterminous with the Term of the original Leased Space, and shall include the option to renew as set forth in Section 44 below, subject to any XL Rights to such Additional Space or ROFO Space.

(f)     All times for performance and issuance of notices under this Section 40 are of the essence.

22


 

 

 

(g)            Tenant’s rights under this Section 40 are conditioned upon there being no Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease at the time Tenant’s rights under this Section 40 would arise.

(h)            All of Tenant’s rights under this Section 40 are subject and subordinate to the prior rights of XL to lease the Additional Space pursuant to the terms of the XL Lease.

41. Use of Information in Advertising

Landlord and any agent employed by Landlord shall be permitted, to utilize the name of Tenant and any occupant or user of the Leased Space, and other general information about the Tenant and such occupant or user, and the terms of this Lease, in advertising and promotional material utilized by them.

42. Captions

The title to paragraphs of this Lease are for convenience of reference only, and are not to be construed as defining, limiting or modifying the scope or intent of any of the terms and conditions of this Lease.

43. Entire Agreement

This Lease contains all covenants and agreements between Landlord and Tenant relating in any manner to the rental, use and occupancy of the Leased Space and Tenant’s use of the Building and other matters set forth in this Lease. No prior agreement or understanding pertaining to the same shall be valid or of any force or effect and the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall not be altered, modified or added to except in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

44. Renewal Option

(a)        Tenant shall have the right and option to extend the term of this Lease for one (1), five (5) year renewal term. The renewal term, if exercised, shall commence on the day immediately following the expiration of the initial Term hereof. The option to extend, as well as the commencement of the - renewal term, shall be conditioned on no uncured Events of Default by Tenant then existing.

(b)        Tenant shall exercise the renewal option only by delivering written notice of same to Landlord not sooner than twelve (12) nor later than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the then current Term. Tenant’s failure to timely exercise an option shall be deemed a waiver of all rights under this Section, in which event this Lease shall terminate upon expiration or earlier termination of the then current Term.

(c)        The renewal term, if exercised, shall be upon all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, except for provisions which, by their nature, are limited to the initial Term and for the change in Minimum Annual Rent which for the renewal term, if exercised, shall be the FMRV determined in accordance with subsection (d) below.

(d)         Fair Rental Value Calculation. The “FMRV” shall mean the fair market rental rate per square foot of rentable area per year, calculated at the time of the determination of the FMRV and based on leases within Eagleview Corporate Center for comparable space under comparable terms within comparable buildings at the time in question; provided, however, that if Landlord or its affiliates own not less than 250,000 square feet of office space within Eagleview Corporate Center, the FMRV shall be based on leases within Eagleview Corporate Center entered into by Landlord and its affiliates. Subject to the foregoing, the FMRV shall be determined as follows:

23


 

 

 

(i)         Within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s notice of exercise of its renewal option, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s estimate of the FMRV. Within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s notice of the FMRV, Tenant, by written notice to Landlord, either will accept Landlord’s statement of the FMRV or notify Landlord of Tenant’s estimate of the FMRV, if different from that set forth in Landlord’s notice. In the absence of such timely notice by Tenant to Landlord, Tenant will be deemed to have accepted Landlord’s statement of the FMRV. If Tenant shall furnish a counter-estimate of the FMRV, Landlord, by written notice to Tenant within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s estimate, either may accept Tenant’s estimate in writing or, without prejudice to any position, suggest alternative figures for the FMRV which are greater than Tenant’s estimate thereof and less than Landlord’s initial statement. In the absence of such timely notice by Landlord to Tenant, Landlord will be deemed to have accepted Tenant’s statement of FMRV. If Landlord and Tenant shall not have an agreement as to the FMRV within forty-five (45) days following Tenant’s written notice to Landlord exercising a renewal right, FMRV shall be determined by appraisal as set forth in subsection (ii) below.

(ii)        If the FMRV is to be determined by appraisal, such determination shall be by an appraiser who is a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers or its successor organization holding the M.A.I. designation, and who is agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon an appraiser within the time period specified in subsection (i) above, then, within five (5) business days thereafter, each shall appoint a M.A.I. appraiser and the FMRV shall be the FMRV determined by such appraisers (and the parties shall request the appraisers to make such determination within five (5) business days of such appointment) or the average thereof if their respective appraisals differ by ten percent (10%) or less. If either party shall fail to appoint an appraiser within the time provided, the FMRV determined by the appraiser timely appointed shall be the FMRV. If the appraisals delivered by the appraisers appointed by Landlord and Tenant differ by more than ten percent (10%), the appraisers so appointed shall appoint a third M.A.I. appraiser and the FMRV shall be the average of the appraisal delivered by the third appraiser and whichever of the appraisals previously delivered by the appraisers appointed by Landlord and Tenant is closer to the appraisal of the third appraiser. If the two appraisers are unable to agree upon a third appraiser within ten (10) days from the date the later of their two appraisals is delivered, such appointment, on application by either Landlord or Tenant, will be made by the then President of the Real Estate Board for Chester County or, if such person is unwilling or unable to make such appointment, by the American Arbitration Association or its successor organization acting through its office in Philadelphia or by its office located closest to Philadelphia Landlord and Tenant each shall pay the fees and expenses of the respective appraiser appointed by each of them and shall pay in equal shares the fees and expenses of the appraiser mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, or as may be appointed by the first two appraisers, the then President of the Real Estate Board for Chester County or the American Arbitration Association or its successor, as applicable.

(iii)      The determination of FMRV in accordance with this Section shall be conclusive and binding on Landlord and Tenant.

45. No Recording

This Lease shall not be recorded in the Office of the Recorder of Deeds or in any other place of public record, absent a separate written authorization to record executed by Landlord.

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

24


 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Lease to be duly executed the day and year first above written, intending to be legally bound hereby.

 

 

LANDLORD

 

 

 

505 EAGLEVIEW BOULEVARD ASSOCIATES, L.P., a Pennsylvania limited partnership

 

 

 

 

By: 505 EAGLEVIEW BOULEVARD ASSOCIATES, INC.,
a Pennsylvania corporation, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert S. Hankin

 

 

 

Robert S. Hankin, President

 

DATE:

March 30, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT

 

 

 

IDERA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

a corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Vincent J. Milanor

 

 

 

Vincent J. Milano, Chief Executive Officer

 

DATE:

April 1, 2015

 

 

25


 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

PICTURE 5

 

505 Eagleview Boulevard

Suite 210

4,323 RSF

 

 

 


 

 

 

Exhibit B-2

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

FOR OFFICE BUILDINGS AT

EAGLEVIEW CORPORATE CENTER

The following are standard specifications for office buildings at Eagleview constructed by the Landlord. Individual buildings may vary in some details as indicated on their specific working drawings. Landlord reserves the right to change these specifications without notice, Construction Drawings and specifications will be specifically prepared for each leased space.

Design Services: Tenant will be provided with the necessary lease plan layout and construction drawings for a “standard” tenant space by the Landlord’s tenant planner at Landlord’s sole expense. Landlord will not be responsible for construction schedule delays caused by Tenant’s failure to provide necessary programming information to the tenant planner in a timely manner, and as specifically requested in a schedulized format.

OFFICE ENTRY

Typical suite entry doors and frames shall be 3’-0” x 7’-0” stain-grade birch wood. Secondary entrance doors from corridor shall each be a 3’ x 7’, solid-core, stain-grade birch wood door.

Signage at corridor will be located adjacent to each entry door. The sign will consist of a suite number and Tenant’s name in the building-standard sign color format.

PARTITIONS

Standard Interior Partitions: Standard interior office partitions are to be 8’-10” in height, non-load-bearing, 3-5/8” metal studs, with 1/2” gypsum board on each side. All gypsum wallboard partitions shall be taped, bedded, floated, textured, sanded and painted with two coats of water-base latex paint.

Sound attenuation batts will be provided within all walls around conference rooms and restrooms. Fiberglass batt insulation (2 1/2” thick) between studs for the full height of the wall.

Standard Tenant Demising Wall Partitions: Standard tenant separation partitions are to be 3-5/8”, 25-gauge metal studs (16” (o.c.) with 5/8” gypsum wall board on each side of wall to underside of structure. Sound attenuation batts (3 1/2” thick) will be provided in all tenant demising walls.

Doors: All interior doors shall be 3’ x 7’ solid-core prefinished birch wood doors with aluminum door frames or equal.

Locksets: All entry hardware shall be Schlage lever-handle. Tenant entry doors will be equipped with Ives door stops and silencers.

Latchsets: Hardware on interior doors shall be Schlage lever-handle passage sets. Finish to be brushed aluminum. Hinges are to be McKinney (or equal) fullmortise steel hinges.

Additional Locksets: Any locksets, other than those described above, shall be provided at Tenant’s requests Tenant’s expense.

1


 

 

 

Windows: Window blinds are to be provided by   Landlord at all exterior windows. Blinds will be Levelor.

Ceilings: 5/8” x 2’ x 4’ - 2 nd look tile with exposed grid system.

Floor Finish: Landlord’s standard carpeting is Shaw loop carpeting, 26 ounce (or equal). Standard vinyl tile is Armstrong Excelon VCT 1/8” x 12” x 12” (or equal). Upgrade floor coverings are available from Landlord’s tenant selection samples. All   flooring upgrades are at Tenant’s expense.

Wall Finish:  Standard finish will be two coats (one primer; one color coat) of latex paint as selected by Tenant from Landlord’s samples.

Air-Conditioning and Heating: Office areas shall be equipped with a complete, roof mounted, summer and winter air conditioning and heating system based on the following performance specifications (based on one person per 250 square feet with no heat-producing machines). It is the Tenant’s responsibility to give the Landlord a complete description of any heat producing machines such as PC’s, CRT’s, CPU’s, Copiers, Telephone Cabinet Switches, Electric Typewriters, etc. If no such description is provided it will be assumed that there are no heat producing machines.

When outside conditions are:

    

Office conditions shall be:

 

 

 

Summer: 95F (bd) and 75F(wb)

 

70F (db) 50% R humidity

Winter: OF

 

70F (db) 20% R humidity

 

Air conditioning shall be specifically designed for each space. Equipment shall be manufactured by York. Restrooms shall be equipped with exhaust fans vented to the outside per local code requirements. Conference rooms may be equipped with exhaust fan to ceiling plenum as a Tenant upgrade and at Tenant’s expense.

Light Fixtures: Allowances: Sufficient fixtures to provide an average light intensity level of 65 foot candles (maintained at desk height).

Fixtures 2’-0” x 4’-0” recessed fluorescent fixture with acrylic lens. Fixtures to be placed over work areas.

Convenience Receptacles: Allowances: (1) 120V duplex receptacle for each 100 sq. ft. of office tenant space.

Wall type receptacles for 120 volts supply shall be 1.5-amp per outlet, 1 pole, 3-wire grounding type.

Switches: Allowances: One (1) wall switch per 200 sq. ft. of office space.

Telephone: Each tenant must arrange for their telephone requirements directly with Verizon or shared tenant services provider. Telephone installation shall be scheduled and coordinated by Tenant with Landlord at time of construction. Phone outlet locations can be indicated on construction documents at the request of the Tenant. The tenant is responsible to connect the phone lines for its space to the building phone room.

 

 

2


 

 

 

March 17, 2015

Idera Pharmaceuticals

505 Eagleview Boulevard

Exton, PA 19341

Exhibit B-3

Variations From and Additions To Exhibits B-1 and B-2

NOTE: For any conflicts between Exhibits B-1, B-2 and B-3, Exhibit B-3 will take precedence over both Exhibits B-1 and B-2 while Exhibit B-1 will take precedence over Exhibit B-2.

Finishes are listed on Exhibit B-1.

(A)  Electrical:

·

One floor core will be installed in the Board Room and one in the Conference Room to provide electrical power to each conference table.

·

Sufficient floor cores will be provided to workstations to avoid the need for any power poles.

·

Twelve (12) 20 amp power outlets will be installed in the Server Closet said outlets to be positioned at the Tenant’s direction. This will consist of six (6) duplex outlets or three (3) quad outlets.

·

Two 30 amp twist lock plugs will be installed in the Server Closet. Said twist lock plugs to be positioned at the Tenant’s direction.

·

The Landlord will install electrical power to the Tenant-provided ipad kiosk. The Tenant’s vendor’s installation of the ipad kiosk will be under the direction of the Landlord’s project manager.

·

A maximum of thirty-one (31) duplex convenience receptacles will be positioned throughout the Leased Space at the Tenant’s direction. These receptacles will be in addition to the above-noted outlets in the Server Closet, floor cores for the Board Room, Conference Room and workstations and the power to the ipad kiosk.

(B)  Lighting:

·

Lighting fixtures throughout the Leased Space will be Focal Point 2 x 4 FLU-24-8-2-T8-E-277-GPS-WH (Lighting fixture cut sheet attached).

 


 

 

 

(C)  Interior Partitions:

·

All interior drywall partitions will receive sound dampening insulation.

(D)  Mini-blinds:

·

Mini-blinds will be installed on the floor-to-ceiling glass wall in the Conference Room. No blinds will be installed on the glass wall between the Board Room and the adjacent Huddle Room.

(E)  Server Closet Suppression System

·

The Tenant will pay the Landlord the up-front sum of $33,750.00 for the following upgrades to the Server Closet:

A clean agent fire suppression system.

Partition upgrades to the underside of the metal deck above the Server Closet.

Integration of the fire alarm system.

A separate HVAC unit.

·

Power to new HVAC unit

·

Power to new clean Agent system

(F)   Signage:

The Tenant will have standard suite entry signage which consists of its name in 2” high black vinyl letters and its suite number in 1” high black vinyl letters.

The Tenant will also be listed on the electronic directory in the main lobby of the building. Additionally, the Tenant’s name and logo will be listed on the monument sign at the driveway entrance to the building’s parking area. This signage will be on a 4 1/2” high by 30” wide metal panel.

All of the above-noted signage to be at the Landlord’s expense.

(G)  Appliances:

The dishwasher in the Pantry is the only appliance being provided by the Landlord.

(H)  Solid Surfaces:

Solid Surface tops will include the following:

1.

Pantry: SS-1 Carlisle Gray

2.

Board Room credenza SS-2 Sussex

3.

Shower Vanity – PLAM PL-2 Wilsonart Coffee Bean

 


 

 

 

PICTURE 17

 

PICTURE 18

 

FEATURES

 

2’x4’ recessed indirect with perforated center basket.

 

Reflector and end caps form seamless one-piece housing.

 

High reflectance, low gloss Matte White finish controls glare and provides high efficiency.

 

Perforated shield hinges open for quick and easy relamping.

 

Optional radial blade louver offers a distinct look that highlights interior architecture.

 

All luminaire combinations may be continuously row mounted.

 

Luna ® provides high angle uniform distribution ideal for general illumination.

 

PICTURE 19

 


 

 

 

PICTURE 7

SPECIFICATIONS

Construction

One-piece 20 Ga, steel reflector and housing, 20 Ga, steel ends form finished housing, Lamps are shielded by detachable 22 Ga, steel perforated lamp shield with acrylic lens Insert. Lamp shield is secured by four spring-pins allowing shield to hinge down for relamping. Optional radial blade louver: .75” H X 1” frequency fabricated of 20 Ga. steel with acrylic lens insert. Top access 20 Ga, steel ballast compartment Weight: 29 Lbs.

Optic

One-piece 20 Ga. steel reflectors finished in Matte Satin White powder coat.

Electrical

Electronic ballasts are thermally protected and have a Class “P” rating. Optional dimming ballasts available. Consult factory for dimming specifications and availability.

Labels

UL and cUL listed.

Finish

Polyester powder coat applied over a 5-stage pre-treatment.

 

ORDERING

Luminaire Series

Luna

Nominal Size

2’x4’

Shielding

Perforated Shield

Radial Blade Louver

Lamp Quantity

Two Lamp

Three Lamp

Lamp Type

T8

(1 11/15” maximum grid height)

T5

T5HO

Circuit

Single Circuit

Dual Circuit

Voltage

120 Volt

277 Volt

347 Volt

UNV Volt

(Cannot be specified with EM option)

Ballast

Electronic Instant Start <20% THD

(T8 only)

Electronic Program Start <10% THD

Electronic Dimming Ballast*

Mounting

Grid

Slot Tee

Surface Mount

Factory Options

Air Return

Chicago Plenum

Dust Cover

Drywall Frame Kit

Emergency Battery Pack*

Earthquake Clip

HLR/GLR Fuse

Flex Whip*

Include 3000K Lamp*

Include 3500K Lamp*

Include 4100K Lamp*

Ballast Saving Tandern*

Labor Saving Master Satellite*

Separate Circuit Tandem*

Lutron TM Sensor Feed*

(EcoSystem ballast required)

Finish

Matte Satin White

PICTURE 21 5 DAY*

 

PICTURE 22 10 DAY*

  

 

 

FLU

 

24

 

PS

RLP

 

2

3

 

T8

 

TS

T5HO

 

1C

2C

 

120

277

347

UNV

 

 

E

 

S

D

 

G

ST

SM

 

 

AR

CP

DC

DF

EM

EQ

FU

FW

L830

L835

L841

BST

LS

SCT

SF

 

 

WH

  

 

  FLU  

 

  24 

 

  Ps  

 

 

 

  2  

 

  T8  

 

 

 

 

  IC  

 

 

  277  

 

 

 

 

 

  E  

 

 

 

 

  G  

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  WH  

 

Focal Point LLC reserves the right to change specifications for product improvement without notification.

 

*For more information visit localpointflights.com/reference or consult factory.

Quickship is a limited offering. visit focalpointflights.com/quickship for specifics.

 


 

 

 

PICTURE 23

 

 

 

 

 

 

note: Photometric testing performed in an independent lab with standard lamps and ballasts. Lamp and ballast type and configuration will affect photometric performance.

 


 

 

 

Exhibit C

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1.             DEFINITIONS

Wherever in these Rules and Regulations the work “Tenant” is used, it shall be taken to apply to and include the Tenant and his agents, employees, invitees, licensees, subtenants and contractors, and is to be deemed of such number and gender as the circumstances require. The word “room” is taken to include the space covered by the Lease. The word “Landlord” shall be taken to include the employees and agents of Landlord. Wherever terms of these Rules and Regulations conflict with terms of the Lease, the terms of the Lease shall govern.

2.            OBSTRUCTION

The streets, sidewalks, entrances, halls, passages, elevators, stairways and other common areas provided by Landlord shall not be obstructed by Tenant, or used by it for any other purposes than for ingress and egress.

3.            WASHROOMS

Toilet rooms, water-closets and other water apparatus shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed.

4.            GENERAL PROHIBITIONS

In order to insure proper use and care of the Leased Space Tenant shall not:

(a)        Keep animals or birds in the rooms.

(b)        Use rooms as sleeping apartments.

(c)        Allow any sign, advertisement or notice to be fixed to the outside of Building, or

placed in a window, except as maybe provided in the Lease.

(d)       Make improper noises or disturbances of any kind so as to disturb other tenants or tend to injure the reputation of the Building or Center.

(e)       Mark or defile elevators, water-closets, toilet rooms, walls, windows, doors or any other part of the Building or Center.

(f)       Place anything on the outside of the Building, including roof setbacks, window ledges, balconies and other projections; or drop anything from the windows, stairways or parapets; or place trash or other matter in the halls, stairways, elevators or light wells of the Building.

(g)       Cover or obstruct any window, skylight, door or transom in such a way that Landlord - supplied blinds are not visible from the exterior of the Building.

(h)       Interfere with the heating or cooling apparatus.

(i)        Leave rooms without locking exterior doors.

 


 

 

 

(j)       Install any shades, blinds, or awnings without consent of Landlord.

(k)       Give its employees or other persons permission to go upon the roof of the Building without the written consent of Landlord.

(l)       Place door mats in public corridors without the consent of Landlord.

5.            BUSINESS MACHINES

Business machines and mechanical equipment which cause vibration, noise, cold or heat that may be transmitted to the Building structure or to any area outside the Leased Space shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, in settings of cork, rubber, or spring type vibration eliminators sufficient to absorb and prevent such vibration, noise, cold or heat.

6.            MOVEMENT OF EQUIPMENT

Landlord reserves the right to designate the time and the method whereby freight, small office equipment, furniture, safes and other like articles may be brought into, moved, or removed from the Building or rooms, and to designate the location for temporary disposition of such items.

7.            RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD

Without abatement or diminution in rent, Landlord reserves and shall have the following additional rights:

(a)       To install and maintain a sign or signs on the exterior of the Building.

(b)       During the last six (6) months of the term if the Tenant vacates the Premises, to decorate, remodel, repair, alter or otherwise prepare the Premises for reoccupancy.

 

 


 

Exhibit 10.46

 

AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Amendment”) is made this  23 rd  day of September, 2015 by and between 505 EAGLEVIEW BOULEVARD ASSOCIATES, a Pennsylvania limited partnership (“Landlord”) and IDERA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a corporation (“Tenant”).

BACKGROUND

Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain lease agreement dated March 31, 2015 (the “Lease”) relating to certain premises consisting of approximately 4,323 rentable square feet, more or less (“Leased Space”) as shown on Exhibit A to the Lease in the building known as 505 Eagleview Boulevard, Eagleview Corporate Center, Uwchlan Township, Exton, Chester County, Pennsylvania (the “Building”).

Landlord and Tenant desire to expand the Leased Space by adding to the Leased Space approximately 6,692 rentable square feet of space depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Expansion Space”) on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto, each intending to be legally bound hereby, agree that the Lease is hereby amended and modified as follows:

1.         Expansion of Leased Space . Effective as of the date (the “Expansion Date”) when Landlord substantially completes the work described on Drawing SPO2 by Environetics Design dated July 1, 2015, last revised September 11, 2015 and attached hereto as Exhibit B attached hereto (“Landlord’s Expansion Space Work”), the Leased Space shall be expanded to include the Expansion Space. The Landlord’s Expansion Space Work shall be performed by Landlord’s contractor at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Landlord shall exercise reasonable efforts in good faith to substantially complete the Landlord’s Expansion Space Work on or before the date (the “Target Date”) which occurs six weeks following the later of Tenant’s approval of a final plan depicting the Landlord’s Expansion Space Work, Tenant’s making its finish selections, and Landlord’s receipt of its building permit, subject to the provisions of Section 27 of the Lease and “Tenant Delays” (as hereinafter defined). In the event of any delays beyond December 1, 2015 in the completion of Landlord’s Expansion Space Work caused by Tenant’s failure to respond to requests for information made by Landlord, including color and other selections, or by changes requested by Tenant in the Landlord’s Expansion Space Work (collectively “Tenant Delays”), then the Expansion Date shall nevertheless occur on December 1, 2015, whether or not the Landlord’s Expansion Space Work is then substantially completed, and Tenant shall be obligated to commence payment of Rent in the amounts as provided in Section 2 below on December 1, 2015, but Tenant shall have no right to use or occupy the Expansion Space until the substantial completion of the Landlord’s Expansion Space Work. In the event that Tenant requests changes to the Expansion Space Work beyond what is depicted on Exhibit B, Landlord will perform such work for Tenant at a cost as may be agreed between Landlord and Tenant, to be payable by Tenant as such work proceeds; provided, however, that if Tenant desires, Landlord shall provide to Tenant an allowance of up to $36,500.00 for such change order or additional work, provided that in such event the Minimum Annual Rent shall increase by $254.12 per year per $1000.00 of the allowance

1


 

used over the anticipated 54 month period from the Expansion Date until the Expiration Date of the Term, with such increase to be adjusted pro-rata if the period from the Expansion Date until the Expiration Date of the Term is other than 54 months. Upon Tenant’s election to utilize such allowance and increase the Minimum Annual Rent, Landlord and Tenant shall execute a further amendment to this Lease documenting such increase.

2.        Effective as of the Expansion Date, Minimum Annual Rent payable in accordance with Section 2 of the Lease applicable to the Expansion Space shall be in the following amounts:

Lease Period

Rate Per
Rentable
Square Foot

Minimum
Annual Rent

Monthly
Installment

Expansion Date through
5/31/2016

$15.20

$101,718.40

$8,476.53*

6/1/2016-5/31/2017

$16.20

$108,410.40

$9,034.20

6/1/2017-5/31/2018

$17.20

$115,102.40

$9,591.87

6/1/2018-5/31/2019

$18.20

$121,794.40

$10,149.53

6/1/2019-5/31/2020

$19.20

$128,426.40

$10,707.20

 

As a result of the foregoing, Minimum Annual Rent for the Leased Space effective as of the Expansion Date shall be as follows:

Lease Period

Blended Rate
Per Rentable
Square Foot

Minimum
Annual Rent

Monthly
Installment

Expansion Date through
5/31/2016

$16.0046

$176,290.15

$14,690.85*

6/1/2016-5/31/2017

$16.8162

$185,230.11

$15,435.84

6/1/2017-5/31/2018

$17.6317

$194,213.30

$16,184.44

6/1/2018-5/31/2019

$18.4551

$203,282.95

$16,940.25

6/1/2019-5/31/2020

$19.2863

$212,439.06

$17,703.26

 

* During each of the first five (5) months of the Term on and after the Expansion Date, Tenant may defer $3,257.87 of each monthly installment of Minimum Annual Rent; If Tenant performs its obligations under this Lease for the balance of the Term, such deferred amount shall be excused.

3.        Section 3(a) of the Lease is modified to change Tenant’s Proportionate Share as of the Expansion Date to 7.23%.

4.         Amendment to Section 4(a) of the Lease . Section 4(a) of the Lease is amended to substitute for the first sentence thereof the following: “Tenant shall pay Landlord one twelfth of the Minimum Annual Rent on the first day of each calendar month in advance”.

2


 

5.         Elimination of Right of First Offer to Lease ROFO Space .

Because the Expansion Space is the “Additional Space” as defined in Section 40 of the Lease, Section 40 of the Lease is hereby deleted.

6.         Amendment to Early Termination Option .

Section 17 of the Lease is amended to substitute for “more than 5,404 rentable square feet” the phrase “more than 13,769 rentable square feet”.

7.         Amendment of Initial Pass Through Rate . Section 1(m) of the Lease is amended to change the Initial Pass Through Rate to $9.50, of which $7.60 is allocable to Operating Expenses other than electricity and gas service to the Leased Space, and $1.90 of which is allocable to electricity and gas service to the Leased Space, the cost of which electricity and gas service is included in Operating Expense billing.

8.         Brokers . Tenant and Landlord represent and warrant to each other neither has had any dealings, negotiations or consultations with Tenant relating to this transaction and that no other broker or finder called the Expansion Space to Tenant’s attention for lease or took any part in any dealings, negotiations or consultations relating to the Expansion Space or this Amendment. Tenant agrees to be responsible for, indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against all costs, fees (including, without limitation, attorney’s fees), expenses, liabilities and claims incurred or suffered by Landlord arising from any breach by Tenant of Tenant’s foregoing representation and warranty. Landlord agrees to be responsible for, indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant from and against all costs, fees (including, without limitation, attorney’s fees), expenses, liabilities and claims incurred or suffered by Tenant arising from any breach by Landlord of Landlord’s foregoing representation and warranty.

9.         Miscellaneous .

(a)       All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as the Lease. From and after the date hereof, except to the extent that the context otherwise requires, the term “Lease” shall mean the Lease as modified by this Amendment.

(b)       Except as expressly modified hereby, the terms and conditions of the Lease remain unmodified and in full force and effect, which the parties hereby ratify and confirm. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and this Amendment, the latter shall control. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties hereby expressly ratify and restate the confession of judgment as provided in Section 25 of the Lease as follows:

Confession of Judgment

WHEN THE LEASE SHALL BE TERMINATED BY COVENANT OR CONDITION BROKEN, EITHER DURING THE ORIGINAL TERM OR ANY RENEWALS OR EXTENSIONS THEREOF, AND ALSO WHEN AND AFTER THE TERM CREATED OR, ANY RENEWAL OR EXTENSION THEREOF SHALL HAVE EXPIRED, IT SHALL BE LAWFUL FOR ANY ATTORNEY OF ANY COURT OF RECORD AS ATTORNEY FOR

3


 

TENANT TO CONFESS JUDGMENT IN EJECTMENT AGAINST TENANT AND ALL PERSONS CLAIMING UNDER TENANT, AND A JUDGMENT FOR THE RECOVERY BY LANDLORD OF POSSESSION MAY ISSUE FORTHWITH WITHOUT ANY PRIOR WRIT OR PROCEEDINGS WHATSOEVER. IF FOR ANY REASON AFTER SUCH ACTION SHALL HAVE BEEN COMMENCED, IT SHALL BE CANCELED OR SUSPENDED AND POSSESSION OF THE LEASED SPACE REMAINS IN OR IS RESTORED TO TENANT, LANDLORD SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT UPON ANY SUBSEQUENT DEFAULT OR TERMINATION OF THE LEASE, OR ANY RENEWAL OR EXTENSION THEREOF, TO BRING ONE OR MORE ACTIONS IN CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT FOR EJECTMENT AS HEREINBEFORE SET FORTH TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE LEASED SPACE. IF IN ANY ACTION TO CONFESS JUDGMENT IN EJECTMENT, LANDLORD SHALL CAUSE TO BE FILED IN SUCH ACTION AN AFFIDAVIT SETTING FORTH THE FACTS NECESSARY TO AUTHORIZE THE ENTRY OF JUDGMENT AND IF A TRUE COPY OF THE LEASE OR THIS INSTRUMENT (AND THE TRUTH OF THE COPY STATED IN SUCH AFFIDAVIT SHALL BE SUFFICIENT PROOF) BE FILED IN SUCH ACTION, IT SHALL NOT BE NECESSARY TO FILE THE ORIGINAL AS A WARRANT OF ATTORNEY, ANY LAW, RULE OF COURT, CUSTOM OR PRACTICE TO THE CONTRARY NOTWITHSTANDING. TENANT EXPRESSLY RELEASES TO LANDLORD, AND TO ANY AND ALL ATTORNEYS WHO MAY APPEAR FOR TENANT, ALL ERRORS IN THE SAID PROCEEDINGS, AND ALL LIABILITY THEREFOR. TENANT EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE BENEFIT OF ALL LAWS, NOW OR HEREAFTER IN FORCE, EXEMPTING ANY GOODS WITHIN THE LEASED SPACE OR ELSEWHERE FROM DISTRAINT, LEVY OR SALE.

 

Tenant:

 

IDERA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Vincent J.Milano

 

Vincent J. Milano, Chief Executive Officer

 

Tenant hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by law, the duties imposed on any person relying upon or exercising the warrant of attorney to confess judgment contained in this instrument, as such duties are provided in Section 5601.3(b) of the Pennsylvania Probate Estate and Fiduciaries Code, 20 Pa.C.S.A., Section 5601.3(b). Tenant acknowledges that it is its expectation that Landlord shall, upon the occurrence of an event of default under this instrument, enter judgment by confession against Tenant and thereafter recover possession of the Leased Space, and that such actions by Landlord are not contrary to Tenant’s best interest, and such action by Landlord shall not constitute an absence of Landlord’s good faith, nor an action beyond the scope of authority granted by this instrument.

(c)       The terms and conditions of the Lease, as amended hereby, constitutes the whole agreement between the parties and any further amendments or modifications to the terms of the Lease must be in writing and duly executed by the parties hereto.

4


 

(d)       This Amendment shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs and assigns, except as specifically provided herein or in the Lease, and is not intended to benefit any person or entity not a party hereto.

(e)       This Amendment shall be construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

(f)       This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. It shall not be necessary for all parties to execute the same counterpart, so long as each party shall have executed at least one counterpart, but in this latter event, each party shall have delivered to it photocopies of counterparts showing signatures of all of the parties.

(g)       This instrument may not be recorded in the Office of the Recorder of Deeds or any other place of public record.

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

5


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

505 Eagleview Boulevard Associates, a Pennsylvania limited partnership

 

 

 

By: 505 Eagleview Boulevard Associates, Inc., its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Hankin

 

 

Richard Hankin, Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT

 

 

 

IDERA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Vincent J. Milano

 

 

Vincent J. Milano, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA

:

 

 

:

SS

COUNTY OF CHESTER

:

 

 

On this, the  23  day of  September , 2015, before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared Vincent J. Milano, who acknowledged himself/herself to be the chief executive officer of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a corporation, and being authorized to do so, acknowledged that he/she executed the foregoing instrument on behalf of the corporation for the purposes therein contained.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

/s/ Julie K Trahey

 

Notary Public

 

 

 

COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA

 

NOTARIAL SEAL

 

JULIE K TRAHEY

 

Notary Public

 

WEST WHITELAND TWP, CHESTER COUNTY

 

My Commission Expires Feb 9, 2019

 

6


 

 

 

 

PICTURE 74

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

PICTURE 1

 


 

 

 

 

Exhibit B-1

Supplement to Exhibit B

Note: The following upgrades may or may not be shown on Exhibit B. They each represent upgrades to the fit out from which the Expansion Space Rent was calculated in Paragraph 2, pg. 2 of this Amendment To Lease. As such the inclusion of each item and the the charge shown next to it is subject to the Tenant’s approval prior to the item being included in the Landlord’s fit out.

ADD 5 th HUDDLE ROOM. – In the same area as the four shown on the drawing.

COST: $2,523.50

POKE THRUS – We included poke thrus for workstations and new conference rooms. This pricing includes a net upgrade of 7 poke thrus for the Huddle Rooms and Soft Seating Areas.

COST: $6,952.50

TV POWER AND CABLE BOX IN HUDDLE ROOMS. – We included (4) receptacles and boxes in the base pricing. This pricing includes a net upgrade of (3).

COST: $2,317.50

INTERIOR BLINDS – Included in base proposal

LINOLEUM FLOOR IN COPY ROOM – No Cost Change

COFFEE AREA BEVERAGE FRIDGE POWER – No Cost Change

(2) ea QUAD RECEPTACLES IN BOARD ROOM – these cannot be in a wall with glass.

COST: $1,350.00

SINK IN SHOWER ROOM – we will have to provide a new vanity for this work.

COST: $4,025.00

GLASS PANEL @ BOARD ROOM HUDDLE AREA

COST: $5,360.00

CREDENZA AND STONE TOP FOR NEW LARGE CONFERENCE ROOM (11 LF TOTAL LENGTH)

COST: $8,500.00

CREDENZA AND STONE TOP FOR NEW SMALL CONFERENCE ROOM (7 LF TOTAL LENGTH)

COST: $5,410.00

 

 

 


 

 

Exhibit B-2

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
FOR OFFICE BUILDINGS AT
EAGLEVIEW CORPORATE CENTER

The following are standard specifications for office buildings at Eagleview constructed by the Landlord. Individual buildings may vary in some details as indicated on their specific working drawings. Landlord reserves the right to change these specifications without notice. Construction Drawings and specifications will be specifically prepared for each leased space.

Design Services : Tenant will be provided with the necessary lease plan layout and construction drawings for a “standard” tenant space by the Landlord’s tenant planner at Landlord’s sole expense. Landlord will not be responsible for construction schedule delays caused by Tenant’s failure to provide necessary programming information to the tenant planner in a timely manner, and as specifically requested in a schedulized format.

OFFICE ENTRY

Typical suite entry doors and frames shall be 3'-0" x 7'-0" stain-grade birch wood. Secondary entrance doors from corridor shall each be a 3' x 7', solid-core, stain-grade birch wood door.

Signage at corridor will be located adjacent to each entry door. The sign will consist of a suite number and Tenant’s name in the building-standard sign color format.

PARTITIONS

Standard Interior Partitions : Standard interior office partitions are to be 8'-10" in height, non-load-bearing, 3-5/8" metal studs, with 1/2" gypsum board on each side. All gypsum wallboard partitions shall be taped, bedded, floated, textured, sanded and painted with two coats of water-base latex paint.

Sound attenuation batts will be provided within all walls around conference rooms and restrooms, Fiberglass batt insulation (2 1/2" thick) between studs for the full height of the wall.

Standard Tenant Demising Wall Partitions : Standard tenant separation partitions are to be 3 -5/8", 25-gauge metal studs (16" o.c.) with 5/8" gypsum wall board on each side of wall to underside of structure. Sound attenuation batts (3 1/2" thick) will be provided in all tenant demising walls.

Doors : All interior doors shall be 3' x 7' solid-core prefinished birch wood doors with aluminum door frames or equal.

Locksets : All entry hardware shall be Schlage lever-handle. Tenant entry doors will be equipped with Ives door stops and silencers.

Latchsets : Hardware on interior doors shall be Schlage lever-handle passage sets. Finish to be brushed aluminum. Hinges are to be McKinney (or equal) fullmortise steel hinges.

Additional Locksets : Any locksets, other than those described above, shall be provided at Tenant's requests and at Tenant's expense.

1


 

Windows : Window blinds are to be provided by Landlord at all exterior windows. Blinds will be Levelor.

Ceilings : 5/8" x 2' x 4' - 2 nd look tile with exposed grid system.

Floor Finish : Landlord’s standard carpeting is Shaw loop carpeting, 26 ounce (or equal). Standard vinyl tile is Armstrong Excelon VCT 1/8" x 12" x 12" (or equal). Upgrade floor coverings are available from Landlord’s tenant selection samples. All flooring upgrades are at Tenant's expense.

Wall Finish : Standard finish will be two coats (one primer; one color coat) of latex paint as selected by Tenant from Landlord’s samples.

Air-Conditioning and Heating : Office areas shall be equipped with a complete, roof mounted, summer and winter air conditioning and heating system based on the following performance specifications (based on one person per 250 square feet with no heat-producing machines). It is the Tenant’s responsibility to give the Landlord a complete description of any heat producing machines such as PC’s, CRT’s, CPU’s, Copiers, Telephone Cabinet Switches, Electric Typewriters, etc. If no such description is provided it will be assumed that there are no heat producing machines.

When outside conditions are :

Office conditions shall be :

Summer:  95F (bd) and 75F(wb)

70F (db) 50% R humidity

Winter:  0F

70F (db) 20% R humidity

 

Air conditioning shall be specifically designed for each space. Equipment shall be manufactured by York. Restrooms shall be equipped with exhaust fans vented to the outside per local code requirements. Conference rooms may be equipped with exhaust fan to ceiling plenum as a Tenant upgrade and at Tenant’s expense.

Light Fixtures : Allowances: Sufficient fixtures to provide an average light intensity level of 65 foot candles (maintained at desk height).

Fixtures 2'-0" x 4'-0" recessed fluorescent fixture with acrylic lens. Fixtures to be placed over work areas.

Convenience Receptacles : Allowances: (1) 120V duplex receptacle for each 100 sq. ft. of office tenant space.

Wall type receptacles for 120 volts supply shall be 1.5-amp per outlet, 1 pole, 3-wire grounding type.

Switches : Allowances: One (1) wall switch per 200 sq. ft. of office space.

Telephone : Each tenant must arrange for their telephone requirements directly . with Verizon or shared tenant services provider. Telephone installation shall be scheduled and coordinated by Tenant with Landlord at time of construction. Phone outlet locations can be indicated on construction documents at the request of the Tenant. The tenant is responsible to connect the phone lines for its space to the building phone room.

2


 

Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-34008) pertaining to the 1997 Stock Incentive Plan of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(2)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-71938) pertaining to the Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Incentive Plan of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(3)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-116011) pertaining to the 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(4)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-116012) pertaining to the 1995 Director Stock Option Plan of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(5)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-126664) pertaining to the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(6)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-137687) pertaining to the 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(7)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-137688) pertaining to the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(8)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-147474) pertaining to the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(9)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-152669) pertaining to the 2008 Stock Incentive Plan of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(10)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-152670) pertaining to the 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(11)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-176067) pertaining to the 2008 Stock Incentive Plan and 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(12)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-191076) pertaining to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(13)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-197062) pertaining to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(14)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-202691) pertaining to Inducement Stock Option Awards of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(15)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-206129) pertaining to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(16)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-206130) pertaining to an Inducement Stock Option Award of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(17)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-210090) pertaining to an Inducement Stock Option Award of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(18)

Registration Statement (Form S-1 as amended by Form S-3/A No. 333-136610) of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(19)

Registration Statement (Form S-1 as amended by Form S-3/A No. 333-187155) of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(20)

Registration Statement (Form S-2 as amended by Form S-3/A No. 333-109630) of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(21)

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-119943) of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(22)

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-126634) of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(23)

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-131804) of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.


 

 

 

(24)

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-133455) of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(25)

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-133456) of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(26)

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-139830) of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(27)

Registration Statement (Form S-3 as amended by Form S-3/A No. 333-185392) of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(28)

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-186312) of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(29)

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-189700) of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(30)

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-191073) of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(31)

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-195896) of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(32)

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-210140) of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(33)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-217665) pertaining to an Inducement Stock Option Award of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(34)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-219740) pertaining to the 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(35)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-219741) pertaining to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(36)

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-219851) of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

of our reports dated March 7, 2018, with respect to the financial statements of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

 

March 7, 2018

 

 


 

Exhibit 31.1

 

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange

Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14, as adopted pursuant to

Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Vincent J. Milano, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.;  

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

 

 

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

 

 

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

 

 

 

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any changes in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control and financial reporting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Vincent J. Milano

 

Vincent J. Milano

 

Chief Executive Officer

     

Dated: March 7, 2018

     


 

Exhibit 31.2

 

 

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange

Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Louis J. Arcudi, III, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.;  

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

 

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

 

 

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

 

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any changes in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

 

 

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

 

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control and financial reporting. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Louis J. Arcudi, III

 

Louis J. Arcudi, III

 

Chief Financial Officer

     

Dated: March 7, 2018

     


 

Exhibit 32.1

 

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C.

Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2017 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, Vincent J. Milano, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that to his knowledge:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

A signed original of this written statement has been provided to Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and will be retained by Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Vincent J. Milano

 

Vincent J. Milano

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Dated: March 7, 2018

 


 

Exhibit 32.2

 

 

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C.

Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2017 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, Louis J. Arcudi, III Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that to his knowledge:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

A signed original of this written statement has been provided to Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and will be retained by Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Louis J. Arcudi, III

 

Louis J. Arcudi, III

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

Dated: March 7, 2018